Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

SCHEDULE 14A

Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Amendment No.          )

Filed by the Registrant ý

Filed by a Party other than the Registrant o

Check the appropriate box:

ý

 

Preliminary Proxy Statement

o

 

Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2))

o

 

Definitive Proxy Statement

o

 

Definitive Additional Materials

o

 

Soliciting Material under §240.14a-12

 

Liberty Media Corporation

(Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter)

N/A

(Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)

Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):

o

 

No fee required.

ý

 

Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(1) and 0-11.
    (1)   Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:
        For purposes of computing the filing fee, Delta Topco Limited ordinary shares
 
    (2)   Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:
        Approximately 100% of the ordinary shares of Delta Topco Limited (other than a nominal number of shares held by certain participants in Delta Topco Limited's business)
 
    (3)   Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (set forth the amount on which the filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined):
        Solely for purposes of calculating the filing fee, the underlying value of the transaction was calculated in accordance with Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(1) and 0-11 and is based on Delta Topco Limited's $4.434 billion equity value as of September 7, 2016.
 
    (4)   Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:
        $4,434,000,000
 
    (5)   Total fee paid:
        $513,901 (based upon the product of (i) $4.434 billion and (ii) the applicable fee rate of $115.90 per million dollars)
 

o

 

Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.

o

 

Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was paid previously. Identify the previous filing by registration statement number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.

 

 

(1)

 

Amount Previously Paid:
        
 
    (2)   Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:
        
 
    (3)   Filing Party:
        
 
    (4)   Date Filed:
        
 

Table of Contents

LOGO

LIBERTY MEDIA CORPORATION
12300 Liberty Boulevard
Englewood, Colorado 80112
(720) 875-5400

        [DATE]

Dear Stockholder:

        You are cordially invited to attend a special meeting of stockholders of Liberty Media Corporation (Liberty Media) to be held at [TIME], local time, on [DATE], at [LOCATION], telephone [    ·    ]. A notice of the special meeting, a proxy card and a proxy statement containing important information about the matters to be acted on at the special meeting accompany this letter.

        I am pleased to write to you regarding our agreement to acquire Formula 1, the iconic global sports entertainment business, from a consortium of sellers led by CVC Capital Partners (the acquisition). The acquisition will be effected by an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Liberty Media acquiring 100% of the fully diluted equity interests of Delta Topco Limited (Delta Topco), the parent company of the group of companies that exploit commercial rights pertaining to the FIA Formula One World Championship® (collectively with Delta Topco, Formula 1), other than a nominal number of shares held by certain Formula 1 teams. The acquisition is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions and is described in more detail in the accompanying proxy statement.

        The Formula 1 acquisition will enable Liberty Media to leverage its long-term perspective gained from investing in media and sports assets to help Formula 1 to continue to develop and grow the popular global sport that is Formula 1 racing and to take advantage of new opportunities created by increasing demand from broadcasters, advertisers and sponsors with access to mass live audiences. These new opportunities include additional commercial sponsorship partners, increases in promotion and marketing of Formula 1 as a sport and a brand, enhanced content distribution and expansion to new media.

        In the acquisition, the selling shareholders of Formula 1 will receive a mix of consideration comprised of: a minimum of $1.1 billion in cash (including the cash consideration delivered to certain selling shareholders under the first stock purchase agreement entered into by certain parties to the acquisition on September 7, 2016), up to 138 million newly issued shares of Liberty Media's Series C Liberty Media common stock, par value $0.01 per share (LMCK), which shares will represent approximately 64.7% of the pro forma equity interest in the Media Group (based on the number of outstanding shares on July 31, 2016 and including shares issuable upon the exchange of Exchangeable Notes (as defined below)), and approximately $351 million in exchangeable debt instruments to be issued by Delta Topco upon the conversion of certain outstanding Formula 1 loan notes and exchangeable into shares of LMCK (the Exchangeable Notes). The amount of cash consideration paid to the selling shareholders of Formula 1 may increase, and the number of shares of LMCK to be issued to the selling shareholders of Formula 1 may decrease, as a result of additional cash raising undertaken by Liberty Media at the request of a nominee of the selling shareholders, described in the proxy statement accompanying this letter. The funding for the cash component of the acquisition is expected to come primarily from cash on hand, potential liquidity from the Media Group's portfolio of public securities, and, if the additional cash raising described in the proxy statement is completed, from the proceeds of such additional cash raising.


Table of Contents

        In addition, subject to certain conditions, if Formula 1 receives certain monies owed to it in connection with race fees in India, Liberty Media will pay up to approximately $51 million of additional cash consideration to the selling shareholders. This consideration, if payable, may be paid on or after the closing of the acquisition.

        Concurrent with the execution of the agreement to effect the acquisition described above, Liberty Media completed the acquisition of an 18.7% stake in Formula 1, on a fully diluted basis, for $746 million, funded entirely in cash (which is equal to $821 million in consideration less a $75 million discount to be repaid by Liberty Media to the selling shareholders upon completion of the acquisition of Delta Topco) pursuant to the first stock purchase agreement, referenced above. On October 27, 2016, also pursuant to the such first stock purchase agreement, Liberty Media acquired an additional 0.4% equity interest of Formula 1 for approximately $13 million, increasing its stake in Formula 1 to approximately 19.1% of the fully diluted equity interests of Delta Topco. Immediately prior to the closing of the acquisition, the purchase and sale of the equity interests of Formula 1 described in this paragraph will be unwound.

        At the special meeting, you will be asked to consider and vote on two related proposals: (i) a proposal to approve the issuance of shares of LMCK in partial consideration for the acquisition of Delta Topco or to certain third party investors to provide additional cash consideration to selling shareholders of Delta Topco (in lieu of receiving the shares so sold to third party investors), as well as the issuance of shares of LMCK in accordance with the terms of the Exchangeable Notes (collectively, the proposed share issuance, and the proposal to approve the proposed share issuance being referred to as the share issuance proposal); and (ii) a proposal to approve the adoption of the amendment and restatement of our restated certificate of incorporation (as so amended and restated, the new charter) (a) to change the name of the "Media Group" to the "Formula One Group," (b) to change the name of the "Liberty Media Common Stock" to the "Liberty Formula One Common Stock," (c) to reclassify each share of each series of our existing Liberty Media Common Stock into one share of the corresponding series of Liberty Formula One Common Stock solely to effect the name change, and (d) to make certain conforming changes (the group name change proposal, and together with the share issuance proposal, the Formula 1 proposals). We are also asking you to vote in favor of a proposal (the adjournment proposal) to authorize the adjournment of the special meeting by Liberty Media to permit further solicitation of proxies, if necessary or appropriate, if sufficient votes are not represented at the special meeting to approve the share issuance proposal or the group name change proposal.

        The interest in Formula 1 to be acquired upon the closing of the acquisition, along with $4.1 billion of existing Formula 1 debt (which will be non-recourse to Liberty Media) and Formula 1 cash upon closing (which was $0.7 billion as of July 31, 2016), will be attributed to the Media Group. Upon completion of the acquisition, and subject to the requisite approvals at the special meeting, the Media Group will be renamed the Formula One Group. Also, upon the completion of the acquisition, the ticker symbols for the Series A, Series B and Series C Liberty Media common stock will be changed from LMCA, LMCB and LMCK, respectively, to FWONA, FWONB and FWONK, respectively.

        After careful consideration, the board of directors of Liberty Media unanimously determined that the acquisition and the proposed share issuance, in each case on the terms set forth in the accompanying proxy statement, are in the best interests of Liberty Media and its stockholders. In addition, our board of directors has unanimously approved and declared advisable the new charter, and unanimously recommends that you vote "FOR" each of the Formula 1 proposals and the adjournment proposal.

        The accompanying proxy statement provides detailed information about the special meeting, the acquisition, the share issuance proposal, the group name change proposal and the adjournment proposal. We encourage you to read the proxy statement and its annexes carefully and in their entirety. You may also obtain more information about Liberty Media and Delta Topco from documents we file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time.


Table of Contents

        Your vote is important, regardless of the number of shares you own. Whether or not you plan to attend the special meeting, please read the enclosed proxy materials and then promptly vote via the Internet or telephone or by completing, signing and returning by mail the enclosed proxy card. Doing so will not prevent you from later revoking your proxy or changing your vote at the meeting.

        Thank you for your cooperation and continued support and interest in Liberty Media.

    Very truly yours,

 

 

Gregory B. Maffei
President and Chief Executive Officer

   

The proxy materials relating to the special meeting will first be made available on or about [DATE].


Table of Contents

LIBERTY MEDIA CORPORATION
12300 Liberty Boulevard
Englewood, Colorado 80112
(720) 875-5400



NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
to be Held on [DATE]

        NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN of a special meeting of stockholders of Liberty Media Corporation (Liberty Media) to be held at [TIME], local time, on [DATE], at [LOCATION], telephone [    ·    ], to consider and vote on the following proposals:

        The approval of the share issuance proposal is a condition to the completion of the acquisition of Formula 1. The approval of the group name change proposal is not a condition to the acquisition. Accordingly, the share issuance proposal is not dependent on the group name change proposal and will be implemented regardless of the group name change proposal. The group name change proposal, however, is dependent on the share issuance proposal and will not be implemented unless the acquisition of Formula 1 is completed.

        Liberty Media will transact no other business at the special meeting except such business as may properly be brought before the special meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof and included in the notice of such special meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

        Holders of record of our Series A Liberty SiriusXM common stock, par value $0.01 per share, Series A Liberty Braves common stock, par value $0.01 per share, Series A Liberty Media common stock, par value $0.01 per share, Series B Liberty SiriusXM common stock, par value $0.01 per share, Series B Liberty Braves common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and Series B Liberty Media common stock, par value $0.01 per share, in each case, outstanding as of 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on [DATE], the record date for the special meeting, will be entitled to notice of the special meeting and to vote at the special meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof. These holders will vote together as a single class on each proposal. A list of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting will be available at our offices at 12300 Liberty Boulevard, Englewood, Colorado 80112 for review by our stockholders for any purpose germane to the special meeting for at least ten days prior to the special meeting. The holders of record of our Series C Liberty SiriusXM common stock, par value $0.01 per share, Series C Liberty Braves common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and LMCK are not entitled to any voting powers, except as required by Delaware law, and may not vote on the proposals to be presented at the special meeting.


Table of Contents

        We describe the proposals in more detail in the accompanying proxy statement. We encourage you to read the proxy statement in its entirety before voting. The form of the proposed new charter is included as Annex E to the accompanying proxy statement.

        After careful consideration, the board of directors of Liberty Media unanimously determined that the acquisition and the proposed share issuance in each case on the terms set forth in the accompanying proxy statement, are in the best interests of Liberty Media and its stockholders. In addition, our board of directors has unanimously approved and declared advisable the new charter, and unanimously recommends that you vote "FOR" each of the proposals.

        Votes may be cast in person at the special meeting or by proxy prior to the meeting by telephone, via the Internet, or by mail.

        YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT.    Voting promptly, regardless of the number of shares you own, will aid us in reducing the expense of any further proxy solicitation in connection with the special meeting.

    By order of the board of directors,

 

 

 
    Pamela L. Coe
Senior Vice President, Deputy General
Counsel and Secretary

Englewood, Colorado
[
DATE]

WHETHER OR NOT YOU INTEND TO BE PRESENT AT THE SPECIAL MEETING, PLEASE VOTE PROMPTLY VIA TELEPHONE OR ELECTRONICALLY VIA THE INTERNET. ALTERNATIVELY, PLEASE COMPLETE, SIGN AND RETURN BY MAIL THE ENCLOSED PAPER PROXY CARD.


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE SPECIAL MEETING

  1

Electronic Delivery

  1

Time, Place and Date

  1

Purpose

  1

Quorum

  2

Who May Vote

  2

Votes Required

  2

Votes You Have

  3

Recommendation of Our Board of Directors

  3

Shares Outstanding

  3

Number of Holders

  3

Voting Procedures for Record Holders

  3

Voting Procedures for Shares Held in Street Name

  4

Revoking a Proxy

  4

Independent Accountants

  4

Solicitation of Proxies

  4

Other Matters to Be Voted on at the Special Meeting

  4

INFORMATION ABOUT THE FORMULA 1 ACQUISITION

  5

Overview of the Acquisition

  5

Information about Liberty Media

  6

Information about Formula 1

  8

Background to the Acquisition

  8

Recommendation of Liberty Media's Board of Directors

  12

Reasons for the Acquisition

  12

The Stock Purchase Agreements

  14

Additional Agreements in connection with the Acquisition

  23

No Dissenters' Rights

  32

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

  32

Accounting Treatment

  32

Regulatory Matters

  32

RISK FACTORS

  33

Risks Relating to the Acquisition

  33

Risks Relating to the Formula 1 Business

  38

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  49

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF LIBERTY MEDIA

  50

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF DELTA TOPCO

  54

PROPOSALS OF OUR BOARD

  55

PROPOSAL 1—THE SHARE ISSUANCE PROPOSAL

  55

Overview

  55

Reasons for Stockholder Approval

  57

Vote and Recommendation

  58

PROPOSAL 2—THE GROUP NAME CHANGE PROPOSAL

  59

Vote and Recommendation

  60

PROPOSAL 3—THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL

  61

Vote and Recommendation

  61

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

  62

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

  62

Security Ownership of Management

  63

Changes in Control

  68

i


Table of Contents

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

  69

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

  69

APPENDIX: BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF FORMULA 1

  71

Business

  71

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  80

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1

ANNEX ASECOND STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

  A-1

ANNEX BVOTING AGREEMENT

  B-1

ANNEX CSHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

  C-1

ANNEX DEXCHANGEABLE REDEEMABLE LOAN NOTE INSTRUMENT

  D-1

ANNEX EFORM OF NEW CHARTER

  E-1

ii


Table of Contents

LIBERTY MEDIA CORPORATION
a Delaware corporation

12300 Liberty Boulevard
Englewood, Colorado 80112
(720) 875-5400

PROXY STATEMENT
FOR SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS


THE SPECIAL MEETING

        Liberty Media Corporation (Liberty Media) is furnishing this proxy statement in connection with the board of directors' solicitation of proxies for use at Liberty Media's Special Meeting of Stockholders to be held at [TIME], local time, at [LOCATION] on [DATE], or at any adjournment or postponement of the special meeting. At the special meeting, we will ask you to consider and vote on the proposals described in the accompanying Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders. The proposals are described in more detail in this proxy statement. We are soliciting proxies from holders of our Series A Liberty SiriusXM common stock, par value $0.01 per share (LSXMA), Series A Liberty Braves common stock, par value $0.01 per share (BATRA), Series A Liberty Media common stock, par value $0.01 per share (LMCA), Series B Liberty SiriusXM common stock, par value $0.01 per share (LSXMB), Series B Liberty Braves common stock, par value $0.01 per share (BATRB), and Series B Liberty Media common stock, par value $0.01 per share (LMCB). The holders of our Series C Liberty SiriusXM common stock, par value $0.01 per share (LSXMK), Series C Liberty Braves common stock, par value $0.01 per share (BATRK), and our Series C Liberty Media common stock, par value $0.01 per share (LMCK), are not entitled to any voting powers, except as required by Delaware law, and may not vote on the proposals to be presented at the special meeting. We refer to LSXMA, LSXMB, LSXMK, BATRA, BATRB, BATRK, LMCA, LMCB and LMCK together as our common stock.

Electronic Delivery

        Registered stockholders may elect to receive future notices and proxy materials by e-mail. To sign up for electronic delivery, go to www.computershare.com/investor. Stockholders who hold shares through a bank, brokerage firm or other nominee may sign up for electronic delivery when voting by Internet at www.proxyvote.com, by following the prompts. Also, stockholders who hold shares through a bank, brokerage firm or other nominee may sign up for electronic delivery by contacting their nominee. Once you sign up, you will not receive a printed copy of the notices and proxy materials, unless you request them. If you are a registered stockholder, you may suspend electronic delivery of the notices and proxy materials at any time by contacting our transfer agent, Computershare, at 866-367-6355 (outside the United States 1-781-575-3400). Stockholders who hold shares through a bank, brokerage firm or other nominee should contact their nominee to suspend electronic delivery.

Time, Place and Date

        The special meeting of stockholders is to be held at [TIME], local time, on [DATE], at [LOCATION], telephone [    ·    ].

Purpose

        At the special meeting, you will be asked to consider and vote on each of the following:


Table of Contents

        Liberty Media will transact no other business at the special meeting except such business as may properly be brought before the special meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof and included in the notice of such special meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

Quorum

        In order to conduct the business of the special meeting, a quorum must be present. This means that the holders of at least a majority of the aggregate voting power represented by the shares of our common stock outstanding on the record date and entitled to vote at the special meeting must be represented at the special meeting either in person or by proxy. For purposes of determining a quorum, your shares will be included as represented at the meeting even if you indicate on your proxy that you abstain from voting. If a broker, who is a record holder of shares, indicates on a form of proxy that the broker does not have discretionary authority to vote those shares on a particular proposal or proposals, or if those shares are voted in circumstances in which proxy authority is defective or has been withheld, those shares (broker non-votes) will not be treated as present for purposes of determining the presence of a quorum. Accordingly, it is important that you provide directions to your broker as to how to vote your shares. See "—Voting Procedures for Shares Held in Street Name—Effect of Broker Non-Votes" below.

Who May Vote

        Holders of shares of LSXMA, LSXMB, BATRA, BATRB, LMCA and LMCB, as recorded in our stock register as of 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on [DATE] (such date and time, the record date for the special meeting), will be entitled to notice of the special meeting and to vote at the special meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

Votes Required

        Each of the share issuance proposal and the adjournment proposal requires the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the aggregate voting power of the outstanding shares of our common stock that are present in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote at the special meeting, voting together as a single class.

        Approval of the group name change proposal requires the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the aggregate voting power of the shares of our common stock, outstanding on the record date and entitled to vote at the special meeting, voting together as a single class.

        The approval of the share issuance proposal is a condition to the completion of the acquisition of Formula 1. The approval of the group name change proposal is not a condition to the acquisition. Accordingly, the share issuance proposal is not dependent on the group name change proposal and will be implemented regardless of the group name change proposal. The group name change proposal, however, is dependent on the share issuance proposal and will not be implemented unless the acquisition of Formula 1 is completed.

2


Table of Contents

Votes You Have

        At the special meeting, holders of shares of LSXMA, BATRA and LMCA will have one vote per share, and holders of shares of LSXMB, BATRB and LMCB will have ten votes per share, in each case, that our records show are owned as of the record date. Holders of LSXMK, BATRK and LMCK will not be eligible to vote at the special meeting.

Recommendation of Our Board of Directors

        After careful consideration, the board of directors of Liberty Media unanimously determined that the acquisition and the issuance of shares of LMCK (the proposed share issuance) in connection with the acquisition of Formula 1, in each case on the terms set forth herein, are in the best interests of Liberty Media and its stockholders. In addition, our board of directors has unanimously approved and declared advisable the new charter, and unanimously recommends that you vote "FOR" each of the proposals.

Shares Outstanding

        As of the record date, an aggregate of [    ·    ] shares of LSXMA, [    ·    ] shares of LSXMB, [    ·    ] shares of BATRA, [    ·    ] shares of BATRB, [    ·    ] shares of LMCA and [    ·    ] shares of LMCB were issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the special meeting.

Number of Holders

        There were, as of the record date, [    ·    ] and [    ·    ] record holders of LSXMA and LSXMB, respectively, [    ·    ] and [    ·    ] record holders of BATRA and BATRB, respectively, and [    ·    ] and [    ·    ] record holders of LMCA and LMCB, respectively (which amounts do not include the number of stockholders whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers or other nominees, but include each such institution as one holder).

Voting Procedures for Record Holders

        Holders of record of LSXMA, LSXMB, BATRA, BATRB, LMCA and LMCB as of the record date may vote in person at the special meeting, by telephone or through the Internet. Alternatively, they may give a proxy by completing, signing, dating and returning the proxy card by mail. Instructions for voting by using the telephone or the Internet are printed on the proxy card. In order to vote through the Internet, holders should have their proxy cards available so they can input the required information from the proxy card, and log onto the Internet website address shown on the proxy card. When holders log onto the Internet website address, they will receive instructions on how to vote their shares. The telephone and Internet voting procedures are designed to authenticate votes cast by use of a personal identification number, which will be provided to each voting stockholder separately. Unless subsequently revoked, shares of our common stock represented by a proxy submitted as described herein and received at or before the special meeting will be voted in accordance with the instructions on the proxy.

        YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT.    It is recommended that you vote by proxy even if you plan to attend the special meeting. You may change your vote at the special meeting.

        If you submit a properly executed proxy without indicating any voting instructions as to a proposal enumerated in the Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, the shares represented by the proxy will be voted "FOR" each of the share issuance proposal, the group name change proposal and the adjournment proposal.

        If you submit a proxy indicating that you abstain from voting as to a proposal, it will have the same effect as a vote "AGAINST" each of the share issuance proposal, the group name change proposal and the adjournment proposal.

3


Table of Contents

        If you are a record holder and you do not submit a proxy or vote in person at the special meeting, your shares will not be counted as present and entitled to vote for purposes of determining a quorum, and your failure to vote will have no effect on determining whether the share issuance proposal or the adjournment proposal is approved (if a quorum is present), however it will have the effect of a vote "AGAINST" the group name change proposal.

Voting Procedures for Shares Held in Street Name

        General.    If you hold your shares in the name of a broker, bank or other nominee, you should follow the instructions provided by your broker, bank or other nominee when voting your shares or to grant or revoke a proxy. The rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange and The Nasdaq Stock Market prohibit brokers, banks and other nominees from voting shares on behalf of their clients with respect to numerous matters, including, in our case, each of the proposals. Accordingly, to ensure your shares held in street name are voted on these matters, we encourage you to provide promptly specific voting instructions to your broker, bank or other nominee.

        Effect of Broker Non-Votes.    Broker non-votes will not be counted as shares of our common stock present and entitled to vote for purposes of determining a quorum and will have no effect on any of the proposals, other than the group name change proposal (i.e., broker non-votes will count as a vote "AGAINST" the group name change proposal). You should follow the directions your broker, bank or other nominee provides to you regarding how to vote your shares of LSXMA, BATRA, LMCA, LSXMB, BATRB or LMCB or how to change your vote or revoke your proxy.

Revoking a Proxy

        If you submitted a proxy prior to the start of the special meeting, you may change your vote by voting in person at the special meeting or by delivering a signed proxy revocation or a new signed proxy with a later date to Liberty Media Corporation, c/o Computershare Trust Company, N.A., P.O. Box 30202, College Station, Texas 77842-9909. Any signed proxy revocation or later-dated proxy must be received before the start of the special meeting. In addition, you may change your vote through the Internet or by telephone (if you originally voted by the corresponding method) not later than 2:00 a.m., New York City time, on [    ·    ], 2016.

        Your attendance at the special meeting will not, by itself, revoke a prior vote or proxy from you.

        If your shares are held in an account by a broker, bank or other nominee, you should contact your nominee to change your vote or revoke your proxy.

Independent Accountants

        Representatives of KPMG LLP, Liberty Media's independent registered accounting firm, are not expected to be present at the special meeting, and will not make any statement or be available to respond to any questions.

Solicitation of Proxies

        We are soliciting proxies by means of our proxy statement on behalf of our board of directors. In addition to this mailing, our employees and agents may solicit proxies personally or by telephone. We pay the cost of soliciting these proxies. We also reimburse brokers and other nominees for their expenses in sending, if requested, paper proxy materials to you and getting your voting instructions.

        If you have any further questions about voting or attending the special meeting, please contact Liberty Media Investor Relations at (877) 772-1518.

Other Matters to Be Voted on at the Special Meeting

        Our board of directors is not currently aware of any business to be acted on at the special meeting other than that which is described in the Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders and this proxy statement. If, however, other matters are properly brought to a vote at the special meeting, the persons designated as proxies will have discretion to vote or to act on these matters in accordance with their best judgment.

4


Table of Contents


INFORMATION ABOUT THE FORMULA 1 ACQUISITION

        The following summary describes certain material terms of, and documents and agreements related to, the acquisition. This summary is not complete and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the annexes to this proxy statement and the other documents and agreements that are incorporated herein by reference. We urge you to read this entire proxy statement and the annexes to this proxy statement carefully and in their entirety, as this summary may not contain all of the information that is important to you regarding the acquisition, the share issuance proposal, the group name change proposal and related matters.

Overview of the Acquisition

        On September 7, 2016, Liberty Media and Liberty GR Cayman Acquisition Company, a company registered in the Cayman Islands and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Liberty Media (the Buyer), entered into two definitive stock purchase agreements relating to the purchase by the Buyer of 100% of the fully diluted equity interests of Delta Topco Limited (Delta Topco), the parent company of the group of companies that exploit commercial rights pertaining to the FIA Formula One World Championship (collectively with Delta Topco, Formula 1), other than a nominal number of equity securities held by the Teams (as defined below). For purposes of this proxy statement, references to F1 Shares include outstanding ordinary shares of Delta Topco.

        On September 7, 2016, Liberty Media, the Buyer, Formula 1 and certain selling shareholders of Formula 1 (the Initial Sellers) entered into the first stock purchase agreement (the First SPA), pursuant to which the Buyer purchased 18.7% of the fully diluted F1 Shares and F1 Loan Notes (as defined below) from the Initial Sellers for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $746 million (the F1 Shares and the F1 Loan Notes purchased pursuant to the First SPA hereinafter referred to as the initial securities). The transactions contemplated by the First SPA were consummated on September 7, 2016, immediately following its execution and delivery (the First Closing).

        Pursuant to the First SPA, on October 27, 2016, the Buyer purchased additional F1 Shares and F1 Loan Notes (the additional securities) from certain of the Initial Sellers to increase its ownership percentage in Formula 1 to approximately 19.1% of the fully diluted F1 Shares and F1 Loan Notes outstanding on the closing of the purchase of the additional securities (the Additional Closing). The aggregate purchase price paid at the Additional Closing was approximately $13 million.

        Also on September 7, 2016, Liberty Media, the Buyer, Formula 1 and the Initial Sellers entered into the second stock purchase agreement (the Second SPA). Pursuant to the Second SPA, the other shareholders of Formula 1 (the Other Sellers, and together with the Initial Sellers, the Selling Shareholders) will (i) enter into a deed of adherence to the Second SPA before the closing of the Second SPA (the Second Closing) or (ii) become bound by the terms of the Second SPA pursuant to a drag along notice issued by Formula 1 pursuant to Formula 1's Articles of Association. Pursuant to the Second SPA:

5


Table of Contents

        The aggregate purchase price payable to the Selling Shareholders under the Second SPA is approximately $4.4 billion (assuming a valuation for the shares of LMCK of the LMCK reference price (as defined herein)), consisting of:

        Pursuant to the Second SPA, following the request of a nominee appointed by the Selling Shareholders (the Sellers' Representative), Liberty Media will use its reasonable endeavors between the First Closing and the Second Closing to secure commitments from certain third party investors to purchase a number of shares of LMCK for an aggregate purchase price at an amount upon which Liberty Media and the Sellers' Representative agree. The Sellers' Representative has requested that Liberty Media use its reasonable endeavors to raise at least $1 billion in additional funds for this purpose. The shares of LMCK sold pursuant to the additional cash raising are to be sold at a price per share no less than $21.26 (the LMCK reference price), unless the parties otherwise agree.

        If the additional cash raising is completed at or prior to the Second Closing:

        Following the completion of the acquisition, Liberty Media will attribute the Formula 1 business to the Media Group. Pending the approval of the group name change proposal, Liberty Media's restated certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated to (i) change the name of the "Media Group" to the "Formula One Group," (ii) change the name of the "Liberty Media common stock" to the "Liberty Formula One common stock," (iii) reclassify each share of each series of existing Liberty Media common stock into one share of the corresponding series of Liberty Formula One common stock solely to effect the name change and (iv) make certain conforming changes.

        In addition to the approval by Liberty Media stockholders of the share issuance proposal, other conditions for the completion of the acquisition include, among other things, the receipt of certain third-party consents and approvals, including from the Fédération Internationale de l'Automobile (the FIA), the governing and regulatory body of all forms of international motor sport, including the World Championship (as defined below), and clearances and approvals by antitrust and competition law authorities in certain countries.

Information about Liberty Media

        Liberty Media Corporation, a Delaware corporation, owns interests in subsidiaries and other companies which are engaged in the media, sports and entertainment industries. Through its subsidiaries and affiliates, it principally operates in North America. Its principal businesses and assets include its consolidated subsidiaries, Sirius XM Holdings Inc. (Sirius XM or SIRIUS XM) and Braves

6


Table of Contents

Holdings, LLC (Braves Holdings), and its equity affiliate Live Nation Entertainment, Inc. (Live Nation).

        Liberty Media's capital structure is comprised of three tracking stocks: the Liberty SiriusXM common stock, the Liberty Braves common stock and the Liberty Media common stock, each of which is divided into three series: Series A with one vote per share, Series B with ten votes per share and Series C with no votes per share (except as otherwise required by applicable law). Tracking stocks are intended by the issuing company to reflect or "track" the economic performance of a particular business or "group" rather than the economic performance of the company as a whole. While the SiriusXM Group, the Braves Group and the Media Group each have separate collections of businesses, assets and liabilities attributed to them, none of these groups is a separate legal entity and therefore cannot own assets, issue securities or enter into legally binding agreements. Hence, holders of the Liberty SiriusXM common stock, Liberty Braves common stock and Liberty Media common stock have no direct claim to the associated group's assets, and are not represented by a separate board of directors. Instead, holders of those stocks are stockholders of Liberty Media Corporation, with a single board of directors and subject to all of the risks and liabilities of Liberty Media as a whole.

        The Liberty SiriusXM common stock tracks and reflects the separate economic performance of the businesses, assets and liabilities attributed to the SiriusXM Group, which includes, among other things, Liberty Media's approximate 65.5% interest in Sirius XM. The Liberty Braves common stock tracks and reflects the separate economic performance of the businesses, assets and liabilities attributed to the Braves Group, which includes, among other things, Liberty Media's wholly owned subsidiary Braves Holdings, which indirectly owns the Atlanta Braves Major League Baseball club. The Liberty Media common stock tracks and reflects the separate economic performance of the businesses, assets and liabilities attributed to the Media Group, which includes the remainder of Liberty Media's businesses, assets and liabilities not attributed to the SiriusXM Group or the Braves Group, including, among other things, Liberty Media's approximate 34.3% interest in Live Nation, an approximate 19.1% interest in Formula 1 (acquired pursuant to the First SPA as discussed herein) and a 15.5% inter-group interest in the Braves Group.

        Liberty Media's management and allocation policies serve as guidelines in making decisions regarding the relationships between the SiriusXM Group, the Braves Group and the Media Group with respect to matters such as tax liabilities and benefits, inter-group loans, inter-group interests, attribution of assets, financing alternatives, corporate opportunities, payment of dividends and similar items. The management and allocation policies give our board of directors significant discretion, including with respect to the recognition or adjustment of inter-group interests. Liberty Media's management and allocation policies are described more fully in Amendment No. 2 to Liberty Media's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on February 18, 2016 (File No. 333-208699) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

        The address of Liberty Media's principal executive office is 12300 Liberty Boulevard, Englewood, Colorado 80112, and our telephone number is (720) 875-5400. Series A, Series B and Series C Liberty Braves common stock trade under the symbols BATRA/B/K respectively, Series A, Series B and Series C Liberty Media common stock trade under the symbols LMCA/B/K, respectively, and Series A, Series B and Series C Liberty SiriusXM common stock trade under the symbols LSXMA/B/K, respectively. Series A and Series C of each of the Liberty Braves common stock and the Liberty Media common stock trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market and Series B of each of these stocks trades on the OTC Markets. In addition, each series (Series A, Series B and Series C) of the Liberty SiriusXM common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

        The Liberty Media common stock is hereinafter defined as the Liberty Media Group tracking stock.

7


Table of Contents

Information about Formula 1

        Formula 1 holds exclusive commercial rights with respect to the FIA Formula One World Championship® (the World Championship), an annual, approximately nine-month long, motor race-based competition in which teams (the Teams) compete for the Constructors' Championship and drivers compete for the Drivers' Championship. The World Championship is a global series with a varying number of events (Events) taking place in different countries around the world each season. For 2016, 21 Events are scheduled to take place in 21 countries across Europe, Asia-Pacific, the Middle East and North and South America. It is followed by hundreds of millions of television viewers in over 200 territories, and Formula 1's largest Events have hosted live audiences in excess of 300,000 on race weekends, such as the British Grand Prix at the Silverstone circuit and the Mexican Grand Prix at the Autódromo Hermanos Rodríguez.

        Delta Topco is based in Jersey with a registered address of 1 Waverley Place, Union Street, Jersey, JE1 1SG, Channel Islands. Formula 1's principal executive offices are located at 6 Princes Gate, Knightsbridge, London SW7 1QJ.

        For more detailed business and financial information about Formula 1, see "Appendix: Business and Financial Information of Formula 1".

Background to the Acquisition

        The following chronology summarizes the key meetings and events that led to the signing of the stock purchase agreements and related transaction documents in connection with the acquisition. The following chronology does not purport to catalogue every conversation among the representatives of each company, their respective advisors or any other persons. All meetings described herein were held telephonically, unless otherwise noted.

        In September 2013, representatives of Liberty Media contacted CVC Capital Partners Limited (CVC), the advisor to certain CVC funds (which funds collectively hold the single largest stake in Formula 1), to begin exploring a potential strategic transaction involving Formula 1. In connection with such discussions, Liberty Media and CVC executed a Confidentiality Agreement on November 1, 2013. On November 11, 2013 and November 12, 2013, representatives of Liberty Media and CVC met in New York City to further discuss a potential transaction between the parties. Informal discussions between the parties continued through the end of 2013 and into 2014. In early 2014, the board of directors of Liberty Media held a meeting at Liberty Media's offices in Englewood, Colorado. At the meeting, management of Liberty Media gave an initial overview of its discussions with representatives of CVC and Formula 1. Further discussions between the parties occurred later in 2014, when representatives of Liberty Media met with representatives of CVC at CVC's offices in London to further discuss the possibility of a transaction.

        At various points in 2015, representatives of Liberty Media and CVC held additional conversations regarding a potential business transaction involving Formula 1. On October 28, 2015, representatives of Liberty Media met with CVC and the financial advisor to Formula 1 and the selling shareholders, Goldman Sachs International, to outline potential structures of a transaction. On October 31, 2015, Liberty Media engaged Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (Morgan Stanley) to advise and assist Liberty Media in evaluating a potential transaction; however, Morgan Stanley did not attend any meetings described herein, except as specifically noted.

        In the Spring of 2016, representatives of Liberty Media and CVC met in New York City to further discuss a potential structure and terms of the transaction. At the meeting, the parties discussed a total enterprise value within a range of $7.5 to $8.0 billion for the Formula 1 business. On April 7, 2016, representatives of Liberty Media submitted an outline of a proposed transaction structure which included a portion of the consideration to be paid in Liberty Media Group tracking stock. On April 16,

8


Table of Contents

2016, representatives of CVC sent a draft term sheet in response to representatives of Liberty Media setting forth proposed terms for a transaction. In its draft term sheet, CVC proposed certain governance rights for the shareholders of Formula 1 who would sell their shares as part of any transaction (referred to herein as the "selling shareholders") following the completion of such transaction, including the ability to appoint one director to the board of directors of Liberty Media. The proposed term sheet also contemplated renaming the Media Group the "Formula One Group" following the consummation of a transaction.

        On May 5, 2016, Baker Botts L.L.P. (Baker Botts), legal advisor to Liberty Media, sent a revised term sheet for the potential transaction to representatives of CVC. The revised term sheet proposed an acquisition by Liberty Media of 100% of the interests in Formula 1, which would be attributed to the Media Group following closing. The consideration proposed by Liberty Media consisted of exchangeable loan notes to be issued by Delta Topco to the selling shareholders at closing. The cash component proposed would include a minimum of $1 billion in cash and the potential to increase the cash component up to $2 billion. Also on May 5, 2016, Baker Botts sent a due diligence request list to CVC requesting certain information regarding the business of Formula 1.

        Representatives of the parties, including some of their legal advisors, met on May 20, 2016 to discuss the term sheet, the structure of a potential transaction and various matters relating to due diligence.

        On May 24, 2016, the board of directors of Liberty Media convened for a meeting at Liberty Media's offices in Englewood, Colorado. Representatives of management of Liberty Media discussed with the board the opportunity for a transaction involving Formula 1, and gave an overview of the proposed structure and certain governance rights. The board indicated its interest in the potential transaction and asked to be kept informed as negotiations progressed.

        On May 25, 2016, representatives of CVC returned a revised draft of the term sheet to Liberty Media and Baker Botts. In the revised term sheet, CVC proposed that the cash component of the aggregate consideration be $2 billion, with the first $1 billion required to be delivered at the closing and the second $1 billion required at the discretion of CVC as the selling shareholders' representative (or absent such requirement, the additional $1 billion to be delivered in shares of LMCK). Following the delivery of the revised term sheet and through early June 2016, senior management of Liberty Media held discussions regarding the revised term sheet. Baker Botts returned a revised draft of the term sheet to the legal advisors acting on behalf of Formula 1 and the selling shareholders, Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP and Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP on June 8, 2016.

        Through the end of June 2016, the parties and their respective advisors continued to discuss and negotiate the terms of a potential transaction, including the composition of the consideration to be delivered at closing, and continued to exchange drafts of the term sheet. During this period, the parties also discussed and negotiated the scope of warranties, interim covenants and closing conditions for a potential transaction, among other terms, with the selling shareholders. Liberty Media also continued its due diligence review of Formula 1. In connection with such review, Liberty Media, CVC and Formula 1 entered into a Confidentiality Deed on July 6, 2016, which replaced the previous confidentiality agreements between the parties.

        On July 11, 2016, pursuant to a revised draft term sheet, Liberty Media proposed an approximate $8.0 billion enterprise value of Formula 1, with the purchase price payable in a mix of cash (either $1 billion or $2 billion), shares of LMCK and exchangeable notes of Delta Topco. Negotiations between the representatives of the parties regarding the revised term sheet continued over the next few days, including discussions regarding enterprise value and equity value.

        On July 15, 2016, CVC sent a revised draft of the term sheet to Liberty Media which proposed a new transaction structure. Pursuant to the new structure, Liberty Media would purchase approximately

9


Table of Contents

20% of the equity interests of Formula 1 from CVC Delta Topco Nominee Limited, the nominee for the CVC funds (CVC Nominee), and certain other Formula 1 shareholders for cash pursuant to an initial stock purchase agreement, which would close simultaneously with its execution. Concurrently with the signing and closing of the initial stock purchase agreement, the parties would execute a second stock purchase agreement, which would provide for the sale of 100% of the equity interests of Formula 1 to Liberty Media subject to certain conditions precedent.

        On July 19, 2016, representatives of Liberty Media and CVC and their respective advisors met in London to discuss, among other things, the mechanics of the new transaction structure. The parties agreed that the transactions consummated pursuant to the first stock purchase agreement would be unwound immediately prior to the closing of the second stock purchase agreement to enable the selling shareholders to deliver 100% of the equity interests of Formula 1 at the closing of the second stock purchase agreement in return for the appropriate allocation of consideration to the selling shareholders (both in amount and form). The parties also discussed a proposal by Liberty Media for a purchase price discount in an amount of $75 million for the interests of Formula 1 to be applied in the first stock purchase agreement (to be repaid upon the closing of the second stock purchase agreement) to reflect that Liberty Media initially would not be acquiring a controlling stake in Formula 1, as the equity value previously discussed between the parties was based upon the acquisition of 100% of Formula 1.

        During the coming weeks, the parties exchanged revised drafts of the term sheet and continued to negotiate the proposed terms of the transactions, including a proposed obligation of Liberty Media to submit for stockholder approval a charter amendment changing the name of the Media Group to the Formula One Group following closing. The parties also entered into a new Confidentiality Deed on August 2, 2016 to reflect the current state of the diligence process.

        On August 7, 2016, CVC sent a revised term sheet to Liberty Media in which it proposed an aggregate enterprise value of $8.045 billion. CVC also proposed that certain stockholders of Liberty Media execute a voting agreement with respect to necessary stockholder approvals relating to the issuance of shares of LMCK. Later that week, a revised term sheet was sent by Liberty Media to CVC reflecting, among other things, a $75 million discount with respect to the first stock purchase agreement (to reflect that Liberty Media would not be acquiring a controlling stake in Formula 1 under the first stock purchase agreement), Liberty Media's agreement to submit to its stockholders the proposed tracking stock group name change following the closing, and an acknowledgement that John Malone and certain of his affiliates may be willing to execute a voting agreement, with respect to their respective shares of Series B stock only, in support of the issuance of shares of LMCK in the acquisition and the group name change proposal. At that time, discussions also continued regarding the equity value of Formula 1.

        In mid-August 2016, CVC and Liberty Media and their respective advisors (together with advisors to Formula 1) participated in frequent discussions and negotiations and exchanged drafts of the various transaction documents, including the first stock purchase agreement, the second stock purchase agreement, the exchangeable loan note instrument, the shareholders agreement and the voting agreement.

        On August 16, 2016, the board of directors of Liberty Media convened a meeting with representatives of each of Liberty Media's management, Baker Botts and Morgan Stanley present. Morgan Stanley shared with the board of directors its views as to how the acquisition of Formula 1 and the resultant issuance of a substantial number of shares of LMCK would impact the trading market for the Liberty Media Group tracking stock following the closing. Further, Morgan Stanley made recommendations relating to the lockup and coordination arrangements that could be required of the selling shareholders following the closing. At the meeting, members of Liberty Media's management reviewed and discussed with the board of directors the structure and terms of the proposed acquisition

10


Table of Contents

and related negotiations, including key diligence findings and views as to valuation. Following presentations made by Liberty Media's management and its outside advisors and additional discussions, the board of directors authorized management to move forward with negotiations.

        Through the end of August 2016, representatives of the parties and their respective advisors continued to participate in frequent discussions and exchanged drafts of the transaction documents. The parties in particular discussed the mechanics relating to the timing and possibility of selling to certain outside investors a portion of the LMCK shares that otherwise would have been deliverable to the selling shareholders on completion of the second stock purchase agreement, thereby potentially increasing the cash component of the consideration that would be payable to the selling shareholders at the closing (and reducing the stock component of the consideration).

        In connection with the review by Liberty Media and its advisors of Formula 1's most highly confidential business information, CVC, Liberty Media and Formula 1 entered into an additional Confidentiality Deed on September 1, 2016.

        On September 3, 2016, the board of directors of Liberty Media reconvened to discuss the proposed acquisition. Representatives of Liberty Media and Baker Botts were also in attendance. Representatives of Liberty Media updated the board on the changes to the terms of the proposed transaction that had occurred since the previous board meeting on August 16, 2016. Following the presentations and further discussion, the board of directors of Liberty Media approved the acquisition on the terms discussed, subject to the agreement of the parties on final forms of the various transaction documents.

        From September 3, 2016 through September 6, 2016, Liberty Media, CVC and their respective legal advisors (together with Formula 1's advisors) continued to hold frequent discussions to negotiate the final terms of the acquisition (including the allocation of the consideration between cash and stock) and complete due diligence. During this period, Liberty Media discussed the potential of increasing the cash component of the aggregate consideration under the second stock purchase agreement by $100 million, and of decreasing the stock component by an equivalent amount, in lieu of providing the selling shareholders with additional post-closing governance rights requested by CVC on behalf of the selling shareholders.

        On the morning of September 7, 2016 (New York City time), the board of directors of Liberty Media reconvened to discuss the revised terms of the acquisition. Representatives of Liberty Media management and Baker Botts discussed changes to the terms of the acquisition that had occurred since the board had approved the acquisition on September 3, including the additional $100 million in cash to be paid at closing in lieu of the equivalent amount of shares of LMCK, and provided an update on the most recently completed diligence review. After further discussion, the board approved the acquisition on the revised terms as presented.

        On the afternoon of September 7, 2016 (New York City time), the board of directors of Delta Topco convened in Jersey to consider the proposed acquisition. After discussion with its outside legal and financial advisors, the board of directors of Formula 1 approved the acquisition and the execution of all related transaction documents. The board of directors of Delta Topco also elected Chase Carey as Chairman of the Board, replacing Peter Brabeck-Letmathe who simultaneously stepped down as Chairman.

        Following the close of business (New York City time) on September 7, 2016, Liberty Media, CVC Nominee and the other applicable signatories executed the transaction documents, including the first stock purchase agreement, the second stock purchase agreement and the voting agreement, and agreed to the forms of other material documents to be executed at the closing of the second stock purchase agreement, including the shareholders agreement and the exchangeable note instrument.

11


Table of Contents

Recommendation of Liberty Media's Board of Directors

        After careful consideration, the board of directors of Liberty Media unanimously determined that the acquisition and the proposed share issuance in each case on the terms set forth herein are in the best interests of Liberty Media and its stockholders. In addition, our board of directors has unanimously approved and declared advisable the new charter, and unanimously recommends that you vote "FOR" each of the proposals.

Reasons for the Acquisition

        In reaching its decision that the acquisition, including the issuance of shares of LMCK to the Selling Shareholders, was advisable and in the best interests of Liberty Media and its stockholders, and in recommending that Liberty Media's stockholders vote in favor of the share issuance proposal and the group name change proposal, the board of directors of Liberty Media considered a number of factors that it believes support its determination, including (not necessarily in order of importance):

12


Table of Contents

        The board of directors of Liberty Media also considered a number of uncertainties, risks and other potentially negative factors in its deliberations concerning the acquisition, including (not necessarily in the order of importance):

13


Table of Contents

        The board of directors of Liberty Media concluded that the potentially negative factors associated with the acquisition were outweighed by the potential benefits of the acquisition. Accordingly, the board of directors of Liberty Media determined that the acquisition pursuant to the terms of the various transaction documents is advisable, fair to and in the best interests of Liberty Media and its stockholders and approved and declared advisable the various transaction documents and the transactions contemplated thereby, including, without limitation, the acquisition.

        The foregoing discussion summarizes the material information and factors considered by the board of directors of Liberty Media in its consideration of the proposed acquisition. The board of directors of Liberty Media reached the unanimous decision to approve the acquisition and the various transaction documents in light of the factors described above and certain other factors that each member of the board of directors of Liberty Media felt appropriate. The board of directors of Liberty Media did not find it practicable to quantify or otherwise assign relative weights to and not did not make specific assessments of the factors considered in reaching its determination. In addition, the Liberty Media board of directors did not undertake to make a specific determination as to whether each factor, or any aspect of any particular factor, was favorable or unfavorable to its ultimate determination, and individual members of the Liberty Media board of directors may have given different weights to different factors. The Liberty Media board of directors based its recommendation on the totality of the information presented.

The Stock Purchase Agreements

        This section summarizes material provisions of the First SPA and the Second SPA (together, the stock purchase agreements). This summary does not purport to be complete and may not contain all of the information about the stock purchase agreements that is important to you. Additionally, the summary of the Second SPA is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Second SPA, which is attached as Annex A to this proxy statement and is incorporated by reference into this proxy statement. The rights and obligations of the parties are governed by the express terms and conditions of the stock purchase agreements and not by these summaries or any other information contained in this proxy statement. You are urged to read the Second SPA carefully and in its entirety before making any decisions regarding the stock purchase agreements and the acquisition.

        The summaries of the stock purchase agreements are included in this proxy statement only to provide you with information regarding the terms and conditions of the stock purchase agreements, and not to provide any other factual information about Liberty Media or Formula 1 or their respective subsidiaries or businesses. Accordingly, the representations and warranties and other provisions of the stock purchase agreements should not be read alone, but instead should be read together with the information provided elsewhere in this proxy statement and in the documents incorporated by reference into this proxy statement. For more information, see "Where You Can Find More Information" beginning on page 69 of this proxy statement.

14


Table of Contents

        The representations, warranties and covenants contained in the stock purchase agreements and described in this proxy statement were made only for purposes of the stock purchase agreements and as of specific dates and may be subject to more recent developments, were made solely for the benefit of the parties to the stock purchase agreements and may be subject to limitations agreed upon by the contracting parties, including being qualified by reference to confidential disclosures, for the purposes of allocating risk between the parties to the stock purchase agreements instead of establishing these matters as facts, and may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material by you or other investors. The representations and warranties contained in the stock purchase agreements do not, with certain exceptions, survive the effective time of the acquisition. Investors should not rely on the representations, warranties and covenants or any description thereof as characterizations of the actual state of facts or conditions of Liberty Media, Formula 1 or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates. Moreover, information concerning the subject matter of the representations, warranties and covenants may change after the date of the stock purchase agreements, which subsequent information may or may not be fully reflected in public disclosures by Liberty Media.

The First SPA

        Pursuant to the First SPA, Liberty Media acquired 18.7% of the fully diluted F1 Shares and F1 Loan Notes from the Initial Sellers for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $746 million in cash (after giving effect to a $75 million discount to the specified purchase price per F1 Share and F1 Loan Note, which will be recouped at the Second Closing should it occur). The transactions contemplated by the First SPA were consummated on September 7, 2016, immediately following its execution and delivery.

        Additionally, on October 27, 2016, Liberty Media completed the purchase of the additional securities from certain of the Initial Sellers for an aggregate purchase price of $13 million in cash, increasing Liberty Media's ownership interest in Formula 1 to 19.1% of the fully diluted F1 Shares and F1 Loan Notes on the date of the Additional Closing.

        The aggregate purchase price for the initial securities and the additional securities is referred to as the First SPA cash consideration.

The Second SPA

        Pursuant to the Second SPA, immediately prior to the Second Closing, the transactions consummated pursuant to the First SPA will be unwound in full (the unwind).

        In connection with the unwind, the Initial Sellers will purchase from the Buyer the initial securities and the additional securities sold to the Buyer pursuant to the First SPA. The initial securities and the additional securities will be sold back to the Initial Sellers with all rights attaching to them, including the right to receive all interest, distributions and dividends, and will be free from all encumbrances and any other rights exercisable by third parties, subject to certain exceptions. The Buyer will give warranties to the Initial Sellers in the same form, mutatis mutandis, as the warranties given by the Initial Sellers to the Buyer pursuant to the First SPA.

        The consideration payable by the Initial Sellers to the Buyer for the transfer of the initial securities and the additional securities in connection with the unwind will be an amount equal to the First SPA cash consideration, and will be held by the Initial Sellers and an escrow agent as agents for the Selling Shareholders until (x) the Second Closing or (y) if earlier, the termination of the Second SPA, in which case, subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in the Second SPA, the Buyer will repurchase the initial securities and the additional securities from the Initial Sellers on the same terms as the Initial

15


Table of Contents

Sellers purchased the initial securities and the additional securities from the Buyer pursuant to the unwind.

        Immediately following the completion of the unwind, the First SPA will terminate and no party thereunder will have any claim of any nature against any other party in connection with the First SPA.

        The aggregate purchase price payable to the Selling Shareholders under the Second SPA is approximately $4.4 billion (assuming a valuation for the shares of LMCK of the LMCK reference price) (the aggregate consideration). The aggregate consideration will consist of:

        The actual number of shares of LMCK to be issued by Liberty Media to the Selling Shareholders and comprising the stock component of the aggregate consideration will depend on subsequent fundraising efforts by Liberty Media to raise additional cash through the sale of a portion of the shares of LMCK that are otherwise deliverable to the Selling Shareholders. Pursuant to the Second SPA, following the request of the Seller's Representative, Liberty Media will use its reasonable endeavors between the First Closing and the Second Closing to secure commitments from certain third party investors to purchase a number of shares of LMCK for an aggregate purchase price that Liberty Media and the Sellers' Representative agree upon. The shares of LMCK sold pursuant to the additional cash raising are to be sold at a price per share no less than the LMCK reference price of $21.26, unless the parties otherwise agree. Certain Teams have expressed an interest in purchasing shares of LMCK. Any purchase of LMCK by Teams would be on terms to be agreed in the future and subject to compliance with U.S. securities law.

        If the additional cash raising is completed at or prior to the Second Closing:

        Unless by November 7, 2016, Selling Shareholders representing 100% of the fully diluted equity interests of Delta Topco have executed the Second SPA or a deed of adherence with respect thereto, Delta Topco (on behalf of the Initial Sellers) will issue a drag along notice (the drag along notice) to any Selling Shareholder who has not so executed the Second SPA or a deed of adherence, requiring such Selling Shareholder to sell all F1 Shares and F1 Loan Notes (following their conversion as described below) held by such Selling Shareholder to the Buyer at the Second Closing. The drag along notice will be given in accordance with Delta Topco's articles of association in effect at the time of such

16


Table of Contents

notice. Following the issue of the drag along notice, Formula 1 shall take all steps required such that, on or before the Second Closing, all of the Selling Shareholders have agreed to or will be bound by the relevant documents to sell 100% of the fully diluted equity interests of Formula 1 (other than a nominal number of equity securities held by the Teams) to the Buyer, subject only to the Second Closing.

        Pursuant to the Second SPA, following the completion of the unwind and prior to the Second Closing, Formula 1 will take certain actions to convert (the conversion) a portion of the existing F1 Loan Notes into F1 Shares and the remainder into Exchangeable Notes through an amendment and a subsequent amendment and restatement of the unsecured loan note instrument dated November 24, 2006, as amended and/or restated on September 18, 2008, April 24, 2012, October 22, 2012, May 28, 2013 and March 25, 2014 (the original instrument) constituting the 10% unsecured loan notes due November 24, 2060 (the F1 Loan Notes). Delta Topco will also take certain actions pursuant to the original instrument such that there is no accrued interest on any F1 Loan Note outstanding immediately following the conversion and no subsequent interest payable thereon. See "—Exchangeable Redeemable Loan Note Instrument" below.

        The Second SPA provides that, on the Second Closing, the Board of Directors of Delta Topco Limited will consist of:

        The Buyer's board designees will be entitled to exercise certain super-voting rights under the terms of the organizational documents of Delta Topco. In addition, for a period of up to 30 months following the Second Closing, holders of the Exchangeable Notes will have the right to exercise veto rights over certain actions proposed to be taken by the Board of Directors of Delta Topco. See "—Exchangeable Redeemable Loan Note Instrument—Noteholder Representative Veto Rights".

        The acquisition is subject to the satisfaction or (where applicable) waiver of customary closing conditions including those relating to (i) the truth and accuracy of the warranties given by the parties as of the Second Closing (subject to an LMG Material Adverse Effect or Material Adverse Effect standard, as applicable, at the Second Closing), (ii) compliance by the parties with their respective covenants and obligations, (iii) absence of injunctions which would render the transaction illegal or otherwise prevent its consummation and (iv) the receipt of requisite regulatory approvals by the competition and antitrust authorities in applicable jurisdictions.

        The Second Closing is further subject to:

17


Table of Contents

        In addition, it is a condition to Buyer's obligations to complete the Second Closing that the securities to be purchased by the Buyer at the Second Closing constitute 100% of the fully diluted F1 Shares and F1 Loan Notes (other than a nominal number of equity securities held by the Teams).

        The parties have agreed to ensure that the conditions to which such party is subject are satisfied as soon as practicable and in any case no later than June 30, 2017 (or as otherwise agreed) (the longstop date).

        Each of the Buyer and Liberty Media agree to promptly take any and all steps necessary to avoid or eliminate all impediments under any antitrust, competition or trade regulation or law that may be asserted by any governmental entity with respect to the acquisition such that the acquisition may be consummated as early as possible but in no event later than five business days prior to the longstop date. Liberty Media and the Buyer have also agreed to defend any claim asserted in court by any person in order to avoid, or have vacated or terminated, any order or judgment that would restrain or prevent the closing of the acquisition by the longstop date. Formula 1 and each of the Selling Shareholders have agreed to cooperate in good faith and provide reasonable assistance to each of Liberty Media, the Buyer and Formula 1 and its subsidiaries in order to assist with the fulfilment of the competition conditions, including providing such information as reasonably requested by Liberty Media and the Buyer in connection with filings to and/or answers to queries posed by governmental entities in connection with the competition conditions and in any investigations or litigation.

        The Second SPA contains a number of warranties made by the Selling Shareholders and Formula 1, on the one hand, and Liberty Media and the Buyer, on the other hand, solely for the benefit of each other, that are subject in some cases to certain exceptions and qualifications, including, among other things, as to materiality and to material adverse effect when deemed repeated at the Second Closing. See "—Definition of Material Adverse Effect" for a definition of material adverse effect applicable to each party.

        Some of the significant warranties made by the Selling Shareholders and Formula 1, on the one hand, and Liberty Media and the Buyer, on the other hand, relate to:

        Liberty Media and the Buyer also made certain warranties including, but not limited to:

18


Table of Contents

        The Selling Shareholders and Formula 1 also made certain warranties including, but not limited to:

        The conditions that the warranties of Liberty Media, the Buyer and the Selling Shareholders, in each case, remain true and correct at the Second Closing are qualified by a "material adverse effect" standard (that is, they will not be deemed to be untrue or incorrect unless their failure to be true or correct has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect).

        The definition of each of "LMG Material Adverse Effect" and "Material Adverse Effect" for purposes of the Second SPA means any event, condition, or development that, individually or in the aggregate, (i) prevents or delays the ability of Liberty Media, the Selling Shareholders or Formula 1, as applicable, to perform their respective obligations under the Second SPA and the related transaction documents, or to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, or (ii) is materially adverse to the business, results of operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Liberty Media or Formula 1, as applicable.

        The definition of each of LMG Material Adverse Effect and Material Adverse Effect contains customary exceptions for, among other things, general changes in economic and political conditions, natural events, events relating to the announcement and pendency of the acquisition and each party's ability to meet its respective revenue or earnings projections. In addition, any caution or recommendation (but not a blanket prohibition) against travel to or attendance in public places in the U.S., the UK or the European Union by any governmental entity will not be taken into account for determining whether an LMG Material Adverse Effect or Material Adverse Effect, as applicable, has occurred.

        Any matter related to the interpretation of "LMG Material Adverse Effect" or "Material Adverse Effect" will be governed by the laws of the state of Delaware.

        From the date of the Second SPA through the date of the Second Closing, except (i) as specifically contemplated or required by the Second SPA or any of the other transaction documents in connection with the acquisition, or (ii) as consented to by the Buyer in writing (such consent, in certain cases, not to be unreasonably withheld), Formula 1 and each of its subsidiaries agrees to, and each Selling

19


Table of Contents

Shareholder agrees to take such actions as they are reasonably able in their capacities as shareholders to, among other things:

        Additionally, pending the Second Closing, except (i) as specifically contemplated or required by the Second SPA or the other transaction documents in connection with the acquisition, or (ii) as consented to by the Buyer in writing (such consent, in certain cases, not to be unreasonably withheld), Delta Topco and each of its subsidiaries agrees not to, and each Selling Shareholder will not take any actions in their capacities as shareholders to, among other things:

20


Table of Contents

        From the date of the Second SPA through the date of the Second Closing, except (i) as expressly contemplated or required by the Second SPA or any of the other transaction documents in connection with the acquisition, or (ii) as consented to in writing by the Sellers' Representative, Liberty Media will, and will cause its subsidiaries attributed to the Media Group to, (A) conduct its business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (B) use its reasonable best efforts to preserve its and its subsidiaries' business organization, insofar as such actions would relate to or affect the Media Group.

        In addition, between the date of the Second SPA and the Second Closing, except (i) as expressly contemplated by the Second SPA or any of the other transaction documents in connection with the acquisition, (ii) as required by law or (iii) as consented to in writing by the Sellers' Representative (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), Liberty Media will not, and will not permit any of its subsidiaries attributed to the Media Group to, take any of the following actions insofar as such actions would relate to or affect the Media Group:

        Pursuant to the Second SPA, promptly after this proxy statement is cleared by the SEC for mailing to the stockholders of Liberty Media, Liberty Media agreed to duly call and hold a special meeting of its stockholders solely for the purpose of obtaining the approval of the share issuance proposal and the group name change proposal and to use its reasonable endeavors to solicit proxies from its stockholders to obtain the approvals.

21


Table of Contents

        Formula 1 and the Selling Shareholders agreed to co-operate in good faith and provide reasonable assistance to Liberty Media in connection with the preparation and filing of this proxy statement.

        Pursuant to the Second SPA, Formula 1 and the Selling Shareholders have agreed that until the earlier of (i) the Second Closing and (ii) the termination of the Second SPA, each will immediately terminate all of its discussions and negotiations with any other person (other than the Buyer, Liberty Media and their affiliates) regarding any company alternative proposal (as defined below) and, except as required by applicable law, not grant any waiver or release under, or knowingly fail to enforce, any confidentiality, standstill or similar agreement entered into or amended in the 2 years prior to the date of the Second SPA in respect of a company alternative proposal.

        Additionally, until the earlier of (i) the Second Closing and (ii) the termination of the Second SPA, Formula 1 and the Selling Shareholders have agreed not to, directly or indirectly, and will cause their respective representatives and affiliates not to, solicit, initiate or knowingly encourage or engage in discussions or negotiations regarding any inquiry, proposal or offer, or the making, submission or announcement of any inquiry, proposal or offer, which constitutes or would reasonably be expected to lead to a company alternative proposal. Formula 1 and the Selling Shareholders have agreed also not to enter into or approve any letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or other arrangement, or provide any information or data relating to Formula 1 to any third party (other than any statement that they have entered into the Second SPA and are subject to the obligations contained therein), in each case relating to a company alternative proposal.

        For purposes of the Second SPA, a "company alternative proposal" means any non-frivolous inquiry, proposal or offer from any person (other than the Buyer, Liberty Media or its affiliates) concerning (i) a merger, consolidation, liquidation, recapitalization, share exchange or other business combination transaction involving Formula 1, (ii) the issuance or acquisition of shares of any equity securities of Formula 1, or (iii) the sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of any significant portion of Formula 1's properties or assets, other than, in each case, an informal approach or proposal by any person which is rejected at first instance by each Selling Shareholder to whom such approach or proposal is made.

        If all of the conditions to the Second Closing have not been satisfied or waived by 11:59 p.m. (London time) on the longstop date, then the Second SPA will terminate and have no further effect, other than certain provisions which will survive such termination. Following such termination, the parties will be released from all liabilities and obligations with respect to the Second SPA, subject to any liability which may arise from a breach of warranty or obligation.

        If any of the Selling Shareholders or Formula 1, on the one hand, or either of the Buyer or Liberty Media, on the other hand, fails or is unable to materially perform any of their obligations required at the Second Closing, then the non-defaulting party will not be required to close and may, in such party's discretion, (i) elect to defer the closing of the acquisition or (ii) subject to the Second Closing having first been deferred under the above clause (i), terminate the Second SPA. Following such termination, none of the parties shall have any claim against any other party under the Second SPA other than any rights and liabilities which have accrued prior to such termination or in connection with certain provisions which will survive such termination.

        If all conditions to closing relating to the Selling Shareholders are satisfied but there is a failure by Formula 1 to procure or comply with the conditions to closing, the Buyer will have no right to terminate the Second SPA, but the Selling Shareholders shall use reasonable endeavors to remedy such

22


Table of Contents

breach if such breach is curable, and the completion of the acquisition will be delayed until the earlier of (i) the longstop date or (ii) ten business days after such breach is remedied.

        The Second SPA will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law, except that any matter related to the interpretation of "LMG Material Adverse Effect" and "Material Adverse Effect" will be governed by the laws of the state of Delaware.

Additional Agreements in connection with the Acquisition

Voting Agreement

        In connection with the stock purchase agreements, on September 7, 2016, Liberty Media entered into a voting and support agreement (the voting agreement) with CVC Delta Topco Nominee Limited (CVC Nominee), John C. Malone, Chairman of the Board of Directors of Liberty Media (Malone), his wife (Mrs. Malone) and a trust with respect to which Malone is the sole trustee and, with Mrs. Malone, retains a unitrust interest (Malone, Mrs. Malone and the trust, collectively, the Malone Parties).

        Pursuant to the voting agreement, the Malone Parties agreed, subject to certain conditions and exceptions, to vote the shares of LSXMB, BATRB and LMCB beneficially owned by the Malone Parties as of the date of the voting agreement or acquired subsequent to the date of the voting agreement (the subject shares) (i) in favor of the share issuance proposal and the group name change proposal, (ii) in favor of any proposal to adjourn a meeting of the stockholders of Liberty Media to solicit additional proxies in favor of the approval of the share issuance proposal and/or the group name change proposal, and (iii) against any other action, proposal, agreement or transaction that is intended to, or could reasonably be expected to, impair, impede, interfere with, delay, discourage or frustrate the purpose of or otherwise adversely affect in any respect the approval of the share issuance proposal and the group name change proposal (provided that, in each case, the stock purchase agreements have not been materially amended without the written consent of Malone (on behalf of the Malone Parties)).

        The Malone Parties also agreed, from the date of the voting agreement until immediately following a meeting of the stockholders of Liberty Media at which the share issuance proposal and the group name change proposal have been considered, to not (i) sell, dispose of or transfer beneficial ownership of any subject shares or the voting rights with respect thereto, (ii) grant any proxies or powers of attorney with respect to the subject shares or enter into any voting agreement or contract with respect to the subject shares (other than executing a proxy to vote in favor of the share issuance proposal and the group name change proposal in accordance with the terms of the voting agreement) or (iii) commit or agree to take any of the actions in clauses (i) or (ii), provided that the Malone Parties may sell, dispose of, pledge or transfer any subject shares to an acquiror or pledgor, as applicable, that agrees in writing in favor of CVC Nominee to take such subject shares subject to the transferor's obligations under the voting agreement.

        The voting agreement will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the written agreement of the parties thereto, (ii) the occurrence of a material amendment to the stock purchase agreements without the written consent of Malone (on behalf of the Malone Parties), (iii) the termination of the Second SPA in accordance with its terms and (iv) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Second SPA.

        As of the record date for the special meeting, the Malone Parties beneficially owned approximately [    ·    ]% of the outstanding shares of Series B Liberty SiriusXM common stock, [    ·    ]% of the outstanding shares of Series B Liberty Braves common stock and [    ·    ]% of the outstanding shares of Series B Liberty Media Group tracking stock (collectively representing, in the aggregate, approximately [    ·    ]% of the total voting power represented by the capital stock of Liberty Media).

23


Table of Contents

        The foregoing description of the voting agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the voting agreement, a copy of which is attached as Annex B to this proxy statement.

Shareholders Agreement

        In connection with the Second Closing, Liberty Media will enter into a shareholders agreement with the Selling Shareholders (the shareholders agreement).

        then Liberty Media shall apply the net proceeds from such offering up to an amount equal to $2.1 billion less the cash component delivered at the Second Closing to the making of an offer to repurchase (a repurchase offer) shares of LMCK issued at the Second Closing from certain eligible Selling Shareholders. The repurchase offer will be made at a price per share equal to the five day volume weighted average trading price of shares of LMCK ending on the day preceding the date of delivery of a notice (a repurchase notice) by Liberty Media to the Selling Shareholder specifying the terms of the repurchase offer, including the aggregate number of shares of LMCK which may be purchased pursuant to such offer. A Selling Shareholder will be eligible to participate in a repurchase offer so long as such Selling Shareholder, together with its affiliates, beneficially owns shares of LMCK issued to it and its affiliates at the Second Closing.

        Upon delivery of the repurchase notice, each eligible Selling Shareholder may specify the number of shares of LMCK it elects to sell for cash to Liberty Media at the specified purchase price. In the event that the eligible Selling Shareholders elect to sell in the aggregate a number of shares in excess of the total number of shares which may be purchased pursuant to the repurchase offer, Liberty Media will repurchase the shares from such eligible Selling Shareholders on a pro rata basis. Any Selling Shareholder that does not elect to sell its pro rata portion of the total number of shares that Liberty Media offers to repurchase cannot sell or transfer such shares for 30 trading days.

        The Selling Shareholders are subject to certain transfer restrictions with respect to the shares of LMCK received pursuant to the acquisition. Upon any transfer of shares by a Selling Shareholder to any member of its shareholder group, including to any affiliate, or any transfer to certain participants in the Formula 1 business, such transferee will enter into a joinder agreement to the shareholders agreement.

        Until the date that is 30 months from the date of the Second Closing, prior to effecting a market sale or a transfer to a third party (other than to an affiliate or a participant in the Formula 1 business) with an aggregate purchase price greater than $1 million in any 6 month period, the Selling Shareholder will give prior written notice (a transfer notice) to Liberty Media, specifying (i) a 30 trading day period and (ii) the maximum number of shares of LMCK proposed to be transferred. Following the delivery of such transfer notice and prior to the commencement of such 30 trading day period, Liberty Media may offer to purchase a number of shares of LMCK not to exceed the number of shares proposed to be transferred as set forth in the transfer notice at a price per share specified by Liberty Media. If the Selling Shareholder accepts Liberty Media's offer and such

24


Table of Contents

offer was for less than the number of shares specified in the transfer notice, the Selling Shareholder may transfer the shares not purchased by Liberty Media at any price. If the Selling Shareholder does not accept Liberty Media's offer, or accepts only a portion of Liberty Media's offer, the Selling Shareholder may sell some or all of the shares of LMCK specified in the transfer notice and not purchased by Liberty Media (i) to the extent such shares do not exceed the number of shares offered to be purchased by Liberty Media, at a price per share no lower than the price offered by Liberty Media, and (ii) to the extent such shares exceed the number of shares offered to be purchased by Liberty Media, at a price per share no lower than the price offered by Liberty Media minus the product of (A) the price offered by Liberty Media and (B) the median variance (as a percentage) of the daily volume weighted average price of shares of LMCK during the 10 consecutive trading day period ended on the trading day preceding the delivery of Liberty Media's offer.

        In the event that the cash component of the aggregate consideration delivered to the Selling Shareholders at the Second Closing is equal to or more than $1.1 billion but less than $2.1 billion, each Selling Shareholder agrees not to transfer any shares of LMCK without the prior written consent of the Company for the 90 calendar day period commencing on the Second Closing. In the event that the cash component of the aggregate consideration delivered to the Selling Shareholders at the Second Closing is equal to or more than $2.1 billion, each Selling Shareholder agrees not to transfer any shares of LMCK without the prior written consent of Liberty Media for the 180 calendar day period commencing on the Second Closing, which period may be reduced in certain circumstances.

        Liberty Media and Formula 1 will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of the directors (including Mr. Maffei) and executive officers of Formula 1 and Mr. Malone to agree to the same 90 day and 180 day restrictions, with certain exceptions for equity award exercising and vesting, pledging and estate planning.

        The shareholders agreement provides that as soon as reasonably practicable on or following the date of the Second Closing, Liberty Media shall file a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act) of the resale of (i) all shares of LMCK issued at the Second Closing and (ii) the maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the Exchangeable Notes.

        Additionally, the shareholders agreement also provides that any Selling Shareholder is entitled to 5 demand registrations and unlimited piggyback registration rights to sell all or a portion of the shares held by such Selling Shareholder that are issued pursuant to the Second SPA or issued in exchange for Exchangeable Notes and that have not been transferred (registrable securities) pursuant to a registration statement filed by Liberty Media. The aggregate market value of registrable securities that are the subject of a demand registration request, as measured by the market price on the date of such demand registration request, will be at least $100 million and Liberty Media will not be obligated to effect more than one demand registration statement in any 90 day calendar period.

        If a demand registration is an underwritten public offering (subject to certain exceptions), the Selling Shareholder which, together with its affiliates, owns the greatest number of shares of LMCK at the closing under the Second SPA (the shareholder representative) will select the managing underwriters and Selling Shareholder counsel for such offering, subject to the approval of Liberty Media (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld).

        Upon the Second Closing, Liberty Media will take such action as is necessary to (i) increase the number of members constituting its board of directors from nine to ten and (ii) appoint a nominee (the shareholder director) chosen by the Selling Shareholders to serve on the Board of Directors of Liberty Media until the date that is 30 months following the date of the Second Closing.

25


Table of Contents

        In the event that the shareholder director stands for reelection prior to the date that is 30 months following the date of the Second Closing, Liberty Media will use its commercially reasonable efforts to, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause, its board of directors and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee thereof to, cause the election of the shareholder director and support the shareholder director for election in a manner no less rigorous and favorable than the manner in which it supports its other nominees. The shareholder representative will be entitled to nominate a replacement director in the event the shareholder director is unable or unwilling to serve, or is removed or fails to be elected. The shareholder director, and any replacement, will be independent under the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market.

        At the Second Closing, Liberty Media will form a new committee of the Board of Directors (the LMG committee) composed of the shareholder director and two other directors who are independent under the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market. The LMG committee will remain in existence for a period of 30 months following the Second Closing, and will review and approve certain actions related to the Media Group, including:

        Pursuant to the shareholders agreement, until the first to occur of (A) the date on which the number of shares of LMCK collectively owned by the Selling Shareholders (plus the shares that may be issued upon the exchange of any Exchangeable Notes outstanding) is less than 42,333,020 shares and (B) the date that is 30 months from the date of the Second Closing (the restriction period), the shareholder representative will have veto rights relating to certain actions proposed to be taken by Liberty Media, including, with certain exceptions, (i) the creation of any other class of stock which tracks the economic performance of Formula 1, or any action with respect to the shares of LMCK or any series of LMG Group tracking stock which has an objectively adverse impact on the Selling Shareholders as compared to the impact on other holders of shares of LMCK and (ii) the issuance of shares of or other equity interests relating to LMG Group tracking stock except (x) to raise cash at then prevailing market prices to support the business plan of the Formula 1 motorsports business or (y) to fund repurchase offers.

        Following notice from the board of directors of Liberty Media, the shareholder representative will be deemed to have consented to any action proposed to be taken by Liberty Media which is the subject of clauses (i) and (ii) above unless the shareholder representative delivers written notice to Liberty Media within five business days.

        Further, pursuant to the shareholders agreement, Liberty Media may not combine its Media Group with another Liberty Media tracking stock group during the restriction period unless there is a change in tax law, regulation, guidance or interpretation which is reasonably likely to result in unfavorable tax treatment to Liberty Media or its stockholders.

        The shareholders agreement will terminate:

26


Table of Contents

        The foregoing description of the shareholders agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the shareholders agreement, a copy of which is attached as Annex C? to this proxy statement.

Exchangeable Redeemable Loan Note Instrument

        Pursuant to the Second SPA, following the completion of the unwind and prior to the Second Closing, Formula 1 will amend and restate the instrument governing the F1 Loan Notes such that it will reflect the rights and preferences applicable to the Exchangeable Notes (the Exchangeable Notes instrument). Upon the effectiveness of such Exchangeable Notes instrument at the Second Closing, the F1 Loan Notes will become Exchangeable Notes, all of which will be held by the Selling Shareholders (in their capacity as holders of Exchangeable Notes, the "Noteholders") at the Second Closing.

        The Exchangeable Notes will be 2% fixed rate unsecured exchangeable redeemable loan notes and will be issued by Delta Topco in integral multiples of $1. The aggregate principal amount of the Exchangeable Notes at the Second Closing will be $350,639,389.00. The Exchangeable Notes will mature on the date that is 30 months from the date of the Second Closing (the maturity date).

        Interest will accrue on the Exchangeable Notes at the rate of 2% per annum and will be payable to the Noteholders twice yearly in arrears by either, at the discretion of Formula 1, (i) issuing payment in kind notes (PIK notes) in respect of the interest payable, rounded to the nearest dollar, or (ii) paying in cash the amount of interest due. With respect to any individual interest period, interest payments will be made to each Noteholder in the same form and will be comprised entirely of cash or entirely of PIK notes. The PIK notes will have a maturity date, will bear interest and will be subject to terms and conditions identical to the Exchangeable Notes (for purposes of this proxy statement, the term Exchangeable Notes includes all PIK notes issued in respect of such Exchangeable Notes).

        The principal amount of the Exchangeable Notes (including any PIK notes) plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon will be repaid in cash on the maturity date.

        The Exchangeable Notes when issued will rank pari passu with each other without preference as an unsecured obligation of Formula 1, and will be subordinated in right of payment to Formula 1's outstanding indebtedness for borrowed money, whether such indebtedness is outstanding on the date of issuance of the Exchangeable Notes or incurred thereafter. However, the Exchangeable Notes will be senior in right of payment to any indebtedness of Formula 1 held by or owed to Liberty Media or any of its affiliates (other than Formula 1 and its subsidiaries).

27


Table of Contents

        Upon issuance of the Exchangeable Notes, Formula 1 will agree (i) to not incur or guarantee any indebtedness that is held by or owed to Liberty Media or any of its affiliates (other than Formula 1 and its subsidiaries) unless such indebtedness is subordinated to the Exchangeable Notes, (ii) to not incur or guarantee any secured indebtedness that is held by or owed to Liberty Media or any of its affiliates (other than Formula 1 and its subsidiaries) unless the Exchangeable Notes are secured on a basis that ranks senior to such indebtedness or (iii) to not permit any of its subsidiaries to incur or guarantee any indebtedness that is held by or owed to Liberty Media or any of its affiliates (other than Formula 1 and its subsidiaries) unless such subsidiaries also guarantee or become co-obligors under the Exchangeable Notes on a senior basis, and such indebtedness of such subsidiary is subordinated to the Exchangeable Notes.

        At any time a Noteholder has the right to require Formula 1 to exchange (a Noteholder optional exchange) any or all of the Exchangeable Notes held by such Noteholder for a number of fully paid shares of LMCK equal to the quotient of (i) the principal amount of the Exchangeable Notes to be so exchanged, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and (ii) 105% of the LMCK reference price, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances (including a subdivision of shares of LMCK or a combination of shares of LMCK effected by Liberty Media, or certain stock dividends, extraordinary cash dividends, distributions, reclassifications, spin-offs, mergers or other similar corporate events affecting shares of LMCK) (the exchange price).

        Within three business days of a request by a Noteholder for a Noteholder optional exchange, Formula 1 will have the right to redeem the Exchangeable Notes subject to such request for an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of LMCK calculated in accordance with the preceding paragraph and (ii) the volume weighted average trading price of shares of LMCK over the five consecutive trading days ending on the trading day immediately prior to the receipt of the Noteholder's request for the Noteholder optional exchange. The Noteholder will have no right to receive any shares of LMCK should Formula 1 exercise its right to deliver cash in connection with a Noteholder optional exchange. If Formula 1 does not so exercise its right to redeem Exchangeable Notes for cash, such Exchangeable Notes will be exchanged for shares of LMCK as described above.

        At any time when the total principal amount of the Exchangeable Notes (including PIK notes) outstanding and owned by a Noteholder or its affiliates is less than the total principal amount of Exchangeable Notes first issued to such Noteholder, Formula 1 will have the right to require either (i) the Noteholder to exchange any or all Exchangeable Notes held by such Noteholder (a mandatory exchange) for a number of fully paid shares of LMCK equal to (A) the principal amount of the Exchangeable Notes to be so exchanged, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, divided by (B) the volume weighted average trading price of shares of LMCK over the five consecutive trading days ending on the trading day immediately prior to the notification of the mandatory exchange, or (ii) the redemption of any or all of the Exchangeable Notes held by such Noteholder, and Formula 1 shall pay to such Noteholder an amount in cash equal to the principal amount of the Exchangeable Notes to be so redeemed, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

        The Exchangeable Note instrument provides that a Noteholder may transfer Exchangeable Notes only to (i) an affiliate of such Noteholder, (ii) another Noteholder or (iii) Formula 1.

        Any Noteholder who proposes to transfer any Exchangeable Notes to any other person must provide five business days written notice to Formula 1. Upon notice of such proposed transfer (other than a permitted transfer), Formula 1 will have the option to redeem such Exchangeable Notes (a transfer purchase) at a price, payable in cash, equal to the product of (i) the principal amount of the

28


Table of Contents

Exchangeable Notes proposed to be transferred, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, divided by the exchange price, and (ii) the volume weighted average trading price of shares of LMCK over the five consecutive trading days ending on the trading day immediately prior to the delivery of the notice of transfer by the Noteholder to Formula 1. Formula 1 is required to inform such Noteholder of its intention to exercise its transfer purchase rights within 4 business days of the delivery of the notice of transfer.

        If Formula 1 does not exercise its right to effect a transfer purchase within four business days of the delivery of the notice of transfer, the Exchangeable Notes to be so transferred shall be automatically exchanged (a transfer exchange) by Formula 1 immediately prior to such transfer for a number of shares of LMCK equal to the quotient of (i) the principal amount of the Exchangeable Notes proposed to be transferred, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and (ii) the exchange price.

        Until the earlier of (i) the maturity date and (ii) the date on which the Noteholders collectively cease to own Exchangeable Notes (including PIK notes) representing at least 30% in principal amount of the total principal amount of the Exchangeable Notes issued and outstanding immediately following the Second Closing (the veto termination date), the holder of Exchangeable Notes which, together with its affiliates, holds the greatest principal amount of Exchangeable Notes (the Noteholder representative) will have the right to exercise (on behalf of the Noteholders) veto rights over certain actions proposed to be taken by the Board of Directors of Formula 1, including, subject to certain exceptions:

29


Table of Contents

        Prior to the taking of any of the foregoing corporate actions, the Board of Directors of Formula 1 must deliver to the Noteholder representative a written notice of such action and may proceed with such action only if the Noteholder representative does not veto such action within five business days of the delivery of such notice.

        Additionally, the articles of association of Formula 1 in effect at the issuance of the Exchangeable Notes (the Formula 1 articles) will provide that until the veto termination date any purported grant of a security interest in the equity securities of Formula 1 or a sale or transfer of equity securities of Formula 1 such that it ceases to be 100% owned, directly or indirectly, by the Buyer or Liberty Media will be void and will not be registered by the Board of Directors of the Company, other than:

        The Exchangeable Notes instrument provides that the Formula 1 articles will grant the Noteholders certain board appointment rights. The Formula 1 articles will provide that any Noteholder owning Exchangeable Notes (including PIK notes and excluding Exchangeable Notes acquired by means of a transfer from another Noteholder) together with its affiliates representing 15% or more in principal amount of the Exchangeable Notes issued and outstanding immediately following the Second Closing, together with any PIK notes, will have the right to designate one director to the Board of Directors of Formula 1 for a term of 5 years from the date of the Second Closing.

        Additionally, those Noteholders which do not individually own Exchangeable Notes (including PIK notes and excluding Exchangeable Notes acquired by means of a transfer from another Noteholder) representing 15% or more in principal amount of the Exchangeable Notes issued and outstanding immediately following the Second Closing, together with the PIK notes, will, so long as such holders collectively own Exchangeable Notes (including PIK notes) representing at least 25% in principal amount of the total principal amount of Exchangeable Notes issued and outstanding immediately following the Second Closing, plus any PIK notes, have the right to designate one person to be a director of Formula 1. Such nominee will serve until the earlier of (i) the maturity date and (ii) the date on which such Noteholders cease to own at least 25% or more in principal amount of the Exchangeable Notes issued on the date of the Second Closing, including PIK notes.

        The Formula 1 articles to be in effect at the Second Closing will establish an Independent Conflict Committee of the Board of Directors of Formula 1 (the IC Committee), which will continue in effect until the first to occur of (i) the maturity date and (ii) the first date on which both (A) no Noteholder together with its affiliates owns Exchangeable Notes (including PIK notes and excluding Exchangeable Notes acquired by means of a transfer from another Noteholder) representing 15% or more in principal amount of the Exchangeable Notes issued and outstanding immediately following the Second Closing, together with any PIK notes, and (B) those Noteholders which do not individually own Exchangeable Notes representing 15% or more in principal amount of the Exchangeable Notes issued on the date of the Second Closing, but collectively own Exchangeable Notes representing at least 25% in principal amount of the total principal amount of Notes issued on the date of the Second Closing, including PIK notes, collectively cease to own at least 25% or more in principal amount of the Exchangeable Notes issued on the date of the Second Closing.

30


Table of Contents

        The Exchangeable Notes instrument provides that the IC Committee will be comprised of the Chairman of the Board of the Company and two independent directors. The IC Committee, acting by a majority of members, will review certain matters. Unless approved by the IC Committee, Formula 1 may not engage in transactions between Formula 1 or any of its subsidiaries:

        The foregoing description of the Exchangeable Notes is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Exchangeable Notes instrument, a copy of which is attached as Annex D to this proxy statement.

Letter Agreement

        At the Second Closing, Liberty Media will enter into a letter agreement with Formula 1 in which Liberty Media will agree to issue and cause to be transferred to Formula 1 the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of LMCK required to be delivered by Formula 1 to the Noteholders, from time to time, under the terms of the Exchangeable Note instrument. In addition, Liberty Media will agree that, prior to the maturity date of the Exchangeable Notes, it will not, directly or indirectly, offer for sale, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the F1 Shares acquired by the Buyer at the Second Closing to the extent it would cause such F1 Shares to cease to be owned by Liberty Media or a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Liberty Media or take, or cause any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries to take, any action to amend the Formula 1 articles in any manner that would have an adverse impact on the Noteholders.

Additional Transaction Agreements

        Other agreements entered into, or to be entered into, in connection with the acquisition include:

31


Table of Contents

No Dissenters' Rights

        Stockholders of Liberty Media will not be entitled to exercise dissenters' rights or to demand payment for their shares of capital stock of Liberty Media in connection with the acquisition.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

        The completion of the acquisition will not be taxable to stockholders of Liberty Media for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Accounting Treatment

        [To come.]

Regulatory Matters

        The completion of the acquisition is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain competition law and regulatory conditions, including the approval of various competition and antitrust authorities of the jurisdictions in which Formula 1 operates.

        Pursuant to the Second SPA, the Buyer and Liberty Media have agreed to promptly take any and all necessary steps to avoid or eliminate all impediments under any antitrust, competition or trade regulation or law that may be asserted by any governmental entity with respect to the acquisition. Although Liberty Media expects that all required regulatory clearances and approvals will be obtained, we cannot assure you that these regulatory clearances and approvals will be obtained in a timely manner or at all, or that the granting of these regulatory clearances and approvals will not involve the imposition of additional conditions on the completion of the acquisition, including the divestiture of certain assets.

        For a more detailed description of the required clearances and approvals, see "—The Stock Purchase Agreements—The Second SPA—Conditions to the Completion of the Acquisition" section.

32


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

        In addition to the other information incorporated by reference or included in this proxy statement, including the risks identified in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 26, 2016, as amended by our Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed with the SEC on April 29, 2016, and the matters addressed in the section of this proxy statement entitled "Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements", you should carefully consider the following risks before deciding how to vote on the proposals presented at the special meeting. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks and uncertainties that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. The risks below also include forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements, discussed further below in the section entitled "Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements".

Risks Relating to the Acquisition

         The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements included in this proxy statement are presented for illustrative purposes only and do not represent the actual financial position or results of operations of Liberty Media after giving effect to the acquisition.

        The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements contained in this proxy statement are presented for illustrative purposes only, contain a variety of adjustments, assumptions and preliminary estimates and do not represent the actual financial position or results of operations of Liberty Media or Formula 1 for several reasons. See the sections entitled "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements" beginning on page F-82 and "Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements" beginning on page 49. The actual financial positions and results of operations of Liberty Media and Formula 1 prior to the acquisition and that of Liberty Media following the acquisition may not be consistent with, or evident from, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements and prospective financial information included in this proxy statement. In addition, the estimates and assumptions used in preparing the unaudited pro forma financial statements and prospective financial information included in this proxy statement may not be realized and may be affected by other factors. Any significant changes in the share price of LMCK, may cause a significant change in the pro forma financial statements.

         Liberty Media expects to incur significant costs and expenses in connection with the acquisition.

        Liberty Media expects that it will incur certain non-recurring costs in connection with the consummation of the acquisition, including advisory, legal and other transaction costs. A majority of these costs have already been incurred or will be incurred regardless of whether the acquisition is completed. While many of the expenses that will be incurred, by their nature, are difficult to estimate accurately at the present time, management of Liberty Media continues to assess the magnitude of these costs, and additional unanticipated costs may be incurred in connection with the acquisition. Although Liberty Media expects that the realization of benefits related to the acquisition will offset such costs and expenses over time, no assurances can be made that this net benefit will be achieved in the near term, or at all.

         The announcement and pendency of the acquisition of Formula 1 could divert the attention of management and cause disruptions in the businesses of Formula 1 and Liberty Media, which could have an adverse effect on the business and financial results of both Formula 1 and Liberty Media.

        Liberty Media and Formula 1 are non-affiliated companies that are currently operated independently of each other. Management of both Formula 1 and Liberty Media may be required to divert a disproportionate amount of attention away from their respective day-to-day activities and

33


Table of Contents

operations, and devote time and effort to consummating the acquisition. The risks, and adverse effects, of such disruptions and diversions could be exacerbated by a delay in the completion of the acquisition. These factors could adversely affect the financial position or results of operations of Liberty Media and Formula 1, regardless of whether the acquisition is completed.

         Liberty Media is subject to contractual restrictions while the acquisition is pending, which could adversely affect Liberty Media's business.

        The Second SPA imposes certain restrictive interim covenants on Liberty Media. For instance, the consent of the Sellers' Representative is required in respect of, among other things, amendments to Liberty Media's organizational documents, payments of dividends or capital reorganizations with respect to Liberty Media Group tracking stock and certain issuances of shares of Liberty Media Group tracking stock. These restrictions may prevent Liberty Media from taking certain actions before the acquisition is completed or the Second SPA is terminated, including making certain acquisitions or otherwise pursuing certain business opportunities, or making certain changes to its capital stock, that its board of directors may deem beneficial.

         Uncertainties among counterparties and employees of Formula 1 while the acquisition is pending could adversely affect the value of Formula 1 following the closing.

        Uncertainty about the effect of the acquisition could impact counterparties (including to race promotion, broadcasting, advertising, sponsorship or other commercial agreements) and employees of Formula 1 and have an adverse effect on Formula 1 and, consequently, on Liberty Media following the completion thereof. These uncertainties may impair Formula 1's ability to attract, retain and motivate key personnel until the acquisition is completed and for a period of time thereafter, and could cause Formula 1's counterparties (including to race promotion, broadcasting, advertising, sponsorship or other commercial agreements), the Teams and others who deal with Formula 1 to seek to change their existing business relationships with Formula 1. Employee retention may be particularly challenging during the pendency of the acquisition because employees may experience uncertainty about their post-closing roles. If key employees depart despite Formula 1's and Liberty Media's efforts to retain them, the value of the Formula 1 business could be harmed, and the expected benefits of the acquisition may not be realized in full.

         In order to complete the acquisition, Liberty Media along with Formula 1 must make certain governmental filings and obtain certain governmental and third party authorizations and consents, and if such filings and authorizations are not made or granted or are granted with conditions to the parties, completion of the acquisition may be jeopardized or the anticipated benefits of the acquisition could be reduced.

        The completion of the acquisition is conditioned upon, among other things, required governmental and third party authorizations having been obtained and being in full force and effect. Notwithstanding the covenants of the parties included in the transaction agreements, there can be no assurance that the parties will be able to obtain all requisite authorizations. The governmental authorities from whom some of these authorizations are required generally have broad discretion in administering the governing regulations. As a condition to authorizing the acquisition, they may seek to impose requirements, limitations or costs or require divestitures or place restrictions on the conduct of the combined company's business after completion of the acquisition, which may delay or functionally preclude the completion of the acquisition.

        In addition, under the terms of the Second SPA, subject to certain exceptions, Liberty Media and its subsidiaries are required to accept certain conditions and agree to take certain actions imposed by governmental authorities. There can be no assurance that any such conditions, terms, obligations or restrictions will not have the effect of imposing additional material costs on Liberty Media or will not

34


Table of Contents

materially impact the business of Formula 1 following the acquisition, or otherwise adversely affect the business and results of operations of Liberty Media after completion of the acquisition.

        The completion of the acquisition is also conditioned upon the prior written confirmation, consent and approval of the FIA in connection with certain contracts material to the business of Formula 1. There can be no assurance that the consent of the FIA will be obtained.

        For a more detailed summary of the conditions that must be satisfied or waived prior to completion of the acquisition, see "Information about the Acquisition of Formula 1—The Stock Purchase Agreements—The Second SPA—Conditions to the Completion of the Acquisition".

         If the Second SPA terminates in accordance with its terms, Liberty Media will own only a minority interest in Formula 1, with no voting rights and limited liquidity and governance rights.

        The Second SPA will terminate in accordance with its terms if, among other reasons, all of the conditions to the consummation of the acquisition (other than those which by their terms are to be satisfied at the closing) have not been satisfied or waived by 11:59 p.m. (London time) on June 30, 2017. Unless the parties mutually agree to extend the term of the Second SPA, Liberty Media will own only the minority equity interest in Formula 1 it acquired under the First SPA, and, absent certain regulatory clearances, Liberty Media will not be entitled to exercise the voting rights attendant to those interests. Further, Liberty Media will not be entitled to freely transfer these interests under the terms of the existing organizational documents and shareholders agreements of Delta Topco, the holding company for Formula 1, and Liberty Media would have no right to force a liquidity event with regard to its initial investment in Formula 1.

         Failure to complete the acquisition could negatively impact the stock price and financial results of Liberty Media.

        If the acquisition is not completed for any reason, Liberty Media would be subject to negative reactions from financial markets impacting the price of Liberty Media Group tracking stock, and Liberty Media will have incurred significant transaction costs without the benefit of having completed an accretive investment. In addition, Liberty Media could be subject to the cost of litigation related to any dispute regarding an alleged failure of a closing condition or any related enforcement proceeding commenced against Liberty Media to perform its obligations under the Second SPA or any of the other transaction documents, as well as any judgment potentially obtained against Liberty Media in any such action. All of these expenses and contingencies could negatively impact the financial position and results of operations of Liberty Media.

         Liberty Media may fail to realize the potential benefits of the acquisition of Formula 1 in a timely manner or at all.

        Liberty Media believes there are significant benefits that may be realized by acquiring the Formula 1 business and leveraging Liberty Media's expertise in live events and digital monetization. However, the efforts to realize these benefits will be a complex process and may disrupt both companies' existing operations if not implemented in a timely and efficient manner. If the management teams of Liberty Media and Formula 1 are unable to minimize the potential disruption to their respective businesses and operations during this period, Liberty Media may not fully realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. Realizing the benefits of the acquisition may depend in part on the efficient coordination and alignment of various functions. Liberty Media may encounter difficulties, costs and delays as a result of the acquisition, including the following, any of which could harm its results of operations, businesses, financial condition and/or the price of its stock:

35


Table of Contents

        Failure to implement, or problems with implementing, the post-acquisition strategy for Formula 1 may also adversely affect the trading price of any series of Liberty Media Group tracking stock.

         During the period that the Exchangeable Notes are outstanding, Liberty Media may be unable to cause Formula 1 to take certain corporate actions.

        A portion of the consideration for the acquisition will be financed the Exchangeable Notes that will be issued by the holding company for the Formula 1 business. Pursuant to the terms of the Exchangeable Notes instrument, the Noteholder representative will have veto rights over certain actions proposed to be taken by Formula 1 following the completion of the acquisition, including the termination of certain key executives, material business transactions, a change in control of Formula 1, issuances of securities and amendments to or terminations of certain material business contracts. These veto rights will expire upon the earlier of the maturity date of the Exchangeable Notes and the date the outstanding principal amount of the Exchangeable Notes is less than 30% of the outstanding principal amount issued at the closing under the Second SPA. Until the veto rights expire, Liberty Media may be unable to cause Formula 1 to take certain corporate actions that Liberty Media believes would be in the best interests of its Media Group.

         Sales (or anticipated sales) of shares of LMCK following the acquisition may negatively affect the market price of any series of Liberty Media Group tracking stock.

        In connection with the acquisition, Liberty Media will issue approximately 138 million shares of LMCK at the closing under the Second SPA, representing approximately 64.7% of the pro forma outstanding equity interest in the Media Group (based upon the number of outstanding shares on July 31, 2016 and including shares issuable upon the exchange of the approximately $351 million of Exchangeable Notes). Further, Liberty Media may issue additional shares of LMCK upon the exchange of the Exchangeable Notes. Pursuant to the shareholders agreement, Liberty Media has agreed to file a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 as soon as reasonably practicable on or following the date of the closing under the Second SPA registering all shares of LMCK issued at such closing and the maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exchange of Exchangeable Notes. Further, Liberty Media has agreed to cooperate with the Selling Shareholders in connection with certain post-closing underwritten offerings. The shares of LMCK to be issued in the acquisition will generally be eligible for resale upon the effectiveness of such shelf registration statement, but subject to the expiration of any applicable lock-up periods. The market price of shares of any series of Liberty Media Group tracking stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of LMCK in the market after the consummation of the acquisition or even the perception that these sales could occur.

36


Table of Contents

         Following the acquisition, one or more representatives of the Selling Shareholders may be able to exercise significant influence over Liberty Media corporate transactions and other matters as a result of Liberty Media's agreement to appoint a nominee designated by the Selling Shareholders to its Board of Directors and to provide certain shareholder protections to the Selling Shareholders under the shareholders agreement.

        At the closing under the Second SPA, Liberty Media and the Selling Shareholders will enter into the shareholders agreement. The shareholders agreement provides that upon the closing under the Second SPA, Liberty Media will increase the number of members constituting its board of directors from nine to ten, and appoint a shareholder director to serve on the board of directors of Liberty Media for a term of 30 months following the date of the closing under the Second SPA. The shareholder director, along with two of Liberty Media's independent directors, will also serve on a new committee of the board of directors of Liberty Media that will review and approve certain actions by Liberty Media relating to or affecting the Media Group. Additionally, the shareholders agreement grants the shareholder representative veto rights, during the restriction period, over certain actions proposed to be taken by Liberty Media, including, with certain exceptions, the creation of other classes of stock tracking the economic performance of Formula 1 and the issuance of any equity interest relating to any series of Liberty Media Group tracking stock. The shareholders agreement further provides that Liberty Media will not combine its Media Group with another Liberty Media tracking stock group during the restriction period unless there is a change in tax law or related guidance or interpretation which is reasonably likely to result in unfavorable tax treatment to Liberty Media or its stockholders. As a result of these rights under the shareholders agreement, one or more representatives of the Selling Shareholders, who may have interests different from those of other stockholders of Liberty Media, will be able to exercise significant influence over certain matters relating to the governance of Liberty Media during the restriction period, including in certain circumstances the approval of significant corporate actions such as business combination transactions and issuances of certain securities.

         The Teams have certain governance rights under the Current Concorde Arrangements and the organizational documents of Delta Topco that may limit or, at a minimum, influence actions that Liberty Media may seek to cause Formula 1 to take.

        The Teams are entitled to certain consent rights under the Current Concorde Arrangements (as defined below), including in relation to the number of Events in a season exceeding 20 (or 17 if the number of Events that are held outside Europe, the US or Canada exceeds 60% or more of the total number of Events in that season) and the introduction of new sporting and technical regulations applying to the World Championship. Also, under the Current Concorde Arrangements, the Longest Standing Team has a consent right over certain nominees for appointment as a new chief executive of Formula 1 and certain rights with respect to the termination of the current chief executive of Formula 1. Further, the Team Agreements with McLaren and Mercedes grant the corporate parent of each of those Teams (McLaren Group Limited and Daimler AG, respectively) the right to appoint a director of Delta Topco until December 31, 2020 or the termination of the relevant Team Agreement, if earlier, and Ferrari has an equivalent right, pursuant to a provision contained in all of the Team Agreements granting that right to the longest standing Team that has competed in the World Championship for the greatest number of seasons since 1950 (the Longest Standing Team) (each such director, a Team Director). The right with respect to the Longest Standing Team is also reflected in the organizational documents of Delta Topco. The Longest Standing Team's Team Director has the right to sit on the Audit and Ethics and Nomination Committees of Delta Topco and any standing or ad hoc committees of Delta Topco established to monitor the strategic development of Formula 1's business. The Longest Standing Team's Team Director also has influence in relation to the removal or appointment of Formula 1's chief executive, by virtue of being a member of the Nomination Committee of Delta Topco. Mercedes' Team Director is currently a member of the Nomination Committee of Delta Topco, although he is not appointed by right. The interests or opinions of the Teams with regard to certain

37


Table of Contents

actions proposed to be taken by Formula 1 may differ from those of Liberty Media. In such event, the Teams may be able to block these actions or, at a minimum, cause their interests or opinions to be considered by the Delta Topco board of directors.

Risks Relating to the Formula 1 Business

         There could be a decline in the popularity of Formula 1 which may have a material adverse effect on Formula 1's ability to exploit its commercial rights to the World Championship.

        The success of Formula 1's business and its ability to profitably renew or enter into beneficial new commercial arrangements, including race promotion, broadcasting, advertising and sponsorship contracts, is largely dependent upon the continued popularity of the World Championship. Similarly, the sponsorship and other revenue generation of the Teams are dependent on such continued popularity and, if such revenues decreased, it may impact their ability or willingness to continue participating in the World Championship. The popularity of Formula 1, globally and in particular countries and regions, may be influenced by competition from any rival championship and other forms of motor sport or similar entertainment which challenge Formula 1's position and reputation as the pinnacle of world motor sport, the continued participation of the leading Teams, the perceived entertainment value of the World Championship, changes in societal views on automobiles more generally and an unfavorable economic climate which may discourage fans from attending Events or make it more difficult to expand into new markets, all of which could change rapidly and cannot be predicted. See "—Rival motor sport events could be established, involving existing Teams or different Teams, that could lead to fewer Teams and race circuits and diminish the competitive position of Formula 1." Formula 1 also faces stiff competition from other live sporting events, and with sporting events delivered over television networks, radio, the Internet and online services, mobile applications and other alternative sources, as well as from the availability of alternative forms of entertainment and leisure activities. Formula 1 competes for attendance, viewership and advertising with a wide range of alternatives, such as top flight soccer leagues in many of its non-U.S. markets. As a result of the large number of options available, Formula 1 faces strong competition for the attention of sports fans.

        Further, a scandal which undermines the credibility of the sport, such as a race fixing scandal, or accident could also impact the popularity of Formula 1. In particular regions, the popularity of the World Championship varies depending upon the participation and performance of drivers and Teams from that region. There is no assurance that Formula 1 will be able to compete effectively with other forms of sports or entertainment or that the World Championship will maintain its popularity either globally or in any particular country or region. Any decrease in the continued popularity of the World Championship may affect Formula 1's ability to enter into or renew race promotion, broadcasting, advertising, sponsorship or other commercial agreements which may materially and adversely affect Formula 1's business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

         Termination of the 100-Year Agreements could cause Formula 1 to discontinue its operations.

        The license under the 100-Year Agreements is critical to the ongoing operation of Formula 1's business. Under the 100-Year Agreements, the FIA has granted Formula 1 the exclusive commercial rights to the World Championship, including the rights to use the trademarks associated with the World Championship, until the end of 2110. See "Appendix: Business and Financial Information of Formula 1—Business—Key Commercial Agreements—100-Year Agreements" for a more detailed discussion of the 100-Year Agreements. Formula 1's rights under these agreements can be terminated by the FIA if Formula 1 materially breaches the relevant agreements (with certain of such breaches subject to certain cure rights), undergoes an unpermitted change of control, interferes with certain of the FIA's rights under the 100-Year Agreements or experiences certain insolvency events. If Formula 1's license under the 100-Year Agreements was terminated in accordance with its terms or the FIA or another person successfully challenged the validity of that license (or the 100-Year Agreements as a whole), it could

38


Table of Contents

cause Formula 1 to discontinue its operations, lead to the termination of substantially all of Formula 1's commercial contracts, prevent Formula 1 from exploiting the commercial rights to the World Championship and require Formula 1 to discontinue use of the World Championship trademarks and other intellectual property rights.

         Formula 1 is reliant upon certain key personnel, and Formula 1 may lose one or more of them.

        Formula 1's commercial success is dependent to a considerable extent on the abilities and reputation of Formula 1's management. The chief executive officer, Bernie Ecclestone, is the original owner of Formula 1 and was personally responsible for the commercialization of Formula 1 during the 1980s. The recently appointed Chairman Chase Carey has a wealth of experience over many decades in the media sector. In addition, the chief financial officer, Duncan Llowarch, and the General Counsel, Sacha Woodward Hill, have 19 years and 20 years of experience in Formula 1, respectively. The success of the business to date has depended to a significant extent on Mr. Ecclestone, who is currently 86 years old and has been responsible for the growth and strategic development of Formula 1. While Formula 1 has the benefit of a strong management team and contracted revenues which provide Formula 1 stability in the near term, the voluntary departure of key personnel could disrupt Formula 1's operations and have a material adverse effect on Formula 1's business and results of operation.

         Mr. Ecclestone has been the subject of certain legal proceedings in the U.K., and elsewhere, which could damage Mr. Ecclestone's reputation and potentially the reputation of Formula 1 with the public as well as governmental agencies.

        In 1999, Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs (HMRC) in the UK commenced investigations into the tax affairs of Mr. Ecclestone and his then wife, which were concluded in 2008 by a settlement agreement. In 2012, Mr. Ecclestone was notified by HMRC that it was opening an investigation into his tax affairs (the Tax Inquiry). In December 2014, HMRC purported to repudiate the settlement agreement reached with Mr. and Mrs. Ecclestone in 2008 on grounds of fraudulent misrepresentation, which Mr. Ecclestone denies, and HMRC levied on Mr. Ecclestone tax assessments totaling approximately £1 billion, most of which Mr. Ecclestone disputes and which remains unpaid (with the agreement of HMRC) pending the outcome of the litigation Mr. Ecclestone has brought against HMRC in the High Court in London to challenge its repudiation of the 2008 settlement. HMRC's investigation of Mr. Ecclestone's tax affairs is ongoing.

        In addition, in the past, Mr. Ecclestone has been subject to certain criminal and civil proceedings with regard to specified actions he has taken, or was alleged to have taken. Criminal proceedings in Germany against Mr. Ecclestone were abandoned without a finding of guilt following the payment by him of sizable amounts to the relevant state and a charity. Civil proceedings brought against him in the U.K. were dismissed, although the Judge made an adverse finding about some aspects of Mr. Ecclestone's conduct. Civil proceedings brought against Mr. Ecclestone, Formula 1 and others in New York were dismissed for lack of jurisdiction and the claimant has not pursued the matter elsewhere. Another set of civil proceedings involving Mr. Ecclestone remains pending in the U.K. Except for the dismissed claim in New York, Formula 1 has not been a party to any of these proceedings and there have been no judgments or legal findings of fault against Formula 1 in any of these proceedings.

        Given the inherent unpredictability of the Tax Inquiry or litigation in general, and that Formula 1 has little knowledge of Mr. Ecclestone's personal finances and dealings, any future findings of, or sanctions or publicity from, any such proceeding could result in Mr. Ecclestone's reputation being damaged or Formula 1's board of directors or shareholders deciding that Mr. Ecclestone should step down as Formula 1's chief executive officer or director either permanently or until certain issues have been resolved or clarified, any of which could materially and adversely affect Formula 1's business and

39


Table of Contents

prospects. In addition, no assurance can be given (i) that relevant authorities or other third parties will not take actions with regard to these matters or any others not known at this time and (ii) that if any such actions are taken that they will not have an adverse impact on Formula 1.

         The Teams may, in certain circumstances, terminate their existing commitment to participate in the World Championship until (and including) 2020 or breach their obligations and withdraw.

        Formula 1's ability to effectively stage the World Championship depends on the ongoing involvement of its participants. Pursuant to individual Team Agreements, each of the current 11 Teams have committed to participate in the World Championship until December 31, 2020, subject to earlier termination upon the occurrence of certain events. Formula 1 cannot provide assurance that any of the Teams will commit to participate in the World Championship beyond 2020, or that the FIA will renew the Current Concorde Arrangements under the 2013 Concorde Implementation Agreement beyond 2030. If any of the current Teams cease to participate in the World Championship, Formula 1 may attempt to encourage new entrants to the World Championship, however, there is no assurance Formula 1 will be able to do this. If such Teams were not replaced, it could result in fewer competitors in the World Championship as compared to recent seasons which may impact the perceived entertainment value of Events. In addition, any negotiation for an extension to the term of the Team Agreements or the Concorde Arrangements could result in less favorable terms to Formula 1.

        Even if a Team has committed to participate in the World Championship it may be able to exercise termination rights under its Team Agreement in certain circumstances and withdraw. For additional information regarding the agreements with the Teams, see "Appendix: Business and Financial Information of Formula 1—Business—Key Commercial Agreements—Current Concorde Arrangements". It is also possible that Teams could form a rival motor sport series.

        A lesser number of teams may reduce the popularity of Formula 1 which may affect its ability to enter into or renew race promotion, broadcasting, advertising, sponsorship or other commercial agreements, which may materially and adversely affect Formula 1's business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

         The FIA may take actions which are not in Formula 1's interest.

        The FIA is the governing body of the World Championship and a party to the 100-Year Agreements and the 2013 Concorde Implementation Agreement. In its capacity as the governing body of the World Championship, the FIA must place safety and other sporting concerns over Formula 1's commercial interests. As a result, the FIA may take actions with respect to safety and sporting standards and regulations which conflict with Formula 1's interests as the commercial rights holder, including by increasing the cost to Teams of participating in the World Championship, diminishing the visual and sonic spectacle of Events, imposing fines on or excluding Teams, cancelling or delaying an Event, withholding approval for the staging of an Event, a new circuit or Formula 1's proposed season calendar or establishing regulations without the support of the Teams. As a party to the 100-Year Agreements and the 2013 Concorde Implementation Agreement, the FIA has certain rights and limitations and the exercise or purported exercise of the FIA's rights thereunder may conflict with Formula 1's interests. Any actions taken by the FIA which conflict with Formula 1's interests may adversely impact Formula 1's operations and revenue.

         Formula 1 may be subject to enforcement actions under competition laws.

        As further described in "Appendix: Business and Financial Information of Formula 1—Business—Regulatory Matters-Competition Laws", following an investigation by the European Commission (EC) in 1999 in relation to Formula 1's compliance with competition laws, Formula 1 modified certain of its business practices and changed the terms of a number of Formula 1's commercial contracts. Following

40


Table of Contents

these modifications and changes, the EC issued two comfort letters to Formula 1 in October 2001 stating that Formula 1 was no longer under investigation. Comfort letters are not binding on the EC and if it believes there has been a material change in circumstances, it could take further enforcement action. The EC issued a press release in October 2003 stating that it was satisfied that Formula 1 had complied with the modified practices and terms that had led to its issuing its comfort letters and that it had ended its monitoring of Formula 1's compliance. In adopting practices and concluding commercial contracts (including as to contracts with broadcasters (and the manner in which these rights are offered), contracts with Teams and contracts with promoters), Formula 1 takes into account the modified practices that formed the basis of the EC's comfort letters.

        Formula 1 is also required to comply with general European Union and national competition laws, which require Formula 1 at all times to ensure its business practices and agreements are consistent with the operation of competitive markets. Failure to comply with the relevant practices, terms, laws and rules can give rise to challenges by the EC, national competition regulators and other interested parties. In addition, they could cause or deem certain of Formula 1's commercial contracts (including the Team Agreements) to be unenforceable in whole or in part and/or require various terms (including duration, scope and exclusivity) to be modified, and/or Formula 1 could be liable for damages or other sanctions.

        Formula 1 has sought to adopt practices and conclude commercial contracts that take into account competition law as it applies to the specific nature of Formula 1's sporting and entertainment businesses, Formula 1's role within those businesses and the roles of the counterparties to Formula 1's commercial contracts. However given the uncertainty of the law in this area, and the possibility of third parties instigating action, there is a risk of further EC investigations, challenges or proceedings against Formula 1. For example, two Teams made a complaint against Formula 1 to the EC in September 2015 regarding the distribution of the Prize Fund and current sporting governance arrangements (though Formula 1 rejects the complaint as being without merit and believes it is in any event, a commercial dispute and not one that involves any breach of competition law). For the reasons set out above, no assurance can be given that there will be no further EC investigation, challenge or proceeding.

        Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect Formula 1's business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

         Formula 1 may be adversely affected by a global deterioration in economic conditions or changes in or declines in consumer and corporate spending.

        While Formula 1's contracted revenue from race promoters, broadcasters and advertisers and sponsors have not historically been immediately affected by an economic downturn, aspects of Formula 1's business, in particular Formula 1's advertising and sponsorship, hospitality, support series, transport and travel businesses, are dependent on general economic conditions and/or consumer and corporate spending. Formula 1's advertising and sponsorship and hospitality businesses are more immediately vulnerable to an economic downturn and a reduction in corporate spending due to the discretionary nature of those services and for advertising and sponsorship, the shorter duration of those contracts. The impact of an economic downturn is likely to have the largest initial impact on Formula 1's hospitality business. If an economic downturn adversely affects race promoters, broadcasters, advertisers and sponsors, Formula 1's ability to renew or enter into new contracts on favorable terms with them could be impacted which could result in a loss of revenues and may materially and adversely affect Formula 1's business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

41


Table of Contents

         Formula 1 may be unable to renew or replace on favorable terms one or more of Formula 1's race promotion, broadcasting or advertising and sponsorship contracts.

        Formula 1's race promotion, broadcasting and advertising and sponsorship contracts typically have terms of five to seven years, three to five years and three to five years, respectively, but may on occasion be of longer duration. When these contracts expire, Formula 1 may not be able to renew or replace them with contracts on similar terms or at all. Formula 1's ability to renew or replace its contracts on similar terms, or at all, is dependent on a number of factors which Formula 1 may not be able to control or predict including the popularity of Formula 1, the value of live sports rights generally, relevant regulations, economic conditions in the relevant countries and the spending capacity and priorities of Formula 1's counterparties. Additionally, many of Formula 1's race promotion and broadcasting contracts are directly or indirectly with, or guaranteed by, governmental bodies or agencies and a change in their spending capacity or priorities could impact Formula 1's negotiations with them. A failure to renew or replace Formula 1's existing contracts on similar or improved terms could result in, among other things, the payments Formula 1 receives decreasing, the term of the contracts being shortened, termination rights being granted to Formula 1's counterparties and other contractual terms and conditions being introduced which could materially and adversely affect Formula 1's business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

         Formula 1 is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of non-performance by counterparties to Formula 1's key commercial contracts.

        Future payments under Formula 1's core commercial contracts, including Formula 1's race promotion, broadcasting and advertising and sponsorship contracts are typically made periodically over the course of several years. Formula 1's ability to generate cash flow is heavily dependent on collecting amounts owed to it under these contracts. A change in the credit quality of one or more of Formula 1's counterparties over the term of their contract with Formula 1 may increase the risk of non-payment. Certain of Formula 1's counterparties are directly or indirectly governments or agencies thereof, some of which have recently experienced a deterioration in their credit quality. Formula 1 may also generally experience difficulties or be unable to recover payments owed to it by governments or agencies thereof because of their sovereign or semi-sovereign status. Additionally, an appreciation of the US dollar against the functional currencies of Formula 1's counterparties increases the risk of non-payment. See "—Fluctuations in the value of the US dollar against the functional currencies of Formula 1's business and Formula 1's counterparties' business could adversely affect Formula 1's profitability." The failure of one or more of Formula 1's counterparties to pay outstanding amounts owed to it could have a material adverse effect on Formula 1's cash flows and results of operation.

         Potential challenges by tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which Formula 1 operates could adversely affect Formula 1's financial results and position.

        Formula 1's taxes are based upon the applicable tax laws and tax rates in effect in the jurisdictions in which it operates and upon the nature of Formula 1's business arrangements and activities with and in such jurisdictions. When computing its tax obligations in these jurisdictions, Formula 1 endeavors to apply national and international tax rules consistently and in accordance with generally accepted interpretations and practice. However, such rules, and their application to Formula 1's business, may not be entirely clear in all cases and may be interpreted differently by the applicable tax authorities. There can be no assurance that, upon review of Formula 1's positions, the applicable tax authorities will agree with such positions. If a tax authority successfully challenges Formula 1's positions with respect to its business arrangements, intercompany pricing policies, or the taxable presence of subsidiaries in certain jurisdictions, or if Formula 1 loses a material tax dispute in any jurisdiction, then Formula 1 may be exposed to additional tax liabilities and penalties, which may adversely affect its financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

42


Table of Contents

         Changes in tax laws could adversely affect Formula 1.

        Formula 1 operates in various jurisdictions and is subject to changes in applicable tax laws, treaties, or regulations in those jurisdictions. A material change in the tax laws, treaties, or regulations, or their interpretation, of any jurisdiction with which Formula 1 does business, or in which Formula 1 has significant operations, could adversely affect Formula 1. For example, the UK government announced in early 2016 that it intends to further limit the tax relief for interest expense available to UK companies, effective April 1, 2017. Although the UK government has published detailed consultation documents regarding the proposed changes, draft legislation is not publicly available. Depending on the final form of the legislation, the new rules could reduce significantly the amount of Formula 1's interest expense that qualifies as tax deductible. These changes could adversely affect Formula 1's financial results and position.

        In addition, the Organization for Economic Co-Operation and Development (the OECD) published in July 2013 an action plan on base erosion and profit shifting (BEPS) that seeks to reform the taxation of multinational companies. In October 2015, the OECD released final reports on the focus areas in its action plan on BEPS. These final reports recommend changes to domestic laws, the OECD model tax convention, and the OECD transfer pricing guidelines. In addition, they propose to accelerate the incorporation of recommended income tax treaty changes into existing bilateral treaties through a multilateral convention to be entered into by interested countries. Although any recommendations made by the OECD are not themselves changes in tax law, those recommendations may result in changes in tax law, including countries taking unilateral action that may be uncoordinated, create double taxation, and increase controversy, which could adversely affect Formula 1.

         Formula 1 may face difficulties expanding into new markets, including as a result of being unable to attract race promoters for new Events.

        Formula 1 has recently staged Events in a number of new markets and intends to explore further opportunities for expansion. Attracting the relevant race promoters to the World Championship in these markets on terms that are attractive to Formula 1 will be largely dependent on the popularity of the Formula 1 brand in these markets and Formula 1's perceived ability to deliver the benefits that race promoters desire, such as publicity for the host city/region, economic impact or tourism. See "—There could be a decline in the popularity of Formula 1 which may have a material adverse effect on Formula 1's ability to exploit its commercial rights to the World Championship." Additionally, Formula 1 may have difficulties entering into agreements with race promoters that have the necessary resources and experience to obtain all the necessary FIA, governmental and sporting approvals and successfully stage an Event. Events in new markets also require significant investments in circuit infrastructure and other administrative costs by Formula 1's race promoters which may not be recouped and may generate fees below those received from Formula 1's Events staged in more developed markets. In addition, under the Team Agreements, the consent of a majority of certain Teams is required if there are more than 20 Events in a season or more than 17 Events are held in a season and the number of Events that are held outside Europe, the US or Canada exceeds 60% or more of the total number of Events in that season. See "Appendix: Business and Financial Information of Formula 1—Business—Key Commercial Agreements—Team Agreements". Also, under the 100-Year Agreements as amended by the 2013 Concorde Implementation Agreement, Formula 1 must obtain the FIA's approval to stage more than 25 Events (or beginning in 2031, more than 17 Events unless the FIA and Formula 1 make a new agreement on this point), and there is no assurance such approval will be obtained.

43


Table of Contents

         Formula 1's business is subject to laws and regulations including with respect to advertising, broadcasting and the environment, and changes in and judicial interpretations of such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on Formula 1.

        Formula 1's business is subject to laws and regulations including advertising, broadcasting, environmental and health and safety laws and regulations. Such regimes are subject to periodic governmental review, legislative initiatives and judicial interpretations, any of which could adversely affect Formula 1's business and its profitability. A substantial part of Formula 1's, broadcasters' and the Teams' revenues come from advertising or sponsorship contracts. If new restrictions or bans on advertising specific products or services which are advertised in Formula 1 are introduced, it may reduce Formula 1's advertising and sponsorship revenues or advertising revenues of Formula 1's broadcasters and the Teams which in turn may reduce the value of Formula 1's broadcasting contracts and impact the Teams' desire to continue participating in Formula 1. For example, advertising of alcohol is restricted in certain countries where Events are held, such as Malaysia. Advertising laws could also be introduced which prevent the broadcast of images which include a restricted brand, thereby preventing Formula 1 from licensing the television rights in an affected country. Additionally, as Formula 1 expands into new markets, local customs, practices and cultural sensitivities may require Formula 1 and the Teams to restrict advertising certain products even if not required by law. Broadcasting laws could be introduced which require that Events be broadcast only on free-to-air television which would prevent Formula 1 from entering into pay television contracts in the relevant jurisdiction. Additionally, judicial decisions or other governmental action could interfere with the manner in which Formula 1 exploits its broadcasting rights, including in relation to Formula 1's segmentation of such rights among different geographic regions. Environmental laws could also be introduced which place limits on engine design and Event activities. Motor sport has also been banned in certain countries. For example, Switzerland banned motor sport from 1955 to 2007 following an accident at the 24 Hours of Le Mans that killed spectators and a driver. A ban on motor sport in any country where Formula 1 holds an Event could result in a reduction in Formula 1's revenues and as a consequence, may materially and adversely affect Formula 1's business, financial condition and prospects.

         Events beyond Formula 1's control may cause one or more events to be cancelled or postponed or prevent Formula 1 from providing an international television feed, each of which could result in the loss of revenues under Formula 1's commercial contracts.

        An Event may have to be postponed or cancelled, or Formula 1 may be unable to provide an international television feed of an Event, due to factors beyond its control, including an inability to transport Formula 1's and the Teams' equipment to an Event, power failures, cancellation of large-scale public events by a competent authority due to a security or terrorism risk or outbreak of disease, which could result in the loss of revenues under Formula 1's commercial contracts. The most recent cancellation was the Bahrain Grand Prix in 2011 which was cancelled due to civil unrest. If the cancellation of an Event is due to a force majeure event (such as the outbreak of war or civil unrest) that occurs prior to the scheduled commencement of scrutineering and sporting checks (which typically takes place on the Thursday immediately prior to the race or Wednesday at the Grand Prix de Monaco), the race promoter is not required to pay Formula 1 the race promotion fee for that Event. Typically, Formula 1's broadcast contracts include a provision to reduce the fee payable to Formula 1 if there are fewer than 15 Events in a season for reasons other than a force majeure event. However, if an Event were to be cancelled due to the race promoter failing to meet its obligations under the race promotion contract, then Formula 1 may be entitled to indemnification from the race promoter for any lost broadcasting revenue. If an Event is not held, cancelled or does not receive international television coverage (for example, as a result of a technical problem), Formula 1's fees under the relevant advertising and sponsorship contract are likely to be reduced unless the advertising and sponsorship contract allows Formula 1 to substitute another Event for the cancelled Event and Formula 1 does so.

44


Table of Contents

If an Event is cancelled, Formula 1 will also be required to refund amounts paid for tickets to the Formula 1 Paddock Club (the Paddock Club), the principal high end corporate hospitality offering at certain Event weekends.

         Accidents during Events may cause losses that are not covered by insurance, disrupt an Event and cause Formula 1 reputational damage.

        Racing accidents occur in Formula 1. The last racing accident to cause the death of a driver was in 2014 at the Japanese Grand Prix and there have also been two fatalities involving race marshals since 1994. Fatal accidents, particularly if they involve public spectators, could damage the reputation of Formula 1 and decrease its popularity, any of which could have a material adverse effect on Formula 1. Accidents can also result in the cancellation of a practice or qualifying session or a race. Additionally, persons harmed in any accident could seek compensation from Formula 1. Formula 1 and its promoters purchase insurance coverage for each Event. However, there can be no assurance that such insurance policies will provide adequate coverage at all times and in all circumstances. If Formula 1 is held liable for damages beyond the scope of the insurance coverage available to Formula 1 (including the insurance contract procured by the race promoter to include coverage for Formula 1), Formula 1's business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

         Terrorist acts during Events may cause Formula 1 damage and losses that are not covered by insurance.

        Formula 1 is a high profile sport with a global fan base and Events are attended by a large number of spectators. An Event, like any other major sporting event, could be the target of an actual or threatened terrorist act, either of which could disrupt Formula 1 and lead to the cancellation of Events, increase security requirements and result in a decline of spectator attendance at Events. Additionally, persons harmed in any terrorist act may attempt to seek compensation from Formula 1. The general risk of a terror attack has increased recently in a number of the countries in which Events are held. Formula 1 purchases annual insurance policies covering all Events, and individual race promoters purchase insurance coverage for their own Events under which Formula 1 is also covered, which provide coverage for third party liability covering personal injury, equipment and property damage. However, there can be no assurance that this insurance will be adequate at all times and in all circumstances. Terrorism is expressly excluded from the public liability coverage arranged by the race promoters, although Formula 1's own insurance policies cover both its broadcast and Event systems equipment and its employer and public liabilities exposures for terrorism risks. If Formula 1 is held liable for damages beyond the scope of the insurance coverage (its own and that arranged by the race promoter) and/or is unable to obtain indemnification from the relevant insurer(s), Formula 1's business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

         Rival motor sport events could be established involving existing Teams or different teams, or existing Teams may divert their resources to participate in another motor sport event, which could lead to fewer Teams and race circuits being involved in Formula 1, or a Team's primary engagement in motor sport being in another motor sport event, either of which could diminish the competitive position of Formula 1.

        In the future, it is possible that a rival motor racing series similar to Formula 1 could be established, involving existing Teams and/or different teams or an existing motor sport event could become more popular and become a rival series to Formula 1. Such a rival series could lead to fewer Teams and race circuits in Formula 1, reduce the budget that a Team is willing to spend on its participation in Formula 1, or diminish the competitive position of Formula 1 and have a material adverse effect on Formula 1's results of operations and business. In addition, certain of Formula 1's commercial contracts could be terminated if Formula 1 ceased to be the premier motor racing series for open wheel single-seater cars. Pursuant to individual Team Agreements, each of the 11 Teams have committed to participate in the World Championship until December 31, 2020. If a rival motor racing

45


Table of Contents

series is established (or if an existing series develops into a rival series), this may reduce the popularity of Formula 1 leading to a decline in the value of Formula 1's commercial contracts which may materially adversely affect Formula 1's business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. See "—There could be a decline in the popularity of Formula 1 which may have a material adverse effect on Formula 1's ability to exploit Formula 1's commercial rights to the World Championship" and "—The Teams may, under certain circumstances, terminate their existing commitment to participate in the World Championship until (and including) 2020 or breach their obligations and withdraw."

         Changes in consumer viewing habits and the emergence of new content distribution platforms could adversely affect Formula 1's business.

        The manner in which consumers view televised sporting events is changing rapidly with the emergence of alternative distribution platforms. Digital cable, internet and wireless content providers are continuing to improve technologies, content offerings, user interface, and business models that allow consumers to access video-on-demand or internet-based tools with interactive capabilities including start, stop and rewind. Formula 1's exclusive commercial rights place no limits on the platforms on which it can operate, including online. However, such developments may impact the profitability or effectiveness of Formula 1's existing licensing practices and there is no guarantee that Formula 1 will be successful in adapting its licensing practices and/or media platform as consumer viewing habits change. If Formula 1 is unsuccessful in adapting its licensing practices and/or media platform as consumer viewing habits change, Formula 1's viewership levels (whether on traditional or new platforms) may decrease and/or its licensing practices may become less profitable leading to the possibility of a reduction in the value of its broadcasting and advertising and sponsorship contracts. Any reduction in the value of Formula 1's commercial rights and/or contracts may materially and adversely affect its revenues, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. While Formula 1's monetization of its television rights has increased in recent years, there can be no assurance that such increases will continue or that Formula 1's level of such monetization will be comparable to that of other sporting events.

         If confidential information regarding Formula 1's business arrangements is disclosed or leaked, it could affect Formula 1's relationships with counterparties and/or Teams and result in less favorable commercial contracts and adversely affect Formula 1's business.

        The success of Formula 1's business depends on maintaining good relationships with Formula 1's counterparties (including race promoters, broadcasters, advertisers and sponsors) and the Teams and entering into race promotion, broadcasting, advertising and sponsorship and other commercial contracts on favorable terms. If confidential information regarding Formula 1's business arrangements with its counterparties and/or the Teams were to be disclosed or leaked, it could harm Formula 1's relationships with those parties and result in less favorable terms in its commercial contracts, including with respect to pricing and adversely affect its business, results of operation, financial condition and prospects.

         Formula 1 depends on trademarks, copyrights and intellectual property.

        Formula 1 relies on certain trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property to protect its rights, including its brands, logos and television footage. The existence of complex factual and legal issues may give rise to uncertainty as to the validity or subsistence, scope and enforceability of a particular trademark, copyright or other intellectual property or contractual right in a particular jurisdiction. While historically Formula 1 has been widely transmitted by free-to-air television which reduced its attractiveness as a target for piracy and other infringement, Formula 1 is increasingly transmitted by pay TV operators that are greater targets for piracy. In any event, Formula 1's intellectual property, and in particular the Formula 1 brand (including the F1 logo) and television footage are potential targets for counterfeiting, piracy and other infringement. New technologies such

46


Table of Contents

as the convergence of computing, communication, and entertainment devices, the falling prices of devices incorporating such technologies, increased broadband internet speed and penetration and increased availability and speed of mobile data transmission have made the unauthorized digital pirating and distribution of televised sporting events easier and faster and enforcement of intellectual property rights more challenging. The unauthorized use of intellectual property in the entertainment industry generally continues to be a significant challenge for intellectual property rights holders. If Formula 1 is unsuccessful in preventing widespread piracy and illegal live streaming of Events in the future, these activities could result in lost revenues and a reduction in the value of Formula 1's broadcasting rights which may materially and adversely affect Formula 1's business, results of operation, financial condition and prospects.

         The terms of Formula 1's indebtedness may limit its financial and operating flexibility.

        Covenants contained in the agreements governing Formula 1's credit facilities will restrict the ability of its subsidiaries to, among other things:

        Formula 1 may also be required to repay its credit facilities upon the occurrence of certain events and Formula 1 cannot give any assurance that it will be able to finance such a repayment. Failure to comply with an obligation to repay the credit facilities would result in an event of default which could have a material adverse effect on Formula 1.

47


Table of Contents

        These restrictive covenants could limit Formula 1's ability to pursue Formula 1's growth plans, restrict Formula 1's flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in Formula 1's business and industry and increase Formula 1's vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions. Formula 1 may enter into additional financing arrangements in the future, which could further restrict Formula 1's flexibility.

         A change of control is (subject to certain exceptions) an event of default under Formula 1's principal credit facilities (the "Facilities Agreements"). Upon the occurrence of a change of control that is not permitted, if a waiver of the event of default cannot be obtained and/or the outstanding debt cannot be repaid the event of default could have a material adverse effect on Formula 1's business, results of operation, financial condition and prospects.

        Formula 1 cannot control whether a change of control which is not permitted will occur. Under the Facilities Agreements, a change of control occurs where a person or a group of persons under common control (other than a person owning more than 5% of Delta Topco as at August 8, 2014) gains the right to exercise more than 50% of the voting rights exercisable in a general meeting of Delta Topco. A change of control which is not permitted is (subject to certain exceptions) an event of default under the Facilities Agreements, entitling the lenders to, amongst other things, demand repayment of the debt under the Facilities Agreements. An event of default under a Facilities Agreement may be waived by the "Majority Lenders" under the applicable Facilities Agreement, which is defined as a simple majority by loan commitment value. On a change of control which constitutes an event of default, Formula 1 would need to obtain a waiver of the event of default and/or refinance the outstanding debt. While amendments to the Facilities Agreements have been made to ensure that the impending change of control that would occur upon completion of the Second Closing is permitted under the Facilities Agreements, if a further change of control occurs which is not permitted and Formula 1 cannot obtain a waiver of the event of default and/or refinance the outstanding debt, the event of default could have a material adverse effect on Formula 1's business, results of operation, financial condition and prospects.

         Fluctuations in the value of the US dollar against the functional currencies of Formula 1's business and Formula 1's counterparties' business could adversely affect Formula 1's profitability.

        In 2015, a significant proportion of Formula 1's revenues and costs were denominated in US dollars. Formula 1 also operates in a number of other currencies, most notably the pound sterling and Euro. There may be a mismatch between the amount of a local currency Formula 1 generates in revenues and incurs in expenses. Our financial statements translate local currency transactions into US dollars. Formula 1 uses derivatives to hedge its exposure to foreign currency risk. See "Appendix: Business and Financial Information of Formula 1—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk". There is no assurance that such measures will be successful and fluctuations in the value of the US dollar against Formula 1's functional currencies could affect its profitability. Additionally, most payments Formula 1 receives from Formula 1's counterparties under Formula 1's commercial contracts are denominated in US dollars while their revenues are typically denominated in other currencies, most notably the Euro or the local currency in the country where the relevant Event is held. An appreciation of the US dollar, against the functional currencies of Formula 1's counterparties whose revenues are denominated in a currency other than US dollars, increases the cost of their payments to Formula 1 in their functional currencies and the risk that they will not make their payments to Formula 1 or cause them to request Formula 1 to enter into a new contract with such counterparty, which could affect Formula 1's profitability and financial position. See "—Formula 1 is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of non-performance by counterparties to Formula 1's key commercial contracts".

48


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        Certain statements in this proxy statement or in the documents incorporated by reference constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including statements regarding the business strategies, market potential, future financial performance and acquisition of Formula 1, the expected benefits of the acquisition of Formula 1, other potential third party investments in Formula 1, Formula 1's business and other matters that are not historical facts. In particular, information included under "Risk Factors," "Information about the Formula 1 Acquisition" and "Appendix: Business and Financial Information of Formula 1" contain forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements inherently involve many risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in these statements. Where, in any forward-looking statement, we express an expectation or belief as to future results or events, such expectation or belief is expressed in good faith and believed to have a reasonable basis, but such statements necessarily involve risks and uncertainties and there can be no assurance that the expectation or belief will result or be achieved or accomplished. The use of words such as "anticipates," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "plans" and "believes," among others, generally identify forward-looking statements; however, these words are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. In addition, any statements that refer to expectations, projections or other characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements.

        These forward-looking statements and such risks, uncertainties and other factors speak only as of the date of this proxy statement, and we expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to disseminate any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statement contained herein or therein, to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto, or any other change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. When considering such forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the factors described in "Risk Factors" and other cautionary statements contained or incorporated in this document. Such risk factors and statements describe circumstances which could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement.

49


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF LIBERTY MEDIA

        The following table sets forth our historical financial data as of June 30, 2016, and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, and for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The following information is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, our audited financial statements and notes thereto for the periods presented that are included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, which is incorporated by reference herein. See "Where You Can Find More Information".

Summary Balance Sheet Data:

 
  June 30,   December 31,  
 
  2016   2015   2014   2013   2012   2011  
 
  amounts in millions
 

Cash

  $ 1,229     201     681     1,088     603     970  

Investments in available-for-sale securities and other cost investments(3)

  $ 492     533     816     1,324     1,392     1,859  

Investment in affiliates, accounted for using the equity method(1)(2)(3)

  $ 1,123     1,115     851     3,299     3,341     563  

Intangible assets not subject to amortization

  $ 24,018     24,018     24,018     24,018     344     344  

Intangible assets subject to amortization, net

  $ 1,068     1,097     1,166     1,200     108     119  

Assets of discontinued operations(4)

  $                 2,099     2,535  

Total assets

  $ 30,889     29,798     30,269     33,632     8,299     7,648  

Current portion of deferred revenue

  $ 1,883     1,797     1,641     1,575     24     30  

Current portion of debt

  $ 256     255     257     777         750  

Long-term debt

  $ 7,275     6,626     5,588     4,784          

Deferred tax liabilities, net

  $ 1,852     1,667     1,507     1,396     804     352  

Stockholders' equity

  $ 11,647     10,933     11,398     14,081     6,440     5,259  

Noncontrolling interest(1)

  $ 6,404     7,198     8,778     9,801     (8 )   (10 )

50


Table of Contents

Summary Statement of Operations Data:

 
  Six months
ended June 30,
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2016   2015   2015   2014   2013(1)   2012   2011  
 
  amounts in millions, except per share amounts
 

Revenue(1)(5)

  $ 2,570     2,303     4,795     4,450     4,002     368     1,409  

Operating income (loss)

  $ 1,109     416     954     841     814     (80 )   531  

Interest expense

  $ (174 )   (160 )   (328 )   (255 )   (132 )   (7 )   (16 )

Share of earnings (loss) of affiliates, net(1)(2)

  $ 6     (37 )   (40 )   (113 )   (32 )   1,346     87  

Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments, net

  $ (40 )   12     (140 )   38     295     230     70  

Gains (losses) on transactions, net(1)

  $         (4 )       7,978     22     1  

Net earnings (loss) attributable to the noncontrolling interests

  $ 122     76     184     217     211     (2 )   (4 )

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Liberty Media Corporation stockholders(6)(8)

                                           

Liberty Media Corporation common stock

  $ 378     42     64     178     8,780     1,160     633  

Liberty Starz common stock

    NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     (39 )

Liberty SiriusXM common stock

    82     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA  

Liberty Braves common stock

    32     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA  

Liberty Media common stock

    (47 )   NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA  

  $ 445     42     64     178     8,780     1,160     594  

Basic earnings (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Liberty Media Corporation stockholders per common share(7)(8):

                                           

Series A, B and C Liberty Media Corporation common stock

  $ 1.13     0.12     0.19     0.52     24.73     3.21     2.48  

Series A and B Liberty Starz common stock

    NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     (0.25 )

Series A, B and C Liberty SiriusXM common stock

    0.24     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA  

Series A, B and C Liberty Braves common stock

    0.89     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA  

Series A, B and C Liberty Media common stock

    (0.57 )   NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA  

Diluted earnings (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Liberty Media Corporation stockholders per common share(7)(8):

                                           

Series A, B and C Liberty Media Corporation common stock

  $ 1.12     0.12     0.19     0.52     24.46     3.12     2.40  

Series A and B Liberty Starz common stock

    NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     (0.25 )

Series A, B and C Liberty SiriusXM common stock

    0.24     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA  

Series A, B and C Liberty Braves common stock

    0.11     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA  

Series A, B and C Liberty Media common stock

    (0.57 )   NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA  

(1)
During the year ended December 31, 2012, Liberty Media acquired an additional 312.5 million shares of SIRIUS XM Radio, Inc. (now known as SIRIUS XM) in the open market for $769 million. Additionally, Liberty Media settled a forward contract and purchased an additional 302.2 million shares of SIRIUS XM for $649 million. SIRIUS XM recognized a $3.0 billion tax benefit during the year ended December 31, 2012. SIRIUS XM recorded the tax benefit as the result of significant positive evidence that a valuation allowance was no longer necessary for its recorded deferred tax assets. Liberty Media recognized its portion of this benefit ($1,229 million) based on our ownership percentage at the time of the recognition of the deferred tax benefit by SIRIUS XM. On January 18, 2013, Liberty Media acquired an additional 50 million common

51


Table of Contents

(2)
In May 2013, Liberty Media acquired approximately 26.9 million shares of common stock and approximately 1.1 million warrants in Charter for approximately $2.6 billion, which represented an approximate 27% beneficial ownership in Charter at the time of purchase.

(3)
On November 4, 2014, Liberty Media completed the spin-off of Liberty Broadband Corporation (the Broadband Spin-Off). At the time of the Broadband Spin-Off, Liberty Broadband was comprised of, among other things, (i) Liberty Media's former interest in Charter Communications, Inc. (Charter), (ii) Liberty Media's former wholly-owned subsidiary TruePosition, Inc. (TruePosition), (iii) Liberty Media's former minority equity investment in Time Warner Cable, Inc. (Time Warner Cable), (iv) certain deferred tax liabilities, as well as liabilities related to Time Warner Cable call options and (v) initial indebtedness, pursuant to margin loans entered into prior to the completion of the Broadband Spin-Off. Liberty Media's former investments in and results of Charter and Time Warner Cable are no longer included in the results of Liberty Media from the date of the completion of the Broadband Spin-Off forward. Based on the relative significance of TruePosition to Liberty Media, Liberty Media concluded that discontinued operations presentation of TruePosition was not necessary.

(4)
In January 2013, the entity then known as Liberty Media Corporation (now named Starz) spun-off (the Starz Spin-Off) its then-former wholly-owned subsidiary, now known as Liberty Media Corporation, which, at the time of the Starz Spin-Off, held all of the businesses, assets and liabilities of Starz not associated with Starz, LLC (with the exception of the Starz, LLC office building). The transaction was effected as a pro-rata dividend of shares of Liberty to the stockholders of Starz. Due to the relative significance of Liberty to Starz (the legal spinnor) and senior management's continued involvement with Liberty following the Starz Spin-Off, Liberty is treated as the "accounting successor" to Starz for financial reporting purposes, notwithstanding the legal form of the Starz Spin-Off previously described. Therefore, the historical financial statements of the company formerly known as Liberty Media Corporation continue to be the historical financial statements of Liberty, and Starz, LLC is presented as discontinued operations for all periods prior to the completion of the Starz Spin-Off. Due to the short period between December 31, 2012 and the distribution date, Liberty Media did not record any results for Starz in discontinued operations for the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 due to the insignificance of such amounts for that period.

(5)
In 2011 TruePosition recognized $1,029 million of previously deferred revenue and $409 million of deferred costs associated with two separate contracts.

(6)
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Liberty Media stockholders were allocated to the Liberty Starz Group and Liberty Capital Group for all the periods prior to the conversion of each share of Liberty Starz common stock into 0.88129 of a share of the corresponding series of Liberty Capital common stock, with cash paid in lieu of fractional shares, on November 28, 2011 based on businesses and assets attributed to each respective group at the time prior to any corporate transactions between the groups. Subsequent to the conversion and elimination of Liberty Media's tracking stock structure, the Liberty Capital common stock is referred to as Liberty common stock.

(7)
On July 23, 2014, holders of Liberty Media Corporation Series A and Series B common stock as of 5:00 p.m., New York City, time on July 7, 2014, the record date for the dividend, received a

52


Table of Contents

(8)
On April 15, 2016, Liberty Media completed a recapitalization of its common stock into three new tracking stock groups, one designated as the Liberty Braves common stock, one designated as the Liberty Media common stock and one designated as the Liberty SiriusXM common stock (the Recapitalization). In the Recapitalization, each issued and outstanding share of Liberty Media's existing common stock was reclassified and exchanged for (a) 1 share of the corresponding series of Liberty SiriusXM common stock, (b) 0.1 of a share of the corresponding series of Liberty Braves common stock and (c) 0.25 of a share of the corresponding series of Liberty Media common stock.

53


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF DELTA TOPCO

        The following tables present Delta Topco selected consolidated financial statement information for the periods indicated and has been derived from Delta Topco's consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The financial data for the year ended December 31, 2015 has been derived from Delta Topco's audited consolidated financial statements for that period included elsewhere in this proxy statement. Data for the other periods presented has been derived from unaudited information. The data should be read in conjunction with Delta Topco's consolidated financial statements and "Appendix: Business and Financial Information of Formula 1—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included herein.

Summary Balance Sheet Data:

 
  June 30,   December 31,  
 
  2016   2015   2014  
 
  amounts in millions
 
 
  (unaudited)
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cash

  $ 543     452     424  

Intangible assets not subject to amortization

  $ 4,039     4,039     4,039  

Intangible assets subject to amortization, net

  $ 157     165     181  

Deferred tax assets

  $ 23     6     6  

Total assets

  $ 5,728     5,396     5,463  

Current portion of deferred income

  $ 621     219     214  

Long-term debt, including the current portion and shareholder loan notes

  $ 8,701     8,483     8,091  

Net assets

  $ (4,068 )   (3,812 )   (3,285 )

Summary Income Statement Data:

 
  Six months
ended June 30,
  Years ended
December 31,
 
 
  2016   2015   2015   2014   2013  
 
  (unaudited)
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  amounts in millions, except per share amounts
 

Revenue

  $ 697     702     1,697     1,702     1,638  

Operating income

  $ 137     75     317     354     417  

Interest expense and other finance costs

  $ (409 )   (343 )   (675 )   (750 )   (568 )

Net loss attributable to owners

  $ (256 )   (268 )   (363 )   (399 )   (165 )

54


Table of Contents


PROPOSALS OF OUR BOARD

        The following proposals will be presented at the special meeting by our board of directors.


PROPOSAL 1—THE SHARE ISSUANCE PROPOSAL

        We are asking our stockholders to approve the proposed share issuance in connection with the acquisition of Formula 1. The shares of LMCK will be issued (i) as consideration payable to the Selling Shareholders pursuant to the terms of the Second SPA or, alternatively, to other third party investors (the proceeds of which will be used to increase the cash portion payable to, and which will decrease the number of shares of LMCK issued to, the Selling Shareholders as transaction consideration), and (ii) in accordance with the terms of the Exchangeable Notes.

        Pursuant to the terms of the Second SPA, we expect to issue approximately 138 million shares of LMCK to the Formula 1 Selling Shareholders at the Second Closing. If shares are issued to other third party investors, the investment proceeds from such shares will be used to increase the cash consideration paid to the Selling Shareholders under the Second SPA, and the number of shares of LMCK that would otherwise be issuable to the Selling Shareholders under the Second SPA at the Second Closing will be reduced by the number of shares of LMCK issued to such third party investors. Liberty Media will not retain any proceeds from any sale to third party investors.

        In addition, shares of LMCK may be issued in accordance with the terms of the Exchangeable Notes at any time from and following the Second Closing. Although Liberty Media will not be a party to the Exchangeable Notes, pursuant to the letter agreement to be entered into with Formula 1, we will agree, for the benefit of Formula 1 (which will become our indirect, wholly owned subsidiary following Second Closing), to issue and cause to be transferred to Formula 1 the number of shares of LMCK required to be delivered by Formula 1 to each of the applicable Noteholders pursuant to the terms of the Exchangeable Notes. Shares of LMCK may be issued to Noteholders in connection with a Noteholder optional exchange, a mandatory exchange or a transfer exchange. See "Information about the Formula 1 Acquisition—Additional Agreements in connection with the Acquisition—Exchangeable Redeemable Loan Note Instrument."

Overview

Second SPA

        Pursuant to the Second SPA, on the terms and conditions set forth therein, the Buyer has agreed to acquire from the Selling Shareholders 100% of the fully diluted equity interests of Formula 1 for aggregate consideration of approximately $4.4 billion (assuming a valuation for the shares of LMCK of the LMCK reference price). The aggregate consideration will consist of (i) a minimum of $1.1 billion in cash (including the First SPA cash consideration), (ii) approximately $351 million principal amount of Exchangeable Notes of Delta Topco (which consists of outstanding F1 Loan Notes to be converted upon the Second Closing), (iii) up to 138 million newly issued shares of LMCK and (iv) up to approximately $51 million of contingent cash consideration, which may be payable to the Selling Shareholders if Formula 1 receives certain monies owed to it in connection with race fees in India.

        The Second SPA also provides that, upon the request of the Sellers' Representative, Liberty Media will use its reasonable endeavors prior to the closing of the Second SPA to secure commitments from third party investors to purchase a number of shares of LMCK that would result in an aggregate purchase price of at least $1 billion (the Third Party Investment). The funds raised pursuant to the Third Party Investment (net of selling expenses) will be used to increase the cash component of the aggregate consideration paid to the Selling Shareholders, and the number of shares of LMCK to be issued to the Selling Shareholders will be reduced by the number of shares of LMCK sold to the third party investors. The Sellers' Representative has requested that Liberty Media raise at least $1 billion in

55


Table of Contents

additional funds for this purpose. Certain Teams have expressed an interest in purchasing shares of LMCK. Any purchase of LMCK by Teams would be on terms to be agreed in the future and subject to compliance with U.S. securities law.

        For additional information regarding the Second SPA, please see "Information about the Formula 1 Acquisition—The Stock Purchase Agreements—The Second SPA."

Third Party Investment

        In connection with the Third Party Investment, we intend to enter into investment agreements with various third party investors (the Investment Agreements). Pursuant to the Investment Agreements, which we expect will be subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions (including the satisfaction of each of the closing conditions set forth in the Second SPA and the concurrent closing of the transactions contemplated by the Second SPA), the third party investors will subscribe for newly issued shares of LMCK at a price per share no less than the LMCK reference price for an aggregate purchase price of up to $1.0 billion (or such other amount as we and the Sellers' Representative shall mutually agree).

        We expect that each of the Investment Agreements will contain substantially similar terms and conditions, including customary indemnification provisions and an agreement by Liberty Media to use the consideration paid pursuant to the Investment Agreements (net of selling expenses) to increase the amount of the cash consideration paid to, and decrease the number of shares of LMCK issued to, the Formula 1 Selling Shareholders. Liberty Media will not retain any proceeds from any sale to third party investors.

        In addition, we anticipate that the third party investors will execute joinders to certain provisions of the shareholders agreement and related documents, pursuant to which such investors will be granted registration rights with respect to the shares of LMCK purchased pursuant to the Investment Agreements. We expect that the Investment Agreements will contain customary termination events, including, but not limited to, (i) mutual written consent of Liberty Media and any investor, (ii) as to any investor, a breach of any representation or warranty or failure to perform a covenant or agreement by such investor which would cause the conditions to closing not to be satisfied at the closing, (iii) if the Second Closing has not occurred on or before long stop date (including to the extent that such date is extended between Liberty Media and the Sellers' Representative beyond June 30, 2017), (iv) upon the enactment or entry of any law, permanent injunction or other order or legal restraint issued by a court or other governmental entity of competent jurisdiction which has the effect of rendering the transactions contemplated by the Investment Agreement or the Second SPA illegal or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Investment Agreement or the Second SPA and (v) the termination of the Second SPA in accordance with its terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Liberty Media reserves the right to execute one or more Investment Agreements on such terms and conditions as it determines to be appropriate, which terms and conditions may vary from those described above.

        The Second Closing is not conditioned upon the consummation of the Third Party Investment or any Investment Agreement. The maximum aggregate number of shares of LMCK to be issued to the Selling Shareholders and the third party investors at the Second Closing is approximately 138 million shares.

Exchangeable Notes

        Pursuant to the Second SPA, Formula 1 will amend and restate the original F1 Loan Notes to set forth the rights and preferences of the holders of Exchangeable Notes. At the Second Closing, approximately $351 million in principal amount of the Exchangeable Notes will be issued to the Selling Shareholders.

56


Table of Contents

        The Exchangeable Notes will be exchangeable for newly issued shares of LMCK in the following circumstances:

        Although the exact number of shares of LMCK which may become issuable upon a Noteholder optional exchange, a mandatory exchange or a transfer exchange cannot be predicted, if all Exchangeable Notes were tendered in connection with a Noteholder optional exchange on April 30, 2019, which would be just before the maturity date assuming that the Second Closing occurred on October 31, 2016, and assuming that all interest was paid in the form of PIK notes, the maximum number of shares of LMCK issuable upon exchange of the Exchangeable Notes would be approximately 16.51 million shares.

        For additional information regarding the Exchangeable Notes, please see "Information about the Formula 1 Acquisition—Additional Agreements in connection with the Acquisition—Exchangeable Redeemable Loan Note Instrument."

Reasons for Stockholder Approval

        While we are not required to seek, nor are we seeking, approval of the acquisition of Formula 1 or for our execution of the First SPA, the Second SPA, the Exchangeable Notes, the letter agreement, any

57


Table of Contents

Investment Agreements or any other agreements contemplated by the Second SPA, our common stock is listed on Nasdaq, and as a result we are subject to the Nasdaq Listing Rules, including with respect to stockholder approval requirements. Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(a) states: "Shareholder approval is required prior to the issuance of securities in connection with the acquisition of the stock or assets of another company if: . . . where, due to the present or potential issuance of common stock . . . other than a public offering for cash . . . the number of shares of common stock to be issued is or will be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding before the issuance of the stock or securities." As described above, we expect that the aggregate number of shares of LMCK to be issued, or which may become issuable, in connection with the acquisition of Formula 1 will exceed 20% of our outstanding common stock prior to such share issuance. Furthermore, we are required by the terms of the Second SPA to submit this share issuance proposal to our stockholders at a special meeting. Approval of this share issuance proposal will constitute approval pursuant to Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(a).

        We are seeking stockholder approval for the issuance of the shares of LMCK in connection with the acquisition of Formula 1 in accordance with the rules and requirements of Nasdaq. If we do not receive the requisite stockholder approval for the issuance of the shares of LMCK, the Second Closing will not occur, and we will not issue such shares to the Selling Shareholders pursuant to the Second SPA, to the third party investors pursuant to the Investment Agreements or to the Noteholders pursuant to the terms of the Exchangeable Notes and the related letter agreement. Approval of the share issuance proposal by our stockholders is a condition to the closing of the Second SPA.

Voting Agreement

        In connection with the stock purchase agreements, on September 7, 2016, Liberty Media entered into a voting agreement with CVC Delta Topco Nominee Limited and the Malone Parties. Pursuant to the voting agreement, the Malone Parties agreed, subject to certain conditions and exceptions, to vote the subject shares (i) in favor of the Formula 1 proposals and (ii) against any other proposal or arrangement that is intended to, or could reasonably be expected to, adversely affect in any respect the approval of the Formula 1 proposals (provided that, in each case, the stock purchase agreements have not been materially amended without the written consent of Malone (on behalf of the Malone Parties)). See "Information about the Formula 1 Acquisition—Additional Agreements in connection with the Acquisition—Voting Agreement."

        As of the record date for the special meeting, the Malone Parties beneficially owned approximately [    ·    ]% of the outstanding shares of LSXMB, [    ·    ]% of the outstanding shares of BATRB and [    ·    ]% of the outstanding shares of LMCB (collectively representing, in the aggregate, approximately [    ·    ]% of the total voting power represented by the capital stock of Liberty Media).

Vote and Recommendation

        The affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the outstanding shares of our common stock that are present in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote at the special meeting, voting together as a single class, is required to approve the share issuance proposal.

Our board of directors unanimously recommends a vote "FOR" the share issuance proposal.

58


Table of Contents


PROPOSAL 2—THE GROUP NAME CHANGE PROPOSAL

        On April 15, 2016, our company effected a transaction whereby our former common stock was reclassified into and exchanged for shares of three new tracking stocks, designated the Liberty SiriusXM common stock, the Liberty Braves common stock and the Liberty Media common stock, which are intended to track and reflect the separate economic performance of the businesses assets and liabilities attributed to the SiriusXM Group, the Braves Group and the Media Group, respectively. We currently have attributed (i) to the SiriusXM Group our subsidiary Sirius XM, corporate cash and a margin loan obligation, (ii) to the Braves Group our subsidiary Braves Holdings, LLC, which indirectly owns the Atlanta Braves Major League Baseball Club, certain assets and liabilities associated with its stadium and mixed use development project and corporate cash and (iii) to the Media Group all of the businesses, assets and liabilities of our company other than those specifically attributed to the SiriusXM Group or the Braves Group, including our interests in Live Nation Entertainment, Inc., our current 19.1% fully diluted equity interest in Formula 1 (which was initially 18.7% upon signing of the First SPA), minority equity investments in Time Warner, Inc. and Viacom, Inc., a 15.5% inter-group interest in the Braves Group, cash and our company's 2.25% Exchangeable Senior Debentures and 1.375% Cash Convertible Notes due 2023 and related financial instruments. Following the completion of the Second Closing, our 100% ownership interest in the Formula 1 business will be attributed to what is presently known as the Media Group.

        Pursuant to the terms of the Second SPA, we agreed to use our reasonable endeavors to obtain, in addition to the stockholder approval of the share issuance proposal, the approval of our stockholders to amend and restate our current certificate of incorporation (the current charter) through the group name change proposal (i) to change the name of the "Media Group" to the "Formula One Group," (ii) to change the name of the "Liberty Media Common Stock" to the "Liberty Formula One Common Stock," (iii) to reclassify each share of each series of our existing Liberty Media Common Stock into one share of the corresponding series of our Liberty Formula One Common Stock solely to effect the name change, and (iv) to make certain conforming changes. Our board of directors believes that these changes are appropriate and advisable in light of the acquisition of Formula 1 and its attribution to, and the expected composition of, the Media Group following the completion of the transaction.

        Our board of directors has unanimously approved and declared advisable the new charter, and unanimously recommends that our stockholders approve the adoption of the new charter. If our stockholders approve the adoption of the new charter, the new charter will become effective upon the filing of the new charter with the Delaware Secretary of State. We currently expect that the new charter will be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State in connection with the completion of the Second Closing. The full text of the new charter is included as Annex E to this proxy statement.

        The new charter will not alter or change the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights of any series of our common stock. Following the filing and effectiveness of the new charter, all the powers, preferences or other rights of each series of our common stock will be identical to the powers, preferences or other rights of each series of our common stock existing prior to the filing and effectiveness of the new charter. Under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, holders of our common stock will not have appraisal rights in connection with the adoption of the new charter and the reclassification of shares of our existing Liberty Media Common Stock into shares of our Liberty Formula One Common Stock.

        Subject to the terms of the Second SPA, the board of directors has the right to abandon the new charter without further action by the stockholders whether before or after stockholder approval of the group name change proposal at any time prior to the effectiveness of the filing of the new charter with the Delaware Secretary of State. The adoption of the new charter is not a condition to the completion of the acquisition of Formula 1; however, we have agreed to use our reasonable endeavors under the

59


Table of Contents

Second SPA to obtain the approval of our stockholders to amend and restate the current charter through the group name change proposal.

Vote and Recommendation

        Approval of the group name change proposal requires the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the aggregate voting power of the shares of our common stock outstanding on the record date and entitled to vote at the special meeting, voting together as a single class.

Our board of directors unanimously recommends a vote "FOR" the group name change proposal.

60


Table of Contents


PROPOSAL 3—THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL

        We are seeking stockholder approval to adjourn the special meeting even if a quorum is present, if necessary and appropriate, to solicit additional proxies if we do not have sufficient votes at the special meeting to determine if stockholders are in favor of the Formula 1 proposals. If the special meeting is adjourned, and the adjournment is for a period of 30 days or less, no notice of the time or place of the reconvened meeting will be given to our stockholders other than an announcement made at the special meeting. At the adjourned meeting any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, however, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the original meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Delaware law, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Vote and Recommendation

        The affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the outstanding shares of our common stock that are present in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote at the special meeting, voting together as a single class, is required to approve the adjournment proposal.

Our board of directors unanimously recommends a vote "FOR" the adjournment proposal.

61


Table of Contents


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

        The following table sets forth information concerning shares of our common stock beneficially owned by each person or entity known by us to own more than five percent of the outstanding shares of each series of our common stock. All such information is based on publicly available filings, unless otherwise known to us from other sources.

        The security ownership information is given as of July 31, 2016 and, in the case of percentage ownership information, is based upon (1) 102,328,903 LSXMA shares, (2) 9,870,956 LSXMB shares, (3) 222,776,438 LSXMK shares, (4) 10,230,989 BATRA shares, (5) 986,828 BATRB shares, (6) 38,214,044 BATRK shares, (7) 25,570,920 LMCA shares, (8) 2,466,821 LMCB shares and (9) 55,687,219 LMCK shares, in each case, outstanding on that date. The percentage voting power is presented on an aggregate basis for all LSXMA, LSXMB, BATRA, BATRB, LMCA and LMCB shares.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Title of Class   Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
  Percent
of Class
(%)
  Voting
Power
(%)
 

John C. Malone

  LSXMA     1,167,728 (1)   1.1     47.6  

c/o Liberty Media Corporation

  LSXMB     9,455,341 (1)   95.8        

12300 Liberty Boulevard

  LSXMK     18,651,828 (1)   8.4        

Englewood, CO 80112

  BATRA     116,771 (1)   1.1        

  BATRB     945,532 (1)   95.8        

  BATRK     3,263,725 (1)   8.5        

  LMCA     291,930 (1)   1.1        

  LMCB     2,363,834 (1)   95.8        

  LMCK     4,710,156 (1)   8.5        

Berkshire Hathaway

 

LSXMA

   
10,000,000

(2)
 
9.8
   
4.6
 

3555 Farnam Street

  LSXMB                

Omaha, NE 68131

  LSXMK     20,000,000 (2)   9.0        

  BATRA     (2)          

  BATRB                

  BATRK     (2)          

  LMCA     2,499,998 (2)   9.8        

  LMCB                

  LMCK     4,999,998 (2)   9.0        

(1)
Information with respect to shares of our common stock beneficially owned by Mr. Malone, our Chairman of the Board, is also set forth in "—Security Ownership of Management."

(2)
Based on Form 13F, dated August 15, 2016, jointly filed by Berkshire Hathaway Inc., Warren E. Buffett (WB), GEICO Corporation (GEICO), National Fire & Marine Insurance Company (NF&MIC) and National Indemnity Company (NIC), such entities have sole voting power and shared investment discretion as follows:
 
  LSXMA   LSXMK   LMCA   LMCK  

WB

    1,965,000     3,135,000     491,250     783,750  

WB, GEICO and NIC

    6,980,980     16,145,817     1,745,244     4,036,453  

WB and NF&MIC

    933,391     508,654     233,347     127,163  

WB and NIC

    120,629     210,529     30,157     52,632  

62


Table of Contents

Security Ownership of Management

        The following table sets forth information with respect to the ownership by each of our directors and named executive officers and by all of our current directors and executive officers as a group of shares of (1) each series of our common stock (LSXMA, LSXMB, LSXMK, BATRA, BATRB, BATRK, LMCA, LMCB and LMCK) and (2) the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (SIRI), of Sirius XM, in which we hold a controlling interest. The security ownership information with respect to our common stock is given as of July 31, 2016 and, in the case of percentage ownership information, is based upon (1) 102,328,903 LSXMA shares, (2) 9,870,956 LSXMB shares, (3) 222,776,438 LSXMK shares, (4) 10,230,989 BATRA shares, (5) 986,828 BATRB shares, (6) 38,214,044 BATRK shares, (7) 25,570,920 LMCA shares, (8) 2,466,821 LMCB shares and (9) 55,687,219 LMCK shares, in each case, outstanding on that date. The security ownership information with respect to SIRI is given as of July 22, 2016, and, in the case of percentage ownership information, is based on 4,877,889,221 SIRI shares outstanding on July 22, 2016. The percentage voting power with respect to our company is presented in the table below on an aggregate basis for all LSXMA, LSXMB, BATRA, BATRB, LMCA and LMCB shares.

        Shares of restricted stock that have been granted pursuant to our incentive plans are included in the outstanding share numbers, for purposes of the table below and throughout this report. Shares of common stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of options, warrants and convertible securities that were exercisable or convertible on or within 60 days after July 31, 2016 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options, warrants or convertible securities for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person and for the aggregate percentage owned by the directors and named executive officers as a group, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other individual person. For purposes of the following presentation, beneficial ownership of shares of LSXMB, BATRB or LMCB, though convertible on a one-for-one basis into shares of LSXMA, BATRA or LMCA, respectively, are reported as beneficial ownership of LSXMB, BATRB or LMCB only, and not as beneficial ownership of LSXMA, BATRA or LMCA, respectively. So far as is known to us, the persons indicated below have sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares indicated as owned by them, except as otherwise stated in the notes to the table.

        The number of shares indicated as owned by the persons in the table includes interests in shares held by the Liberty Media 401(k) Savings Plan as of July 31, 2016. The shares held by the trustee of the Liberty Media 401(k) Savings Plan for the benefit of these persons are voted as directed by such persons.

Name
  Title of
Series
  Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
  Percent
of
Series
(%)
  Voting
Power
(%)
 
 
   
  (In thousands)
   
   
 

John C. Malone

  LSXMA     1,168 (1)(2)   1.1     47.6  

Chairman of the Board and Director

  LSXMB     9,455 (1)(3)(4)   95.8        

  LSXMK     18,652 (1)(2)(4)(5)   8.4        

  BATRA     117 (1)(2)   1.1        

  BATRB     946 (1)(3)(4)   95.8        

  BATRK     3,264 (1)(2)(4)(5)   8.5        

  LMCA     292 (1)(2)(6)   1.1        

  LMCB     2,364 (1)(3)(4)   95.8        

  LMCK     4,710 (1)(2)(4)(5)(6)   8.5        

  SIRI     267 (6)   *     *  

63


Table of Contents

Name
  Title of
Series
  Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
  Percent
of
Series
(%)
  Voting
Power
(%)
 
 
   
  (In thousands)
   
   
 

Gregory B. Maffei

 

LSXMA

    3,030 (7)(8)(9)   2.9     1.5  

President, Chief Executive

  LSXMB                

Officer and Director

  LSXMK     6,580 (5)(7)(8)(9)   2.9        

  BATRA     303 (7)(8)(9)   2.9        

  BATRB                

  BATRK     985 (5)(7)(8)(9)   2.6        

  LMCA     757 (7)(8)   2.9        

  LMCB                

  LMCK     1,642 (5)(7)(8)   2.9        

  SIRI     606 (10)   *     *  

Robert R. Bennett

 

LSXMA

   
760

(11)
 
*
   
*
 

Director

  LSXMB                

  LSXMK     1,526 (11)(12)   *        

  BATRA     76 (11)   *        

  BATRB                

  BATRK     267 (11)(12)   *        

  LMCA     190 (11)   *        

  LMCB                

  LMCK     382 (11)(12)   *        

  SIRI              

Brian M. Deevy

 

LSXMA

   
10

(13)
 
*
   
*
 

Director

  LSXMB                

  LSXMK     3 (12)(13)   *        

  BATRA     1 (13)   *        

  BATRB                

  BATRK     1 (12)(13)   *        

  LMCA     3 (13)   *        

  LMCB                

  LMCK     ** (12)(13)   *        

  SIRI              

M. Ian G. Gilchrist

 

LSXMA

   
1

(7)
 
*
   
*
 

Director

  LSXMB                

  LSXMK     3 (12)   *        

  BATRA     ** (7)   *        

  BATRB                

  BATRK     ** (12)   *        

  LMCA     ** (7)   *        

  LMCB                

  LMCK     ** (12)   *        

  SIRI              

64


Table of Contents

Name
  Title of
Series
  Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
  Percent
of
Series
(%)
  Voting
Power
(%)
 
 
   
  (In thousands)
   
   
 

Evan D. Malone

 

LSXMA

    12 (7)   *     *  

Director

  LSXMB                

  LSXMK     26 (7)(12)   *        

  BATRA     1 (7)   *        

  BATRB                

  BATRK     4 (7)(12)   *        

  LMCA     3 (7)   *        

  LMCB                

  LMCK     7 (7)(12)   *        

  SIRI     99 (10)   *     *  

David E. Rapley

 

LSXMA

   
4
   
*
   
*
 

Director

  LSXMB                

  LSXMK     12 (12)   *        

  BATRA     **     *        

  BATRB                

  BATRK     1 (12)   *        

  LMCA     1     *        

  LMCB                

  LMCK     3 (12)   *        

  SIRI              

Larry E. Romrell

 

LSXMA

   
21

(7)
 
*
   
*
 

Director

  LSXMB     **     *        

  LSXMK     44 (7)(12)   *        

  BATRA     2 (7)   *        

  BATRB     **     *        

  BATRK     5 (7)(12)   *        

  LMCA     5 (7)   *        

  LMCB     **     *        

  LMCK     11 (7)(12)   *        

  SIRI              

Andrea L. Wong

 

LSXMA

   
4
   
*
   
*
 

Director

  LSXMB                

  LSXMK     13 (12)   *        

  BATRA     **     *        

  BATRB                

  BATRK     1 (12)   *        

  LMCA     **     *        

  LMCB                

  LMCK     3 (12)   *        

  SIRI              

65


Table of Contents

Name
  Title of
Series
  Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
  Percent
of
Series
(%)
  Voting
Power
(%)
 
 
   
  (In thousands)
   
   
 

Richard N. Baer

 

LSXMA

    10 (12)   *     *  

Chief Legal Officer

  LSXMB                

  LSXMK     19 (12)   *        

  BATRA     ** (12)   *        

  BATRB                

  BATRK     3 (12)   *        

  LMCA     2 (12)   *        

  LMCB                

  LMCK     5 (12)   *        

  SIRI              

Mark D. Carleton

 

LSXMA

   
128

(7)
 
*
   
*
 

Chief Financial Officer

  LSXMB                

  LSXMK     190 (7)   *        

  BATRA     13 (7)   *        

  BATRB                

  BATRK     30 (7)   *        

  LMCA     32 (7)   *        

  LMCB                

  LMCK     56 (7)   *        

  SIRI     41 (10)        

Albert E. Rosenthaler

 

LSXMA

   
100

(7)
 
*
   
*
 

Chief Corporate Development Officer

  LSXMB                

  LSXMK     247 (5)(7)   *        

  BATRA     10 (7)   *        

  BATRB                

  BATRK     25 (5)(7)   *        

  LMCA     25 (7)   *        

  LMCB                

  LMCK     62 (5)(7)   *        

  SIRI              

Christopher W. Shean

 

LSXMA

   
97

(7)
 
*
   
*
 

Former Chief Financial Officer

  LSXMB                

  LSXMK     248 (5)(7)   *        

  BATRA     10 (7)   *        

  BATRB                

  BATRK     33 (5)(7)   *        

  LMCA     24 (7)   *        

  LMCB                

  LMCK     62 (5)(7)   *        

  SIRI              

66


Table of Contents

Name
  Title of
Series
  Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
  Percent
of
Series
(%)
  Voting
Power
(%)
 
 
   
  (In thousands)
   
   
 

All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)

 

LSXMA

    5,248 (1)(2)(7)(8)(9)(11)(12)(13)   5.1     49.4  

  LSXMB     9,456 (1)(3)(4)   95.8        

  LSXMK     27,317 (1)(2)(4)(5)(7)(8)(9)(11)(12)(13)   12.1        

  BATRA     525 (1)(2)(7)(8)(9)(11)(12)(13)   5.1        

  BATRB     946 (1)(3)(4)   95.8        

  BATRK     4,586 (1)(2)(4)(5)(7)(8)(9)(11)(12)(13)   11.9        

  LMCA     1,312 (1)(2)(6)(7)(8)(11)(12)(13)   5.1        

  LMCB     2,364 (1)(3)(4)   95.8        

  LMCK     6,881 (1)(2)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)(11)(12)(13)   12.2        

  SIRI     1,014 (6)(10)   *     *  

*
Less than one percent

**
Less than 1,000 shares

(1)
Includes 101,778 LSXMA shares, 230,564 LSXMB shares, 664,684 LSXMK shares, 10,177 BATRA shares, 23,056 BATRB shares, 113,329 BATRK shares, 25,444 LMCA shares, 57,641 LMCB shares and 166,171 LMCK shares held by Mr. Malone's wife, Mrs. Leslie Malone, as to which shares Mr. Malone has disclaimed beneficial ownership.

(2)
Includes (i) 250,000 LSXMA shares, 390,000 LSXMK shares, 25,000 BATRA shares, 69,080 BATRK shares, 62,500 LMCA shares and 97,500 LMCK shares held by The Malone Family Land Preservation Foundation and (ii) 203,043 LSXMA shares, 20,304 BATRA shares, 9,543 BATRK shares and 50,760 LMCA shares held by The Malone Family Foundation, as to which shares Mr. Malone has disclaimed beneficial ownership.

(3)
Includes 108,687 LSXMB shares, 10,868 BATRB shares and 27,171 LMCB shares held by two trusts which are managed by an independent trustee, of which the beneficiaries are Mr. Malone's adult children and in which Mr. Malone has no pecuniary interest. Mr. Malone retains the right to substitute assets held by the trusts and has disclaimed beneficial ownership of the shares held by the trusts.

(4)
Includes 490,597 LSXMB shares, 792,394 LSXMK shares, 49,059 BATRB shares, 167,293 BATRK shares, 122,649 LMCB shares and 245,298 LMCK shares held by a trust with respect to which Mr. Malone is the sole trustee and, with his wife, retains a unitrust interest in the trust.

(5)
Includes shares held in the Liberty Media 401(k) Savings Plan as follows:
 
  LSXMK   BATRK   LMCK  

John C. Malone

    530     53     132  

Gregory B. Maffei

    36,982     3,698     9,245  

Albert E. Rosenthaler

    6,817     681     1,704  

Christopher W. Shean

    13,478     1,348     3,372  

Total

    57,807     5,780     14,453  
(6)
Includes 153,226 LMCA shares, 825,000 LMCK shares and 267,141 SIRI shares pledged to Fidelity Brokerage Services, LLC (Fidelity); 250,000 LMCK shares pledged to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (Merrill Lynch) and 1,875,000 LMCK shares pledged to Bank of America (BoA) in connection with margin loan facilities extended by Fidelity, Merrill Lynch and BoA.

67


Table of Contents

(7)
Includes beneficial ownership of shares that may be acquired upon exercise of, or which relate to, stock options exercisable within 60 days after July 31, 2016.
 
  LSXMA   LSXMK   BATRA   BATRK   LMCA   LMCK  

M. Ian G. Gilchrist

    854         85         213      

Gregory B. Maffei

    1,165,787     2,784,974     116,599     277,295     291,362     692,858  

Evan D. Malone

    2,697     5,493     269     549     674     1,374  

Larry E. Romrell

    2,697     5,493     269     549     674     1,374  

Mark D. Carleton

    73,935     190,213     7,394     19,002     18,478     47,484  

Albert E. Rosenthaler

    33,275     107,393     3,328     10,718     8,316     26,782  

Christopher W. Shean

    49,911     141,280     4,991     14,108     12,474     35,252  

Total

    1,329,156     3,234,846     132,935     322,221     332,191     805,124  
(8)
Includes 59,032 LSXMA shares, 118,065 LSXMK shares, 5,903 BATRA shares, 11,806 BATRK shares, 14,758 LMCA shares and 29,516 LMCK shares held by the Maffei Foundation, as to which shares Mr. Maffei has disclaimed beneficial ownership.

(9)
Includes 578,620 LSXMA shares, 1,157,239 LSXMK shares, 57,862 BATRA shares and 202,850 BATRK shares pledged to Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association in connection with a loan facility.

(10)
Includes beneficial ownership of shares that may be acquired upon exercise of, or which relate to, stock options exercisable within 60 days after July 31, 2016.
 
  SIRI  

Gregory B. Maffei

    593,462  

Evan D. Malone

    86,637  

Mark D. Carleton

    28,159  

Total

    708,258  
(11)
Includes 21,585 LSXMA shares, 43,170 LSXMK shares, 2,158 BATRA shares, 7,568 BATRK shares, 5,396 LMCA shares and 10,792 LMCK shares owned by Hilltop Investments, LLC, which is jointly owned by Mr. Bennett and his wife, Mrs. Deborah Bennett.

(12)
Includes restricted shares, none of which has vested, as follows:
 
  LSXMA   LSXMK   BATRA   BATRK   LMCA   LMCK  

Robert R. Bennett

        5,468         546         1,366  

Brian M. Deevy

        2,843         284         710  

M. Ian G. Gilchrist

        1,422         142         355  

Evan D. Malone

        2,625         262         656  

David E. Rapley

        4,047         404         1,011  

Larry E. Romrell

        2,625         262         656  

Andrea L. Wong

        5,468         546         1,366  

Richard N. Baer

    9,686     19,372     968     1,937     2,421     4,843  

Total

    9,686     43,870     968     4,383     2,421     10,963  
(13)
Includes 247 LSXMA shares, 494 LSXMK shares, 24 BATRA shares, 87 BATRK shares, 61 LMCA shares and 123 LMCK shares held by the WJD Foundation, over which Mr. Deevy has sole voting power.

Changes in Control

        We know of no arrangements, including any pledge by any person of our securities, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of our company.

68


Table of Contents


STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

        This proxy statement relates to a special meeting of stockholders which will take place on [    ·    ], 2016. Based solely on the date of our 2016 annual meeting, which was August 23, 2016, and the date of the proxy statement for our 2016 annual meeting, (i) a stockholder proposal must be submitted in writing to our Corporate Secretary and received at our executive offices at 12300 Liberty Boulevard, Englewood, Colorado 80112, by the close of business on March 15, 2017 in order to be eligible for inclusion in our proxy materials for the annual meeting of stockholders for the calendar year 2017 (the 2017 annual meeting), and (ii) a stockholder proposal, or any nomination by stockholders of a person or persons for election to the board of directors, must be received at our executive offices at the foregoing address not earlier than May 25, 2017 and not later than June 26, 2017 to be considered for presentation at the 2017 annual meeting. We currently anticipate that the 2017 annual meeting will be held during the second quarter of 2017. If the 2017 annual meeting takes place more than 30 calendar days before or 30 calendar days after August 23, 2017 (the anniversary of the 2016 annual meeting), as currently contemplated, a stockholder proposal, or any nomination by stockholders of a person or persons for election to the board of directors, will instead be required to be received at our executive offices at the foregoing address not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the first day on which notice of the date of the 2017 annual meeting is communicated to stockholders or public disclosure of the date of the 2017 annual meeting is made, whichever occurs first, in order to be considered for presentation at the 2017 annual meeting.

        All stockholder proposals for inclusion in our proxy materials will be subject to the requirements of the proxy rules adopted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), our charter and bylaws and Delaware law.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We are subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. In accordance with the Exchange Act, we file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document that we file at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (800) SEC-0330. You may also inspect such filings on the Internet website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov. Additional information can also be found on our website at www.libertymedia.com. (Information contained on any website referenced in this proxy statement is not incorporated by reference in this proxy statement.) In addition, copies of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, or any of the exhibits listed therein, or copies of documents we have filed with the SEC are also available by contacting us by writing or telephoning the office of Investor Relations:

Liberty Media Corporation
12300 Liberty Boulevard
Englewood, Colorado 80112
Telephone: (877) 772-1518

        The SEC allows us to "incorporate by reference" information into this document, which means that we can disclose important information about us to you by referring you to other documents. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this proxy statement, and is deemed to be part of this document except for any information superseded by this document or any other document incorporated by reference into this document. Documents incorporated by reference herein will be made available to you, at no cost, upon your oral or written request to our Investor Relations office. Any statement, including financial statements, contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 shall be deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent that a statement, including financial statements, contained in this proxy statement or in any other later

69


Table of Contents

incorporated document modifies or supersedes that statement. We incorporate by reference the documents listed below and any future filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (other than any report or portion thereof furnished or deemed furnished under any Current Report on Form 8-K) prior to the date on which the special meeting is held:

(File No. 001-35707)
  Period
Annual Report on Form 10-K   Fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed on February 26, 2016 (the 10-K/A); Amendment No. 1 to the 10-K, filed on April 29, 2016.

Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q

 

Quarterly period ended March 31, 2016, filed on May 9, 2016, and quarterly period ended June 30, 2016, filed on August 5, 2016.

Current Reports on Form 8-K

 

Filed on January 4, 2016, January 27, 2016, February 24, 2016, March 1, 2016, March 11, 2016, March 22, 2016, April 11, 2016, April 14, 2016, April 19, 2016 (as amended by the Current Report on Form 8-K/A on April 20, 2016), May 31, 2016, June 28, 2016, August 26, 2016, September 1, 2016, September 7, 2016, September 20, 2016 and October 12, 2016.

Registration Statement on Form 8-A

 

Filed on April 14, 2016 (containing a description of LSXMA, LSXMB, LSXMK, BATRA, BATRK, LMCA and LMCK) and any amendment or report filed for the purpose of updating such description.

70


Table of Contents


APPENDIX: BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF FORMULA 1

Business

        Formula 1 holds exclusive commercial rights with respect to the World Championship, an annual, approximately nine-month long, motor race-based competition in which teams compete for the Constructors' Championship and drivers compete for the Drivers' Championship. The World Championship is a global series with a varying number of Events taking place in different countries around the world each season. For 2016, 21 Events are scheduled to take place in 21 countries across Europe, Asia-Pacific, the Middle East and North and South America. In 2015, the World Championship was followed by hundreds of millions of television viewers in over 200 territories, and Formula 1's largest Events have hosted live audiences in excess of 300,000 on race weekends, such as the British Grand Prix at the Silverstone circuit and the Mexican Grand Prix at the Autódromo Hermanos Rodríguez.

        The World Championship has been held every year since 1950 and has featured many iconic drivers, Teams and Events over the last 66 years. Over this period, Formula 1 has become one of the world's most widely watched annual global sporting competitions.

        Formula 1 is responsible for the commercial exploitation and development of the World Championship as well as various aspects of its management and administration, in the course of which it coordinates and transacts with the FIA, the governing body for world motor sport, the Teams, the race promoters that stage Events, various media organizations worldwide as well as advertisers and sponsors. Formula 1 also controls activities related to critical components of the World Championship, including filming Events, production of the international television feed and transport of its and the Teams' equipment, ensuring high quality and reducing delivery risk around the World Championship. Control over filming and the international television feed is important because it ensures the high quality of Formula 1's live feed and other programming, which underpins the appeal of the World Championship to broadcasters, advertisers and sponsors.

        Formula 1 also generates revenues from a variety of other sources, including the operation of the Paddock Club hospitality program at most Events, freight, logistical and travel related services for the Teams and other third parties, the GP2 and GP3 race series, which run principally as support races during Event weekends, television production and post-production and other licensing of the commercial rights associated with Formula 1, for example in connection with video games.

Strategy

        Formula 1's goal is to further broaden and increase the global scale and appeal of the World Championship in order to improve the overall value of Formula 1 as a sport and its financial performance. Key factors of this strategy include:

71


Table of Contents

Financial Profile

        For the year ended December 31, 2015, Formula 1 recorded total revenue of $1.7 billion, Adjusted OIBDA of $462 million and cash provided by operating activities of $492 million.

Sources of Revenue

        Formula 1 derives the majority of its revenue from race promotion, broadcasting and advertising and sponsorship arrangements, which we refer to as primary F1 revenue. A significant majority of the race promotion, broadcasting and advertising and sponsorship contracts specify payments in advance and annual increases in the fees payable over the course of the contracts. The Formula 1 business has been characterized by strong revenue growth in expansionary years of the economic cycle and stability over the recent global financial crisis.

        Formula 1 grants to race promoters the rights to host, stage and promote each Event. These rights are granted pursuant to contracts that typically have an initial term of five to seven years and often include an option, exercisable by Formula 1, to extend the contract for up to an additional five years. For established Events, the duration of the contract is more variable according to local market conditions. These contracts may allow for flat fees over the term, but more typically they include annual fee escalators over the life of the contract, which are typically based on annual movement in a selected consumer price index or fixed percentages of up to 5% per year. Formula 1's revenue from race promoters in 2015 represented 35.3% of total revenue.

        Race promoters are generally circuit owners, local and national automobile clubs, special event organizers or governmental bodies. Race promoters generate revenue from ticket sales and sometimes from concessions, merchandising and secondary hospitality offerings (other than the Paddock Club). Tickets are sold for the entire Event weekend or individual days. The race promoter is responsible for, among other things, obtaining the availability of an FIA sanctioned circuit, securing all necessary government and sporting approvals and ensuring that the Event is run in conformity with FIA regulations. To achieve FIA certification, the circuit must meet all FIA safety standards, which apply to medical facilities, circuit length, paddock and pit lane dimensions and other driver and spectator safety standards. The race promoter is responsible for providing customs, competitor, promotional and press facilities and ensuring appropriate access to the circuit and pit areas.

        Formula 1 licenses rights to broadcast Events on television and other media platforms in specified countries or regions and in specified languages. These may also include rights to broadcast the race, practice and qualifying sessions, interactive television/digital services, repeat broadcasts and highlights. These contracts, which we refer to as television rights agreements or TRAs, typically have a term of three to five years. While annual fees from broadcasters may stay constant, they often increase each year during the term of the TRA by varying amounts typically of up to 10% per annum. Formula 1's revenue from TRAs in 2015 represented 32.3% of total revenue.

        Formula 1's broadcasting revenue is generated from: (a) free-to-air television broadcasts, which are received by the end user without charge (other than any television license fee), and non-premium cable, satellite and other broadcasts, which are received as part of a subscriber's basic package (together, free-to-air television); and (b) premium and pay-per-view cable and satellite broadcasts, where the subscriber pays a premium fee to receive programming on a package or per-event basis (pay television). Formula 1 currently has 12 free-to-air television agreements, nine pay television agreements, 27 agreements covering both free-to-air and pay television and four other agreements (one for transmissions to British bases overseas, two global news syndication and distribution contracts and one

72


Table of Contents

global in-flight/ship at sea distribution contract). Formula 1's key broadcasters include Channel 4 (free-to-air television) and Sky (pay television) in the United Kingdom, RTL (free-to-air television) and Sky Deutschland (pay television) in Germany, RAI (free-to-air television) and Sky Italia (pay television) in Italy, Movistar (pay television) in Spain, Canal+ (pay television) in France, Globo (free-to-air television) in Brazil, NBC (free-to-air television) in the United States, Fox Sports (pay television) in Pan Asia and beIn Sports (pay television) in the Middle East.

        Formula 1 believes that Formula 1 is attractive to broadcasters because of its premium live content and viewership, which is typically male orientated with above average incomes. Formula 1 has TRAs covering all significant countries and regions globally. In 2015, Formula 1 had a cumulative live television audience of hundreds of millions of unique viewers measured by the definition of 15 minutes of viewing time. This figure relates only to dedicated programming and does not include those viewers that see Formula 1 on the news or via other media. Formula 1 can have a positive effect on a network's viewership.

        Viewership in a specific country can be influenced significantly by the performance of local drivers. For example, the previously very high viewership in Germany dropped after Michael Schumacher's original retirement in 2006 but increased in 2010 and 2011 because of Sebastian Vettel winning the Drivers' Championship in those years. More recently, audience reach in the Netherlands significantly increased as Max Verstappen made his debut for Toro Rosso in 2015. Formula 1 is able to suggest (subject to FIA approval) race times to maximize the sport's global viewership, including by introducing late afternoon and night races for Middle East and Asian Events to maximize the core European viewership.

        Formula 1 sells Event-based advertising and sponsorship in the form of trackside advertising and race title sponsorship packages. In addition, advertisers can acquire status as a Global Partner of Formula 1 and/or Official Supplier to Formula 1. These advertiser and sponsor contracts typically have a term of three to five years (but may on occasion be of longer duration). Payments often increase each year based on a fixed amount, a fixed percentage or in accordance with the United States or European consumer price index or another agreed metric. Separately, the Teams sell sponsorship rights primarily in the form of logo displays on cars, equipment and driver and Team uniforms, although Formula 1 does not derive any revenue from such sales. Many of the Team sponsors also purchase advertising and sponsorship from Formula 1. Formula 1's revenue from advertising and sponsorship contracts in 2015 represented 14.4% of total revenue.

        Formula 1 also generates revenue from a variety of other sources including the operation of the Paddock Club race-based corporate hospitality program at most Events, freight and related logistical and travel services, support races at Events (either from the direct operation of the GP2 and GP3 series which are owned by Formula 1 or from the licensing of other third party series or individual race events), various television production and post-production activities, and other Formula 1 ancillary operations. Formula 1's revenue from these other sources in 2015 represented 18.0% of its total revenue, and includes approximately 5% generated from the Teams' purchase of services from Formula 1.

        Formula 1's business is global and diversified across six of the seven major regions in the world. In 2015, Europe, Asia, the Americas and the Middle East/Other accounted for 61.9%, 17.4%, 10.6% and 10.1%, respectively, of Formula 1's total revenue based on the location of the relevant trading

73


Table of Contents

counterparty's headquarters. Formula 1 has significantly expanded its business activities throughout the world by entering into additional broadcasting contracts and adding new Events such as those in Mexico, Singapore, Abu Dhabi, the United States, Russia and Azerbaijan.

FIA and the Teams

        Formula 1's business is built on a number of key relationships—those with the FIA, the Teams and Formula 1's principal commercial partners. See "—Key Commercial Agreements" below for more information about Formula 1's relationships with the FIA and the Teams.

        The FIA is the governing body for world motor sport and as such, is solely responsible for regulating the sporting, technical and safety aspects of the World Championship through the FIA's F1 Commission and World Motor Sport Council. The FIA regulates a number of motor sports, with the World Championship being the most prominent. The FIA owns the World Championship and has granted Formula 1 the exclusive commercial rights to the World Championship until the end of 2110 under the 100-Year Agreements. In addition, the FIA, through its World Motor Sport Council, approves the calendar for the World Championship each year. Under the 100-Year Agreements, Formula 1 is only permitted to enter into race promotion contracts that are substantially in the form agreed between Formula 1 and the FIA.

        The Teams are the participants in the World Championship and its Events, competing for the annual Constructors' Championship, and their drivers compete for the annual Drivers' Championship. There are currently 11 Teams competing in the 2016 World Championship. To be eligible to compete, a Team is responsible for the design and manufacturing of certain key parts of its cars, including the chassis. This distinguishes Formula 1 from many other genres of motor sport and places special emphasis on the technological capabilities and innovative prowess of each Team. Currently, the Teams are supplied race engines by one of Ferrari, Mercedes, Renault or Honda. Under the terms of the Current Concorde Arrangements, Teams are entitled to receive significant team payments from a Formula 1 prize fund (the Prize Fund) based primarily on their results in prior years' Constructors' Championships. Formula 1 has no direct or indirect ownership interest in any Team, nor does it have any contractual arrangements with the drivers, who are all employed or contracted directly by the Teams.

        Each Team is responsible for securing its own drivers and funding the cost to race in the World Championship. They receive Team payments from Formula 1 (principally a share in the Prize Fund) as well as sponsorship and advertising revenues from their own partners. The Current Concorde Arrangements between Formula 1, the FIA and the Teams defines the terms of the Team's participation in the World Championship (for further detail on these arrangements, see "—Key Commercial Agreements—Current Concorde Arrangements" below).

Event Calendar

        The FIA's World Motor Sport Council considers and approves the World Championship calendar that Formula 1 proposes based on the agreed race promoter contracts for the forthcoming season. The World Championship calendar is typically approved in December for the following year's World Championship. Provisional approval typically occurs in September and as early as June. The race circuits used by race promoters must be approved by the FIA.

74


Table of Contents

Race Circuits

        The World Championship takes place on a number of high profile iconic circuits, including Silverstone, Monaco and Singapore. Circuits are typically dedicated circuits of varying distances (typically three to six kilometers), with a combination of esses, straights, chicanes, bends, corners, curves, hairpins, climbs, descents and scenery. The circuit at Spa-Francorchamps in Belgium, for example, runs through a part of the Ardennes forest. Street races remain popular and races in Australia, Monaco, Singapore, Russia and Azerbaijan are all run on street (or temporary) circuits.

Event weekend

        An Event typically takes place over a three day weekend. It begins with two practice sessions on Friday (except in Monaco, where Friday practices are moved to Thursday) and one practice on Saturday. A qualifying session is held after the practice session on Saturday, which determines the starting order for the race on Sunday. Each race typically takes up to two hours to complete with cars covering approximately 180 to 200 miles at top speeds of over 200 miles per hour. GP2 practice and qualifying occurs on Friday, with a race on Saturday and a sprint race on Sunday. There are also other independent third-party support series such as the Porsche Supercup, a GT motor sport series, and individual support events that run over the Event weekends. Formula 1 attracts a broad spectrum of fans including some of the world's most recognized personalities, music and film stars, sports personalities, royalty, high-profile business leaders and politicians.

Team Economics

        Over the years, a large number of Teams have participated in Formula 1, with Ferrari being the only Team which has participated in every World Championship since 1950. A significant number of the current Teams have been racing for many years, whether under their current or previous names. Team owners looking to exit Formula 1 can sell their Team to new owners who would then be able to start out in Formula 1 with a fully resourced Team, pre-developed technology and facilities and, in some cases, an established brand name with existing Prize Fund performance qualifications under the Current Concorde Arrangements.

        All Teams compete in the World Championship with the ambition to finish as high in the Constructors' and Drivers' Championships as possible. Some Teams exist solely to race in Formula 1, whereas others may be used as a marketing opportunity for its parent company's core business. Car manufacturers may also invest in a Team to develop technology that will be used in their road cars for the retail market. Many Teams, including manufacturer owned Teams, participate to promote their brand.

        Teams competing in Formula 1 require significant financial resources. In addition to its drivers, a Team employs a technical staff of mechanics, engineers and car designers together with a large support staff operation. Teams also incur costs in relation to their cars, equipment, testing and development.

        The Teams generate the majority of their revenue from corporate sponsorship (which in some instances comes from parent companies) and Team payments from Formula 1. In addition, the leading Teams benefit from the sale of technology to other Teams or exploitation of their technology outside motor sport. Teams also raise some revenues from merchandising and licensing activities. Total revenues vary significantly from Team to Team but are principally driven by their performance in the World Championship and their attractiveness as an advertising and sponsorship platform.

        Corporate sponsorship can consist of both monetary payments and contributions in-kind from suppliers. Team sponsors represent a variety of industries and include luxury automobiles, technology, telecommunications, financial services, energy and soft drinks.

75


Table of Contents

        The primary form of corporate exposure is through logo displays on cars, equipment and driver and Team uniforms, which are then on display during the live television broadcast and other media coverage of Events. For engine and other automotive related sponsors (such as tires, fuel, oil and engines), Formula 1 believes that Formula 1 sponsorship can create a heightened perception of engineering and technological proficiency and is likely to form a part of the sponsor's own research and development efforts.

Drivers

        One of the distinctive features of the World Championship is the celebrity and diversity of its drivers. Differences in nationalities, temperaments and racing styles form part of the attractive mosaic of Formula 1. In the 1950s, Italians Giuseppe Farina and Alberto Ascari and British drivers Stirling Moss and Mike Hawthorn, together with Argentinian Juan Manuel Fangio, dominated Formula 1. As the sport's popularity and stature grew in the 1960s and 1970s, drivers from other countries such as the United States (Phil Hill and Mario Andretti), Brazil (Emerson Fittipaldi) and South Africa (Jody Scheckter) became some of the sport's most successful drivers.

        Several of the sport's leading drivers of the 1980s, including Frenchman Alain Prost, Nigel Mansell of the United Kingdom and Brazilian Ayrton Senna, continued to be successful into the early 1990s. Michael Schumacher, who began his Formula 1 career in 1991, won five consecutive Drivers' Championships between 2000 and 2004 and seven in total. In 2016, there are five Drivers Champions competing, namely Lewis Hamilton (United Kingdom/Mercedes), Sebastian Vettel (Germany/Ferrari), Jenson Button (United Kingdom/McLaren), Fernando Alonso (Spain/McLaren) and Kimi Raikkonen (Finland/Ferrari).

        The success of a local driver also impacts the television viewership and revenue generated from that country or region. World Champions from Germany (Vettel), Spain (Alonso) and the United Kingdom (Button and Hamilton) have helped grow and sustain the Formula 1 business in those countries. For this reason, Formula 1 encourages the development of drivers from other strategic markets. GP2 and GP3 provide the training ground and stepping stones to Formula 1 for these drivers.

        To participate in Formula 1, all drivers are required to hold an FIA Super Licence, which is issued by the FIA only after the driver has met specific qualification criteria.

        All drivers are employed or contracted by the Teams and have no contractual relationship with Formula 1.

Key Commercial Agreements

        Under the 100-Year Agreements entered into by Formula 1 and the FIA in 2001, Formula 1 was granted an exclusive license with respect to all of the commercial rights to the World Championship, including its trademarks, in exchange for a significant one time fee of $313.6 million in 2001 and annual escalating regulatory fees to the FIA. This license, which took effect on January 1, 2011 and expires on December 31, 2110, maintains Formula 1's exclusive commercial rights to the World Championship which Formula 1 held under previous agreements with the FIA. For 2016, Formula 1 paid the FIA an approximate $26.8 million cash regulatory fee.

        The 100-Year Agreements also provide that Formula 1 may appoint a representative to the FIA, subject to the FIA's approval, and that person will be a member of the FIA's F1 Commission and World Motor Sport Council. The FIA may terminate the 100-Year Agreements and Formula 1's exclusive license upon a change of control of SLEC Holdings Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Delta Topco, unless the FIA previously approved the transaction. Formula 1 has requested the FIA's approval of its acquisition by Liberty Media under the 100-Year Agreements.

76


Table of Contents

        In addition, the FIA may terminate Formula 1's license if (i) certain Delta Topco subsidiaries party to the 100-Year Agreements become insolvent; (ii) Formula 1 fails to pay an amount due to the FIA and such non-payment is not cured within 30 days of FIA's demand for payment; (iii) arbitrators declare that Formula 1 materially breached the 100-Year Agreements and Formula 1 has not paid to the FIA certain penalties to cure such breach; or (iv) Formula 1 changes or removes certain of the FIA's rights without its prior consent.

        From 1981 until 2012, successive Concorde Agreements governed the relationship between Formula 1, the FIA and the Teams, including the regulation of the World Championship. After the previous Concorde Agreement expired on December 31, 2012, Formula 1 entered into a separate binding agreement with each Team, securing the relevant Team's commitment to continue participating in the World Championship until December 31, 2020. In addition, Formula 1 entered into the 2013 Concorde Implementation Agreement with the FIA in 2013. The 2013 Concorde Implementation Agreement, in addition to making certain modifications to the 100-Year Agreements for the period to end 2030, provides that the FIA agrees to provide certain sporting governance arrangements and regulatory safeguards for the benefit of the Teams, to enter into a new Concorde Agreement for a term of eight years (from 2013 to 2020) reflecting those sporting governance arrangements and regulatory safeguards and to enter into a subsequent Concorde Agreement from 2021 to 2030 or to extend the sporting governance arrangements or regulatory safeguards agreed under the 2013 Concorde Implementation Agreement on substantially the same terms from 2021 to 2030. The Team Agreements and the 2013 Concorde Implementation Agreement together provide the contractual framework for the World Championship that was previously set out in the Concorde Agreements. The Team Agreements and the 2013 Concorde Implementation Agreement are collectively referred to as the Current Concorde Arrangements.

        Under the Current Concorde Arrangements, among other things, the Teams agree to participate in the World Championship during the term of the Current Concorde Arrangements and Formula 1 agrees to make certain prize fund payments to them based on their performance in the Constructors' Championship and other principles (such as success, heritage and longevity in Formula 1) and measures of performance selected by Formula 1.

        As discussed above, Formula 1 and each of the Teams have entered into separate Team Agreements that establish a Prize Fund, establish procedures for setting the World Championship calendar, give the Teams the right to nominate and, in some cases, appoint directors to Delta Topco's board, and provide for certain termination rights.

        The Team Agreements establish the Prize Fund to be paid to the Teams that is funded with a certain percentage of Formula 1's Prize Fund EBITDA plus additional amounts that Formula 1 expects to range from $120 million to $175 million. The majority of the Prize Fund is paid to individual Teams based on their results in prior Constructors' Championships, and the balance paid to Teams that have achieved certain milestones based on Formula 1's principles and measures of performance. In addition to their audit procedures performed on Formula 1, since 2008, Ernst & Young LLP have also performed certain agreed-upon procedures to provide a report to the Teams on the calculation, and allocation thereof, of all Team payments under the Prize Fund. See "Appendix: Business and Financial Information of Formula One—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Cost of Formula 1 Revenue" for additional description of the factors for determining the Prize Fund payments.

77


Table of Contents

        Under the Team Agreements, the consent of a majority of certain Teams is required if there are more than 20 Events in a season or more than 17 Events are held in a season and the number of Events that are held outside Europe, the US or Canada exceeds 60% or more of the total number of Events in that season.

        The Team Agreements with McLaren and Mercedes grant the corporate parent of each of those Teams (McLaren Group Limited and Daimler AG, respectively) the right to appoint a Team Director until December 31, 2020 or the termination of the relevant Team Agreement, if earlier. Ferrari has an equivalent right, pursuant to a provision contained in all Team Agreements granting that right to the longest standing Team that has competed in the World Championship for the greatest number of seasons since 1950. Each of Daimler AG and Ferrari has exercised the relevant right and appointed a Team Director. Ferrari's Team Director is also entitled to be a member of Delta Topco's Audit and Ethics and Nomination Committees. Mercedes' Team Director is currently a member of the Nomination Committee of Delta Topco, although he is not appointed by right. In addition, the Teams have a right to propose two independent non-executive directors for a three-year term on Delta Topco's board of directors, although Delta Topco is not required to appoint any such candidate.

        A Team's Agreement may be terminated if the Team ceases to be a constructor, fails to participate in more than three Events in a season, fails to submit a valid entry for participation in the World Championship or becomes insolvent. Teams may also terminate their Team Agreements by written notice to Formula 1 under certain circumstances, including:

        Under circuit rights agreements (the Circuit Rights Agreements), Formula 1 acquires from race promoters certain rights to commercially exploit the Event, including the rights to sell trackside and "official supplier" advertising and title sponsorship, a space in which to operate the Paddock Club (other than at three Events) and commercial use of the name of the Event and circuit. In a few cases a cash payment is made for the grant of these circuit rights and in others Formula 1 offers a commission or share of revenue to a race promoter where they have been instrumental in introducing a new sponsor from its territory that purchases a title sponsorship or trackside advertising. Circuit Rights Agreements typically have a term that is tied to the relevant race promoter contract.

Competition

        The World Championship competes with many alternative forms of entertainment, such as other sporting and live events, for television viewership, live attendance and advertising. For example, Formula 1 competes for broadcasting and advertising revenue with other global and regional Tier 1 sports, including the Olympic Games, FIFA World Cup, Champions League and Premier League. Within national markets, Formula 1 competes with local racing events, such as the Indianapolis 500 race and NASCAR in the United States.

78


Table of Contents

Regulatory Matters—Competition Laws

        The operations and business of Formula 1 are subject to European and national competition laws which require Formula 1 at all times to ensure its business practices and agreements are consistent with the operation of competitive markets. Following an investigation by the EC into the commercialization of Formula 1 and related agreements in 1999, Formula 1 modified certain of its business practices and changed the terms of a number of its commercial contracts with Teams, broadcasters, promoters and the FIA. In October 2001, the EC issued two comfort letters to Formula 1 stating that it was no longer under investigation. Comfort letters are not binding on the EC and if it believes that there has been a material change in circumstances, further enforcement action could be taken. The EC issued a press release in October 2003 stating that it was satisfied that Formula 1 had complied with the modified practices and terms that had led to its issuing the 2001 comfort letters and that it had ended its monitoring of Formula 1's compliance.

Intellectual Property

        Formula 1 is the registered owner of a portfolio of trade mark registrations and applications, including for the F1 logo, the World Championship logo (which is used only in sporting contexts), "Formula One", "Formula 1", "F1" and "Grand Prix" when used in connection with any of the aforementioned and most of the official Event titles where they are capable of registration.

        Formula 1 owns the copyright on footage of each Event since 1981. Ownership of this copyright enables Formula 1 to license that footage to broadcasters and to take legal action against infringers of that copyright. Under the Current Concorde Arrangements, Formula 1 also has the exclusive right, subject to limited exceptions, to use each Team's intellectual property rights (including image rights) to portray the World Championship and/or any Event in any visual form.

Licenses and Permits

        Formula 1 is required to obtain permits for the allocation and use of radio frequencies which are necessary for the operation of live camera and other equipment used in the production of live television images and also in live radio communications used by Formula 1, the FIA, the Teams (including car to pit radio transmissions) and the emergency services. Such radio frequency permits are obtained by a dedicated unit in the television production team, with assistance from the local race promoter. Typically, such radio frequency permits are obtained from the relevant governmental authority responsible for licensing the use of radio frequencies in the host country of the relevant Event. The requirements and procedures for obtaining such permits vary by country and they may involve the completion of written formalities or the inspection by the relevant governmental authority of all equipment to be operated with a radio frequency. Permits are typically issued subject to conditions, which Formula 1 has generally been able to satisfy.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2015, Formula 1 had 361 employees, almost all of whom are based in England. To Formula 1's knowledge, none of Formula 1's employees are represented by a union. Formula 1 does not have a significant number of temporary employees. Formula 1 does engage a number of seasonal independent contractors for its technical operations.

Properties

        As of the date hereof, Formula 1 owns no material property. Delta Topco is based in Jersey. In addition, as of the date hereof, Formula 1 leases spaces for its offices in London, England and for its television production and technical operations in Kent, England.

79


Table of Contents

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

        The following discussion and analysis provides information concerning the results of operations and financial condition of Formula 1. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Formula 1 financial statements and the notes thereto. Additionally, the following discussion should be read in conjunction with Liberty Media's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, including the definition of Adjusted OIBDA (with the addition of adding back amortization of prepaid contract rights). Upon completion of the second closing and acquisition of 100% of the fully diluted equity interests of Formula 1, Liberty Media believes that Formula 1 will be a separate reportable segment. It is expected that a discussion of Formula 1's stand-alone results of operations and financial condition will be similar to the discussion that follows.

        Formula 1 stand-alone operating results, as adjusted, were as follows:

 
  For the six
months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2016   2015  
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (amounts in
USD millions)

 

Primary F1 revenue

  $ 590     589  

Other Formula 1 revenue

    107     113  

Total Formula 1 revenue

    697     702  

Cost of Formula 1 revenue(1)

    (480 )   (488 )

Gross profit

    217     214  

Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)

   
(43

)
 
(34

)

Adjusted OIBDA

    174     180  

Stock-based compensation expense

   
(17

)
 
(82

)

Depreciation and amortization expense

    (9 )   (10 )

Amortization of prepaid contract rights

    (10 )   (12 )

Operating income (loss)

  $ 138     76  

(1)
See "—Cost of Formula 1 revenue" for detail of the adjustments to Cost of Formula 1 revenue.

(2)
See "Selling, general and administrative expense" for details of the adjustments to Selling, general and administrative expenses.

Formula 1 revenue

        Primary F1 revenue represents the majority of Formula 1's revenue and is derived from the following streams:

80


Table of Contents

        Primary F1 revenue accounted for 85% and 84% of total revenue for each of the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

        Formula 1 has entered into long term contracts for its race promotion, broadcasting and advertising and sponsorship businesses. Such contracts typically have high credit quality counterparties, are for multi-year terms, have built in annual fee escalators and require payment in advance. Additionally, Formula 1's primary revenue is spread over a large number of contracts with staggered expiration dates such that renewals occur on a rolling basis and are not overly concentrated in any one year. Historically, Formula 1's primary revenue has been largely contracted at the start of any year, and those contracts have generally translated into actual revenue by year end. The majority of Formula 1's contracts are denominated in US Dollars, but Formula 1 also has a small number of contracts denominated in foreign currencies.

        The fees received from race promoters under multi-year contracts that typically have an initial term of five to seven years and often include an option, exercisable by Formula 1, to extend the contract for up to an additional five years, are for a fixed amount per Event and are not typically tied to the race promoter's own income levels. For established Events, the duration of the contract is more variable according to local market conditions. These contracts may allow for flat fees over the term, but more typically they include annual fee escalators over the life of the contract which are typically based on annual movement in a selected consumer price index or fixed percentages of up to 5.0% per annum. Payments are often received in advance of the Event, with fees for Events outside Europe typically due three months before the relevant Event. The number and mix of Events has a material impact on Formula 1's race promotion fees. Over time, Formula 1 has revised and broadened the geographical mix of Events on the World Championship calendar; in recent years, some of the lower yielding historic European Events have been replaced or supplemented by additional Events outside Europe, which typically attract higher race promotion fees.

        Formula 1 has TRAs covering all significant countries and regions globally. Under the TRAs, Formula 1 receives annual fees from broadcasters under contracts that are typically three to five years in duration. These contracts may allow for flat fees over the term, but more typically they include annual fee escalators over the life of the contract which are typically based on annual movement in a selected consumer price index or fixed percentages of up to 10.0% per annum. Fees are typically paid to Formula 1 in a series of installments starting at the beginning of each year and running in advance of the progression of the Events on the World Championship calendar. In addition to factors arising from the prevailing global economic climate, Formula 1's ability to renew or enter into new TRAs is influenced, among other reasons, by other factors such as the appreciation of live premium sports rights, viewership, active calendar management and the provision of new and enhanced content. Additionally, local factors, such as local broadcast market dynamics and competition, local driver performance and the presence of local Events, can also influence Formula 1's ability to renew or enter into new TRAs.

        Formula 1 enters into contracts to sell Event-based advertising, including trackside and Event title sponsorship packages (which comprise a package of rights and benefits to associate a sponsor's brand with an Event). Formula 1 also enters into contracts to sell World Championship-related advertising in the form of the Global Partner program, under which advertisers obtain rights to associate their brands with Formula 1 through becoming Global Partners and Official Suppliers to the World Championship. Contracts typically run for three to five year terms (but may on occasion be of longer duration). Payment terms vary by contract with multi-race, Global Partner and Official Supplier contracts typically being paid by periodic installment during each year and single race contracts typically being payable in installments shortly before and/or after the relevant race. Contract fees may be flat over the term but

81


Table of Contents

more often increase each year based on a fixed amount, a fixed percentage or in accordance with the movement in relevant consumer price indexes or another agreed metric. Advertising and sponsorship revenue is driven by change, and growth, in the World Championship calendar, the ability to tailor custom advertising and sponsorship packages to meet client objectives and prevailing macroeconomic conditions.

        In each of the six month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, eight Events on each season's World Championship calendar had taken place, including six Events outside Europe in 2016 and five Events outside Europe in 2015. A new Event in Azerbaijan and the earlier scheduling of the Russian GP in 2016 replaced prior year events in Austria and Malaysia, which were moved back in the calendar and took place in July and October 2016, respectively.

        These calendar differences led to period over period variances in revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the same period in 2015. Formula 1 recognizes revenue specific to Events, such as race promotion fees or Event-based advertising revenues, upon occurrence of the World Championship race of the related Event and recognizes season-based fees, such as those payable under TRAs or Global Partner and Official Supplier contracts, by recognizing the full season revenue pro rata across the total number of Events on the relevant World Championship calendar. As such, with 21 Events on the World Championship calendar in 2016, revenue recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2016 included 8/21 (38.1%) of the 2016 season-based revenue, compared to 8/19 (42.1%) of the 2015 season revenue being recognized in the six months ended June 30, 2015. In addition, Formula 1 recognized different Event-specific revenue in each period, reflecting the Events that had taken place year to date.

        Primary F1 revenue slightly increased during the six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the corresponding period in the prior year. Race promotion fees were $23 million higher due to the impact of variances in the World Championship calendar, which included one additional Event outside Europe during 2016, and the effect of other underlying contractual increases. Higher race promotion fees were offset by $4 million in lower broadcasting revenue from TRAs due to (i) the pro rata recognition of a proportionally lower amount of season-based revenue than in 2015 and (ii) lower fees on two contracts renewed for 2016, the effects of which offset contractual underlying increases and positive renewals achieved with other broadcasters. Additionally, advertising and sponsorship revenue declined $18 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the corresponding period in the prior year as a result of the net effect of lower pro rata recognition of season based fees and the impact of two non-renewed arrangements, although the effect of these factors was partially offset by underlying contract inflation and fee growth from new and other renewed contracts.

        Other Formula 1 revenue is generated from the operation of the Paddock Club at most Events, freight and related logistical and travel services, support races at Events (either from the direct operation of the GP2 and GP3 series which are owned by Formula 1 or from the licensing of other third party series or individual race events), various TV production and post-production activities, digital media services and other ancillary operations.

        The $6 million decrease in Other Formula 1 revenue during the six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the corresponding period in the prior year was attributable to an $11 million one-off receipt related to the final settlement arrangements of a prior termination of an earlier Dubai-related license agreement recognized in the prior period, a decrease of $3 million related to the impact on TV production and post-production revenues of variances in the timing of the Events on the year's World Championship calendar falling in the respective periods. These factors were offset by a $5 million increase in freight and logistical revenue, driven by one additional Event outside Europe year to date and a $3 million increase in GP2 and GP3 series revenue.

82


Table of Contents

Cost of Formula 1 revenue

 
  For the six
months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2016   2015  
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (amounts in
USD millions)

 

Team payments

  $ 381     402  

Other costs of Formula 1 revenue

    109     98  

Total cost of Formula 1 revenue per Formula 1 financial statements

    490     500  

Amortization of Formula 1 prepaid contract rights*

    (10 )   (12 )

Cost of Formula 1 revenue

  $ 480     488  

*
Includes team payment amortization, championship rights amortization and other contractual rights amortization

        Cost of Formula 1 revenue consists of Team payments and Other costs of Formula 1 revenue. Cost of Formula 1 revenue declined $8 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the corresponding period in the prior year.

        Team payments are Formula 1's most significant cost and represent the total Prize Fund payments Teams are entitled to receive from Formula 1 based on their participation and performance in the Constructors' Championship and other principles and measures of performance, which include: (i) results, meaning a Team's record in past Constructors' Championships; (ii) success, meaning the long-term standing of a Team within the World Championship and its reputation within the sport; (iii) heritage, reflecting the extent of a Team's brand presence and perceived value to the World Championship over time; (iv) longevity, measuring the contribution of a Team by reference to the length of time a Team has been participating in the World Championship; and (v) commitment, recognizing anticipated ongoing participation and investment of a Team, including preparedness to provide a meaningful parent company guarantee, in order to secure medium- to long-term participation of Teams, and therefore the ongoing viability of the business. While there are some fixed fees, most of the Prize Fund elements are variable and are measured based on Formula 1's underlying financial performance prior to taking account of the Team payments.

        World Championship calendar differences contribute to period over period variances in team payments. While there are no Team payments paid with respect to individual Events, Formula 1 recognizes an element of each year's Team payments on an Event by Event basis. Given that a large part of the Prize Fund is measured with reference to Formula 1's underlying financial performance, Formula 1 uses annual budgets to estimate the full year Team payment charge and, based on those calculations, records expenses on a pro rata Event by Event basis. At the end of each interim reporting period, Formula 1 then assesses performance against budget expectations and records any necessary adjustments to the recognition of variable Prize Fund elements in line with actual performance. As such, with 21 Events on the World Championship calendar in 2016, Team payment costs recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2016 include 8/21 (38.1%) of the budgeted 2016 season fixed and variable Prize Fund elements, compared to 8/19 (42.1%) during the six months ended June 30, 2015, adjusted for Formula 1's actual underlying financials.

        Team payments decreased by $21 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the corresponding period in the prior year. The decrease in Team payments during 2016 was attributable to (i) the $36 million pro rata recognition impact of the cost recognition policy being applied to fixed and variable Prize Fund elements, offset by a $13 million new fixed payment to one

83


Table of Contents

team that had qualified for an additional performance-related Prize Fund element in 2016, together with $2 million growth in the expected full year variable Team payments based on underlying forecast performance.

        Other costs of Formula 1 revenue include hospitality costs, which are principally related to catering and other aspects of the production and delivery of the Paddock Club, and circuit rights' fees payable under various agreements with race promoters to acquire certain commercial rights at Events, including the right to sell advertising, hospitality and support race opportunities. Other costs include annual FIA regulatory fees, advertising and sponsorship commissions and those incurred in the provision and sale of freight, travel and logistical services, GP2 and GP3 cars, parts and maintenance services, television production and post-production services, advertising production services and digital and social media activities. These costs are largely variable in nature and relate directly to revenue opportunities.

        Other costs of Formula 1 revenue increased by $11 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the corresponding period in the prior year. The increase in other costs of Formula 1 revenue during 2016 was attributable to $3 million in paid commissions, the $3 million freight and logistics impact of the additional Event outside Europe on the World Championship calendar, the effect of a $7 million credit in 2015 arising from recovery of 2013 expensed one-off support costs provided to the promoter of a proposed future Event, $2 million in higher TV production costs and a $2 million increase in GP2 and GP3 series costs. All of these factors were partly offset by savings from $6 million of circuit rights fees.

        The amortization of Formula 1 prepaid contract rights includes Team payment amortization, championship rights amortization and other contractual rights amortization. Team payments are amortized over the period 2013 to 2020 at $20 million per year, with the charges recorded evenly on a pro rata Event by Event basis during each year in the period. The $2 million decline in the amortization of Team payments during the six months ended June 30, 2016, as compared to the corresponding period in the prior year, is due to the timing of Events and the number of Events on each World Championship calendar (21 in 2016 and 19 in 2015) and the resulting lower proportionate recognition of costs year to date.

Selling, general and administrative expense

 
  For the six
months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2016   2015  
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (amounts in
USD millions)

 

Administrative expense per Formula 1 financials

  $ 69     127  

Less: Depreciation of property, plant and equipment*

    (1 )   (2 )

Less: Amortization of intangible assets*

    (8 )   (8 )

Less: Stock based compensation expense

    (17 )   (82 )

Less: Reclassification of cumulative foreign currency exchange differences

        (1 )

Selling, general, and administrative expense

  $ 43     34  

*
Included in depreciation and amortization expense

        Selling, general and administrative expenses include personnel costs, legal, professional and other advisory fees, bad debt expense, rental expense, IT costs, non-Event-related travel costs, insurance premiums, maintenance and utility costs and other general office administration costs.

84


Table of Contents

        Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the corresponding period in the prior year. The increase in selling, general and administrative expense during 2016 was driven by $5 million of year to date foreign exchange rate differences, the majority of which arose from translating Formula 1's GBP denominated cash and other assets following the Brexit vote on June 23, 2016. Other variances were largely attributable to timing differences in the recognition of overhead costs, which are expected to reverse in the remainder of the year.

Adjusted OIBDA

        Formula 1's Adjusted OIBDA declined $6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the corresponding period in the prior year. The change in Adjusted OIBDA was the result of the above-described fluctuations in revenue, cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses (excluding stock-based compensation).

Stock-based compensation expense

        Stock-based compensation expense is related to costs arising from the Delta Topco Option Scheme. Stock-based compensation expense decreased $65 million as compared to the corresponding period in the prior year. The decrease in stock-based compensation expense during 2016 is attributable to changes during 2015 to the vesting assumptions, which were amended to reflect management's conclusions on the vesting period and led to an acceleration of the vesting of awards. The charge in the vesting period is also lower in 2016 than in the prior year, as the majority of the outstanding awards became fully vested by the end of 2015.

Depreciation and amortization expense

        Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the corresponding period in the prior year. The decrease in depreciation and amortization expense is attributable to certain assets becoming fully depreciated over time.

Operating income (loss)

        Formula 1's operating income increased $62 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the corresponding period in the prior year. The change in operating income was the result of the above-described fluctuations in revenue and expenses.

Liquidity

        As of June 30, 2016, Formula 1 had cash and cash equivalents of $543 million.

        The cash provided (used) by Formula 1 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 was as follows:

 
  Six months
ended June 30,
 
 
  2016   2015  
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (amounts in
USD millions)

 

Cash provided (used) by operating activities

  $ 219     302  

Cash provided (used) by investing activities

    2      

Cash provided (used) by financing activities

    (131 )   (333 )

  $ 90     (31 )

85


Table of Contents

        Significant cash outflows, other than the payment of Team payments, include the payment of interest and dividends. Formula 1 paid interest of $131 million and $137 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Additionally, Formula 1 declared and paid dividends of $197 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015. No dividends were declared or paid during the six months ended June 30, 2016.

        Formula 1's cash outflows were funded by its results from operations for each of the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

        Formula 1's primary uses of cash are expected to continue to be the payment of Team payments and interest and swap costs on its debt, together with the settlement of other costs of Formula 1 revenue, including annual regulatory fees paid to the FIA, circuit rights' fees and technical and logistical costs, and payment of its selling, general and administrative expenses. Liberty Media expects Formula 1 to fund its projected uses of cash with cash provided by operations, cash on hand and borrowing capacity under its Facilities Agreements.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31 2015, 2014 and 2013

        The following discussion and analysis provides information concerning the results of operations and financial condition of Formula 1. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Formula 1 financial statements and the notes thereto. Additionally, the following discussion should be read in conjunction with Liberty Media's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, including the definition of Adjusted OIBDA (with the addition of adding back amortization of prepaid contract rights). Upon completion of the second closing and acquisition of 100% of the fully diluted equity interests of Formula 1, Liberty Media believes that Formula 1 will be a separate reportable segment. It is expected that a discussion of Formula 1's stand-alone results of operations and financial condition will be similar to the discussion that follows.

        Formula 1 stand-alone operating results, as adjusted, were as follows:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (amounts in USD millions)
 

Primary F1 revenue

  $ 1,391     1,374     1,333  

Other Formula 1 revenue

    306     328     306  

Total Formula 1 revenue

    1,697     1,702     1,639  

Cost of Formula 1 revenue(1)

    (1,140 )   (1,131 )   (1,078 )

Gross profit

    557     571     561  

Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)

   
(95

)
 
(94

)
 
(89

)

Adjusted OIBDA

    462     477     472  

Stock-based compensation expense

   
(98

)
 
(76

)
 
(6

)

Depreciation and amortization expense

    (19 )   (20 )   (21 )

Amortization of prepaid contract rights

    (27 )   (28 )   (28 )

Operating income (loss)

  $ 318     353     417  

(1)
See "—Cost of Formula 1 revenue" for detail of the adjustments to Cost of Formula 1 revenue.

86


Table of Contents

(2)
See "Selling, general and administrative expense" for detail of the adjustments to Selling, general and administrative expenses.

Formula 1 revenue

        Primary F1 revenue represents the majority of Formula 1's revenue and is derived from the following streams:

        Primary F1 revenue accounted for 82%, 81% and 81% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

        Formula 1 has entered into long term contracts for its race promotion, broadcasting and advertising and sponsorship businesses. Such contracts typically have high credit quality counterparties, are for multi-year terms, have built in annual fee escalators and require payment in advance. Additionally, Formula 1's primary revenue is spread over a large number of contracts with staggered expiration dates such that renewals occur on a rolling basis and are not overly concentrated in any one year. Historically, Formula 1's primary revenue has been largely contracted at the start of any year, and those contracts have generally translated into actual revenue by year end. The majority of Formula 1's contracts are denominated in US Dollars, but Formula 1 also has a small number of contracts denominated in foreign currencies.

        The fees received from race promoters under multi-year contracts that typically have an initial term of five to seven years and often include an option, exercisable by Formula 1, to extend the contract for up to an additional five years, are for a fixed amount per Event and are not typically tied to the race promoter's own income levels. For established Events, the duration of the contract is more variable according to local market conditions. These contracts may allow for flat fees over the term, but more typically they include annual fee escalators over the life of the contract, which are typically based on annual movement in a selected consumer price index or fixed percentages of up to 5.0% per annum. Payments are often received in advance of the Event, with fees for Events outside Europe typically due three months before the relevant Event. The number and mix of Events has a material impact on Formula 1's race promotion fees. The World Championship calendar consisted of 19 events in each of 2013, 2014 and 2015, including 12 Events outside Europe in each of 2013 and 2015, and 11 in 2014. In 2015, the calendar saw a new Event added in Mexico while the German Grand Prix™ did not take place. 2014 saw new races added in Russia and Austria to replace the discontinued Events held in 2013 in Korea and India. Over time, Formula 1 has continuously revised and broadened the geographical mix of Events on the World Championship calendar, and this has seen some of the lower yielding historic European Events replaced by Events outside Europe, which typically attract higher race promotion fees.

        Formula 1 has TRAs covering all significant countries and regions globally. Under the TRAs, Formula 1 receives annual fees from broadcasters under contracts that are typically three to five years in duration. These contracts may allow for flat fees over the term, but more typically they include annual fee escalators over the life of the contract, which are typically based on annual movement in a selected consumer price index or fixed percentages of up to 10.0% per annum. Fees are typically paid

87


Table of Contents

to Formula 1 in a series of installments starting at the beginning of each year and running in advance of the progression of the Events on the World Championship calendar. In addition to factors arising from the prevailing global economic climate, Formula 1's ability to renew or enter into new TRAs is influenced, among other reasons, by other factors such as the appreciation of live premium sports rights, viewership, active calendar management and the provision of new and enhanced content. Additionally, local factors, such as local broadcast market dynamics and competition, local driver performance and the presence of local Events, can also influence Formula 1's ability to renew or enter into new TRAs.

        Formula 1 enters into contracts to sell Event-based advertising, including trackside and Event title sponsorship packages (which comprise a package of rights and benefits to associate a sponsor's brand with an Event). Formula 1 also enters into contracts to sell World Championship-related advertising in the form of the Global Partner program, under which advertisers obtain rights to associate their brands with Formula 1 through becoming Global Partners and Official Suppliers to the World Championship. Contracts typically run for three to five year terms (but may on occasion be of longer duration). Payment terms vary by contract with multi-race, Global Partner and Official Supplier contracts typically being paid by periodic installment during each year and single race contracts typically being payable in installments shortly before and/or after the relevant race. Contract fees may be flat over the term but more often increase each year based on a fixed amount, a fixed percentage or in accordance with the movement in relevant consumer price indexes or another agreed metric. Advertising and sponsorship revenue is driven by change, and growth, in the World Championship calendar, the ability to tailor custom advertising and sponsorship packages to meet client objectives and prevailing macroeconomic conditions.

        The $17 million increase in Primary F1 revenue during 2015 compared to 2014 was primarily attributable to a $29 million increase in race promotion fees, largely due to underlying contract fee escalation and the variance between fees generated from the new Event in Mexico compared to the fees received from the 2014 German Grand Prix™, which did not take place in 2015. The impact of growth in 2015 from strong renewals in the Latin American and Australian TRAs and underlying annual fee escalation in other TRAs was largely offset by the impact of weaker prevailing Euro, GBP and Australian dollar foreign exchange rates applied during the year to translate revenue from a small number of more significant non US-dollar contracts and the non-renewal of some smaller TRAs, such that broadcast revenue only grew by $3 million in 2015. These positive primary revenue drivers were partially offset by lower advertising and sponsorship sales. Prevailing economic conditions continued to result in a difficult environment for advertising and sponsorship, and lower terms on a renewal of two contracts more than offset new revenue and underlying contractual fee increases in other arrangements, such that advertising and sponsorship revenue in 2015 was $15 million lower than the prior year.

        The $41 million increase in Primary F1 revenue during 2014 compared to 2013 was primarily attributable to a $41 million increase in broadcasting revenue due to revised TRAs in the Middle East, Eastern Europe and Spain and contractual rate escalators in other TRAs. Race promotion revenue increased by $4 million in 2014 compared to 2013 as annual contractual increases in the fees and positive calendar change effects were partly offset by the impact of revised terms for certain Events. Advertising and sponsorship revenue fell $4 million due to the non-renewal of one material contract that was not fully offset by favorable renewal terms achieved on another, the sale of some additional sundry packages to existing advertisers and underlying contract escalation.

        Other Formula 1 revenue is generated from the operation of the Formula 1 Paddock Club at most Events, freight and related logistical and travel services, support races at Events (either from the direct operation of the GP2 and GP3 series which are owned by Formula 1 or from the licensing of other

88


Table of Contents

third party series or individual race events), various TV production and post-production activities, digital media services and other ancillary operations.

        The $22 million decrease in Other Formula 1 revenue during 2015 compared to 2014 was primarily attributable to the $18 million decrease in freight revenue driven by the combined effects of a decline in oil prices during 2015, one less Team competing in the World Championship and a change to the 2015 pre-season testing schedule, which, unlike 2014, saw no testing activity in Bahrain thereby removing an opportunity to generate freight revenue from arranging logistics for the Teams. Revenue from the GP2 and GP3 support race series, which is largely denominated in Euros, was also down $10 million in 2015 compared to 2014, driven by weaker prevailing Euro foreign exchange rates applied during the year to translate revenue and by lower sales of parts and services to competing Teams. Revenue from hospitality, travel services and TV production and post-production activities was collectively $5 million lower in 2015 compared to 2014. Those impacts were offset by an $11 million one-time receipt related to the final settlement arrangements of a prior termination of an earlier Dubai-related license agreement.

        The $22 million increase in Other Formula 1 revenue during 2014 compared to 2013 was primarily attributable to a $14 million growth in freight revenue driven by the impact of revenue earned from arranging logistics related to pre-season testing in Bahrain and lower applicable allowances for some Teams. Revenue from hospitality and other events increased $6 million in 2014 and GP2 and GP3 revenue increased $5 million arising mainly from an additional fee paid by a race promoter. These factors were partially offset by a decrease of $3 million in revenue from licensing of other ancillary rights, principally due to the recognition in 2013 of the first element of the settlement terms agreed for terminating the historic Dubai-related license agreement.

Cost of Formula 1 revenue

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (amounts in USD millions)
 

Team payments

  $ 904     863     798  

Other costs of Formula 1 revenue

    263     296     308  

Total cost of Formula 1 revenue per Formula 1 financial statements

    1,167     1,159     1,106  

Amortization of Formula 1 prepaid contract rights*

    (27 )   (28 )   (28 )

Cost of Formula 1 revenue

  $ 1,140     1,131     1,078  

*
Includes Team payment amortization, championship rights amortization and other contractual rights amortization

        Cost of Formula 1 revenue consists of Team payments and Other costs of Formula 1 revenue. Cost of Formula 1 revenue increased $9 million and $53 million during each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, as compared to the corresponding prior years.

        Team payments are Formula 1's most significant cost and represent the total Prize Fund payments Teams are entitled to receive from Formula 1 based on their participation and performance in the Constructors' Championship and other principles and measures of performance, which include: (i) results, meaning a Team's record in past Constructors' Championships; (ii) success, meaning the long-term standing of a Team within the World Championship and its reputation within the sport; (iii) heritage, reflecting the extent of a Team's brand presence and perceived value to the World Championship over time; (iv) longevity, measuring the contribution of a Team by reference to the

89


Table of Contents

length of time a Team has been participating in the World Championship; and (v) commitment, recognizing anticipated ongoing participation and investment of a Team, including preparedness to provide a meaningful parent company guarantee, in order to secure medium- to long-term participation of Teams, and therefore the ongoing viability of the business. While there are some fixed fees, most of the Prize Fund elements are variable and are measured based on Formula 1's underlying financial performance prior to taking account of the Team payments.

        Team payments increased by $41 million and $65 million during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, as compared to the corresponding prior years. The increase in Team payments during 2015 was attributable to the $19 million increase in the variable Prize Fund payments measured by reference to Formula 1's financial performance and a $22 million higher fee paid to one Team, as it qualified for an additional performance related Prize Fund element. In 2014, a $46 million increase in the variable Prize Fund payments and the net one-off $29 million credit impact on 2013's Team payments of the reversal of the earlier years' charges were only partially offset by the effect on 2014 of the elimination of one $10 million fixed payment, resulting in net $65 million higher charges in the year.

        Other costs of Formula 1 revenue include hospitality costs, which are principally related to catering and other aspects of the production and delivery of the Formula 1 Paddock Club, and circuit rights' fees payable under various agreements with race promoters to acquire certain commercial rights at Events, including the right to sell advertising, hospitality and support race opportunities. Other costs include annual FIA regulatory fees, advertising and sponsorship commissions and those incurred in the provision and sale of freight, travel and logistical services, GP2 and GP3 cars, parts and maintenance services, television production and post-production services, advertising production services and digital and social media activities. These costs are largely variable in nature and relate directly to revenue opportunities.

        Other costs of Formula 1 revenue decreased by $33 million and $12 million during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, as compared to the corresponding prior years. The decrease in other costs of Formula 1 revenue during 2015 was attributable to $11 million in lower freight, travel and logistics costs, $7 million in reduced hospitality costs consistent with lower Paddock Club volumes and $4 million in lower costs arising from acquiring advertising rights and paying commissions to sponsorship agents. Cost of Formula 1 revenue was also impacted by the $4 million effect of the decline in Euro and GBP exchange rates during 2015. In 2015, Formula 1 also benefitted from a $7 million credit arising from the recovery of the majority of costs incurred in 2013 to support the promoter of a proposed future event. The decrease in other costs of Formula 1 revenue during 2014 was attributable to a $13 million decrease in fees paid to race promoters to obtain certain additional race based rights following the calendar change and the combined $14 million impact of recovering the $4 million element of the $10 million one-off support provided to the promoter of the proposed future event, which was expensed in 2013. These significant cost reductions were partially offset by $5 million higher television production costs in 2014, $4 million of digital media cost growth and $8 million in higher freight, travel and other logistics costs, with other costs of Formula 1 revenue netting to further cost savings of $2 million in 2014.

        The amortization of Formula 1 prepaid contract rights includes Team payment amortization, championship rights amortization and other contractual rights amortization. In 2012 and 2013, a subsidiary of Formula 1 made payments totaling $163 million to the Teams competing in the World Championship in connection with the terms under which they had agreed to continue to participate in the World Championship seasons from 2013 to 2020. While these payments were paid in cash at the time, the fees are amortized over the period 2013 to 2020 at $20 million per year, with the charges recorded evenly on a pro rata Event by Event basis during each year in the period. Additionally, the amortization of prepaid rights includes a $3 million annual expense for the amortization of the prepayment of World Championship rights paid by a subsidiary of Formula 1 in 2001 to acquire, from

90


Table of Contents

the FIA, the commercial interests in the World Championship pursuant to the 100-Year Agreements. While the total amount was paid in cash during 2001, Formula 1 began amortizing this asset when the rights were brought into use on January 1, 2011. Additional amortization charges are due to other cash-settled transactions relating to other long term contractual arrangements entered into during 2013. These charges are also amortized over the period to which the underlying contractual commitments relate at an annual rate of approximately $4 million.

Selling, general and administrative expense

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (amounts in USD
millions)

 

Administrative expense per Formula 1 financials

  $ 213     190     116  

Less: Depreciation of property, plant and equipment*

    (3 )   (4 )   (5 )

Less: Amortization of intangible assets*

    (16 )   (16 )   (16 )

Less: Stock based compensation expense

    (98 )   (76 )   (6 )

Less: Reclassification of cumulative foreign currency exchange differences

    (1 )        

Selling, general and administrative expense

  $ 95     94     89  

*
Included in depreciation and amortization expense

        Selling, general and administrative expenses include personnel costs, legal, professional and other advisory fees, bad debt expense, rental expense, IT costs, non-Event-related travel costs, insurance premiums, maintenance and utility costs and other general office administration costs.

        Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $1 million and $5 million during each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, as compared to the corresponding prior years. The increase in selling, general and administrative expense during 2015 was due to $10 million in higher doubtful debt provisions, which was partially offset by $4 million in lower personnel costs, $3 million savings in legal, advisory and other professional fees and $2 million of other overhead savings, driven by the impact of weaker foreign exchange rates on the translation of largely GBP denominated costs. The increase in selling, general and administrative expense during 2014 was due to $5 million higher legal, advisory and other professional fees and $4 million in higher doubtful debt provisions, partially offset by $4 million of net foreign exchange gains during the year.

Adjusted OIBDA

        Formula 1's Adjusted OIBDA decreased $15 million and increased $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, as compared to the corresponding prior year periods. The change in Adjusted OIBDA was the result of the above-described fluctuations in revenue, cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses (excluding stock-based compensation).

Stock-based compensation expense

        Stock-based compensation expense is related to costs arising from the Delta Topco Option Scheme. During each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, stock-based compensation expense increased $22 million and $70 million, respectively, as compared to the corresponding prior years. The increase in stock-based compensation expense during 2015 was attributable to an amendment in management's vesting assumptions, which resulted in an acceleration of the charges recognized for the

91


Table of Contents

scheme. The increase in stock-based compensation expense during 2014 was attributable to the significantly lower expense recorded in 2013. During 2013, management significantly amended its prior vesting assumptions and concluded that vesting would likely occur over a longer period of time than had been initially selected in 2012 when Formula 1 had considered a possible initial public offering. As a result, the expense recorded in 2013 was materially reduced based on the spreading of costs over the longer adjusted vesting period. In addition, certain awards granted to one plan participant were forfeited upon their departure from the company in 2013, which also contributed to the lower stock-based compensation expense.

Depreciation and amortization expense

        Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $1 million during each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, as compared to the corresponding prior years. The decrease in depreciation and amortization expense is attributable to certain assets becoming fully depreciated over time.

Operating income (loss)

        Formula 1's operating income decreased $35 million and $64 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, as compared to the corresponding prior year periods. The change in operating income was the result of the above-described fluctuations in revenue and expenses.

Liquidity

        As of December 31, 2015, Formula 1 had cash and cash equivalents of $452 million.

        The cash provided (used) by Formula 1 for the prior three years was as follows:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (amounts in USD millions)
 

Cash provided (used) by operating activities

  $ 492     395     323  

Cash provided (used) by investing activities

        50     (2 )

Cash provided (used) by financing activities

    (471 )   (472 )   (308 )

  $ 21     (27 )   13  

        Significant cash outflows, other than the payment of Team payments, include the payment of interest and dividends. Formula 1 paid interest of $274 million, $230 million and $212 million during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Additionally, Formula 1 declared and paid dividends of $197 million and $796 million during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. No dividends were declared or paid during the year ended December 31, 2013.

        Formula 1's cash outflows are funded by its results from operations as well as cash provided by borrowings on loan facilities. There were no borrowings or repayments of debt during 2015. During 2014, Formula 1 borrowed $2 billion and repaid $1.0 billion in outstanding third party debt and also repaid $332 million of shareholder loans. In 2013, Formula 1 repaid approximately $22 million in outstanding third party debt and $49 million of shareholder loans.

        Formula 1's primary uses of cash are expected to continue to be the payment of Team payments and interest and swap costs on its debt, together with the settlement of other costs of Formula 1 revenue, including annual regulatory fees paid to the FIA, circuit rights' fees and technical and logistical costs, and payment of its selling, general and administrative expenses. Liberty Media expects

92


Table of Contents

Formula 1 to fund its projected uses of cash with cash provided by operations, cash on hand and borrowing capacity under its Facilities Agreements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        Formula 1 is exposed to market risk in the normal course of business due to its ongoing investing and financial activities. Market risk refers to the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The risk of loss can be assessed from the perspective of adverse changes in fair values, cash flows and future earnings. Formula 1 has established policies, procedures and internal processes governing its management of market risks and the use of financial instruments to manage its exposure to such risks.

        Formula 1 is exposed to changes in interest rates primarily as a result of its borrowing activities, which include borrowings used to maintain liquidity and to fund business operations. The nature and amount of Formula 1's long-term and short-term debt are expected to vary as a result of future requirements, market conditions and other factors. Formula 1 expects to continue managing its exposure to interest rates by achieving what it believes is an appropriate mix of fixed and variable rate debt, or through the use of interest rate swaps to hedge variable rate debt. Formula 1 believes this best protects it from interest rate risk. Formula 1 anticipates achieving this mix by (i) issuing fixed rate debt that it believes has a low stated interest rate and significant term to maturity, (ii) issuing variable rate debt with appropriate maturities and interest rates and/or (iii) entering into interest rate swap arrangements when deemed appropriate.

        As of June 30, 2016, Formula 1 currently has $4,145 million in principal debt outstanding which carries a weighted average variable rate of approximately 5.5%. Formula 1 has managed interest rate risk by entering into a portfolio of $2,700 million of interest rate swaps at a weighted average rate of 1.999%, which partially mitigates the variable rate debt exposure of Formula 1 through December 31, 2019.

        Formula 1 is exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations related primarily to the monetary assets and liabilities and financial results of Formula 1's foreign subsidiaries as well as revenue and operating cost contracts denominated in a limited number of foreign currencies, principally Great British Pounds (GBP) and Euros (EUR).

        Assets and liabilities of certain of Formula 1's subsidiaries for which the functional currency is principally GBP or EUR are translated into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates, and the statements of operations are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. Exchange rate fluctuations on translating foreign currency financial statements into U.S. dollars that result in unrealized gains or losses are referred to as translation adjustments. Cumulative translation adjustments are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss) as a separate component of equity.

        Transactions denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars are recorded based on exchange rates at the time such transactions arise. Subsequent changes in exchange rates result in transaction gains and losses, which are reflected in income as unrealized (based on period-end translations) or realized upon settlement of the transactions. Cash flows from Formula 1's operations denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the average exchange rate for the period.

        Accordingly, Formula 1 may experience economic loss and a negative impact on earnings and equity with respect to its holdings and contracts solely as a result of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Formula 1 primarily manages its exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations by entering into both revenue and expense contracts denominated in foreign currencies in order to offset the financial impact of any foreign exchange rate fluctuations. Formula 1 also manages its exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations by entering into foreign exchange forward contracts and options.

93


Table of Contents


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Unaudited Financial Statements of Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

   

Condensed Consolidated Income Statement, six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

  F-2

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

  F-3

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015

  F-4

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the six months ended June 30 2016 and 2015

  F-5

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

  F-6

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-7

Annual Financial Statements of Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

 
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-20

Consolidated Income Statement for the Year ended December 31, 2015 (audited) and for the Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

  F-22

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the Year ended December 31, 2015 (audited) and for the Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

  F-23

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at December 31, 2015 (audited) and December 31, 2014 (unaudited)

  F-24

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the Year ended December 31, 2015 (audited) and for the Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

  F-25

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Year ended December 31, 2015 (audited) and for the Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

  F-26

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year ended December 31, 2015 (audited) and for the Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

  F-27

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Liberty Media Corporation

 
 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2016

  F-84

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2016

  F-85

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2015

  F-86

F-1


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Income Statement

for the six months ended 30 June 2016 (comparatives for the six months ended 30 June 2015)

 
  Notes   2016   2015  
 
   
  Unaudited
$000

  Unaudited
$000

 

Revenue

        696,523     702,374  

Cost of sales:

                 

Team payments

        (381,320 )   (401,928 )

Other cost of sales

        (108,740 )   (97,907 )

        (490,060 )   (499,835 )

Gross profit

        206,463     202,539  

Administrative expenses

        (68,959 )   (127,287 )

Other (losses)/gains

        (13 )   52  

Operating profit

        137,491     75,304  

Finance income

        2,120     1,412  

Finance costs

        (192,322 )   (146,981 )

Non-cash payment in kind interest on shareholder loan notes

        (216,868 )   (196,081 )

Loss before tax

        (269,579 )   (266,346 )

Income tax credit/(expense)

  5     13,750     (1,602 )

Loss for the financial period

        (255,829 )   (267,948 )

Loss attributable to:

                 

Owners of the company

        (255,829 )   (267,948 )

All amounts relate to continuing activities.

   

The notes on pages F-7 to F-19 form an integral part of these financial statements.

F-2


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

for the six months ended 30 June 2016 (comparatives for the six months ended 30 June 2015)

 
  2016   2015  
 
  Unaudited
$000

  Unaudited
US$000

 

Loss for the period

    (255,829 )   (267,948 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

   
 
   
 
 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

             

Foreign currency transaction (losses)/gains

    (221 )   3,922  

Reclassification of cumulative foreign currency exchange differences

        1,348  

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

    (221 )   5,270  

Total comprehensive loss for the period

    (256,050 )   (262,678 )

Total comprehensive loss attributable to:

             

Owners of the company

    (256,050 )   (262,678 )

   

The notes on pages F-7 to F-19 form an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 
  Notes   30 June
2016
  31 December
2015
 
 
   
  Unaudited
$000

  Audited
$000

 

Assets

                 

Non-current assets

                 

Property, plant and equipment

  7     8,413     10,016  

Intangible assets

        4,196,192     4,204,208  

Prepayments

  9     426,122     436,759  

Other non-current financial assets

        3,160     4,816  

Deferred tax assets

        22,942     5,864  

        4,656,829     4,661,663  

Current assets

 

 

   
 
   
 
 

Inventories

        286     130  

Trade and other receivables

        438,349     210,896  

Prepayments

  9     86,631     68,615  

Income tax asset

        742     805  

Other current financial assets

        1,670     1,550  

Cash and cash equivalents

        542,995     452,428  

        1,070,673     734,424  

Total Assets

        5,727,502     5,396,087  

Equity and liabilities

                 

Equity

                 

Share capital

        42,862     42,862  

Share premium

        3,165,620     3,165,620  

Foreign currency translation reserve

        9,580     9,801  

Share-based payment reserve

        278,688     278,285  

Other reserves

        59     59  

Retained earnings

        (7,564,586 )   (7,308,757 )

Total equity

        (4,067,777 )   (3,812,130 )

Non-current liabilities

 

 

   
 
   
 
 

Loans and borrowings

  10     8,703,364     8,484,853  

Provisions

        350,799     334,365  

Other non-current financial liabilities

        60,655     1,116  

        9,114,818     8,820,334  

Current liabilities

                 

Trade and other payables

        30,073     140,211  

Loans and borrowings

        (1,604 )   (1,604 )

Income tax liability

        1,000     1,000  

Other current financial liabilities

        29,865     29,338  

Deferred income

        620,915     218,703  

Provisions

        212     235  

        680,461     387,883  

Total liabilities

        9,795,279     9,208,217  

Total equity and liabilities

        5,727,502     5,396,087  

   

The notes on pages F-7 to F-19 form an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

for the six months ended 30 June 2016

 
  Share
capital
  Share
premium
  Foreign
currency
translation
  Other
reserves
  Share-
based
payment
reserve
  Retained
earnings
  Total  
 
  Unaudited
$000

  Unaudited
$000

  Unaudited
$000

  Unaudited
$000

  Unaudited
$000

  Unaudited
$000

  Unaudited
$000

 

Balance at 1 January 2016

    42,862     3,165,620     9,801     59     278,285     (7,308,757 )   (3,812,130 )

Total comprehensive income

            (221 )             (255,829 )   (256,050 )

Dividends paid

                             

Non cash equity-settled share-based payment transactions

                    403         403  

Balance at 30 June 2016

    42,862     3,165,620     9,580     59     278,688     (7,564,586 )   (4,067,777 )

Balance at 1 January 2015

    42,862     3,165,620     4,560     59     251,395     (6,749,608 )   (3,285,112 )

Total comprehensive income

            5,270             (267,948 )   (262,678 )

Dividends paid

                        (196,578 )   (196,578 )

Non cash equity-settled share-based payment transactions

                    26,321         26,321  

Balance at 30 June 2015

    42,862     3,165,620     9,830     59     277,716     (7,214,134 )   (3,718,047 )

   

The notes on pages F-7 to F-19 form an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

for the six months ended 30 June 2016 (comparatives for the six months ended 30 June 2015)

 
  2016   2015  
 
  Unaudited
$000

  Unaudited
$000

 

Cash flows from operating activities

             

Loss for the year

    (255,829 )   (267,948 )

Adjustments to reconcile loss for the period to net cash flows:

             

Depreciation and amortisation

    9,223     9,596  

Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    13     (52 )

Non cash equity-settled share-based payment transactions

    403     26,321  

Finance income

    (2,120 )   (1,412 )

Receipts under finance leases

    647     872  

Finance costs

    409,190     343,062  

Income tax (credit)/expense

    (13,750 )   1,602  

    147,777     112,041  

Working capital adjustments:

             

Increase in inventories

    (156 )   (7 )

Increase in trade and other receivables

    (235,625 )   (10,275 )

Decrease in trade and other payables

    (107,348 )   (89,834 )

Increase in provisions

    16,411     55,842  

Increase in deferred income

    402,212     237,608  

Net cash generated from operations

    223,271     305,375  

Income taxes paid

    (3,872 )   (3,096 )

Net cash flow from operating activities

    219,399     302,279  

Cash flows from investing activities

             

Interest received

    1,706     842  

Acquisitions of property, plant and equipment

    (502 )   (1,157 )

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

    6     92  

Acquisition of intangible assets

    (9 )    

Redemption of financial instruments

    888     300  

Net cash flows from investing activities

    2,089     77  

Cash flows from financing activities

             

Interest paid

    (130,806 )   (136,568 )

Dividends paid

        (196,578 )

Net cash flows from financing activities

    (130,806 )   (333,146 )

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    90,682     (30,790 )

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

    452,428     424,191  

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held

    (115 )   2,633  

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

    542,995     396,034  

   

The notes on pages F-7 to F-19 form an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the financial statements

for the six months ended 30 June 2016

1. General information

        Delta Topco Limited (the "company") is a private company limited by share capital, and incorporated and domiciled in Jersey. The company's registered office is 1 Waverley Place, Union Street, St Helier, Jersey JE1 1SG, Channel Islands.

        These unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements of the company and its subsidiaries (the "group") for the period ended 30 June 2016 ("the Interim Financial Statements") were authorised for issue by the Board on 13 October 2016.

Basis of preparation

        The Interim Financial Statements do not include all the information and disclosures required to be presented by the group in its full annual financial statements, and therefore should be read in conjunction with the group's most recent audited annual Consolidated Financial Statements, prepared for the year ended 31 December 2015 ("the 2015 Consolidated Financial Statements").

        The Interim Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting under International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and under historical cost accounting rules, except for derivative financial instruments that have been measured at fair value.

        The Interim Financial Statements are presented in US dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand ($000) except where otherwise indicated. No separate information is presented for the company.

Going concern

        After making enquiries the directors have a reasonable expectation that the group and the company have adequate resources available to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Interim Financial Statements.

2. Accounting policies

        The accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the Interim Financial Statements are consistent with those followed in the preparation of the 2015 Consolidated Financial Statements, and disclosed therein. An additional accounting policy on team payments, applicable in the preparation of the Interim Financial Statements, and an explanation of the impact of the group's revenue recognition policy on interim reporting periods, are disclosed below.

Team payments

        The teams competing in the FIA Formula One World Championship® ("the Championship") receive, in any year, prize fund payments consisting of a combination of variable fees and fixed annual fees. The variable team fees are determined by reference to a calculation of an adjusted operating profit measure ("Prize Fund Adjusted EBITDA") which is calculated by applying various adjustments to the group's reported operating profit in any year.

F-7


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the financial statements (Continued)

for the six months ended 30 June 2016

2. Accounting policies (Continued)

        The variable team payments are paid with reference to a particular Championship season and, whilst there is no prize money for individual events, for the sole purpose of taking the related charges to the Income Statement the total fee is booked across the total number of events in each season, with a pro rata element of expected full year costs recognised on the Sunday during each event, when the Championship race takes place.

        In accounting for the variable team payments during the year, the group uses annual budgets to calculate the expected full year Prize Fund Adjusted EBITDA and the related full year team payment charge that is projected to arise, and then based on those calculations takes pro rata projected costs to the Income Statement on an event by event basis. At the end of each interim reporting period management assesses the year to date Prize Fund Adjusted EBITDA against budget expectations, and if necessary takes an additional charge or credit in the Income Statement to adjust the year to date recognition of variable team payments in line with actual performance. Likewise, at the end of the year once a calculation of the final variable team payments has been made with reference to a full year calculation of Prize Fund Adjusted EBITDA, a final reconciling cost or credit is booked to ensure the full year liability has been recognised in full.

        Team fixed fees are paid with reference to a particular Championship season. Whilst they do not represent prize money for individual races, they are also charged to the Income Statement across the total number of events in each season, with a proportionate charge recognised on the Sunday during each event when the Championship race takes place.

Impact of revenue recognition policy on interim reporting

        The group's revenue recognition policy was disclosed in the 2015 Consolidated Financial Statements. The policy can have a varying and material impact on revenues recognised for interim periods, as discussed below.

        The group's revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that economic benefits will flow to the group and when the revenue can be reliably measured, regardless of when payment is being made. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, taking into account contractually defined terms of payment and excluding sales tax.

        The specific recognition criteria described below must also be met before revenue is recognised.

        Revenue is principally derived from the sale of broadcasting, race promotion and advertising rights in connection with the Championship and its events. The revenues in any year derived from the sale of rights (i) to broadcast that year's Championship events and (ii) to advertise under rights licensed through the group's Global Partner programme, are recognised evenly on an event by event basis, based on the fixed fee within the underlying contracts specified for the relevant year. The revenue from granting rights to host, stage and promote the Championship events is recognised upon occurrence of each event's Championship race. The revenue for event-based advertising is also recognised on occurrence of the Championship race of the event to which the underlying contract relates.

        Other revenue streams include revenue received from teams and other parties from administering the shipment of cars and equipment to, and from, the events outside Europe, revenue from the sale of tickets to the Formula One Paddock Club™ event-based hospitality, various TV production and

F-8


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the financial statements (Continued)

for the six months ended 30 June 2016

2. Accounting policies (Continued)

post-production activities, and revenue from other services and licensing of the Formula One brand. To the extent revenues relate to services provided or rights associated with a specific event, they are also recognised on occurrence of the Championship race of the related event. Otherwise, other revenues are recognised when general recognition criteria are satisfied.

        Any revenue that is recognised by being spread evenly over a season's events is also impacted by the total number of events in any year. These revenues are typically agreed as a fixed amount for the year, irrespective of the number of events that will take place in that year (within reason), and therefore an increase in the number of races on the calendar, as is the case in 2016, reduces the proportionate element of the full year's revenue recognised as each event takes place.

        As the significant majority of the group's revenue is recognised on an event basis as discussed above, the majority of income is therefore recognised in the period March to November, the period over which the events of each Championship season typically take place. Given variances in the calendar for each Championship season, the application of the revenue recognition policy can generate significant "mechanical" variances between periods and their prior year comparatives.

        The following table sets out the number of events that have taken place in each period and the related impact on revenue recognition of season-based income year to date:

Six months ended 30 June:
  2016   2015  

Number of events

    8     8  

Total number of events scheduled for the full year

    21     19  

Proportion of full year season-based revenue recognised to date

    8/21sts     8/19ths  

Percentage of season-based revenue recognised to date

    38.1 %   42.1 %

        The group raises invoices in accordance with contractual terms with customers, which generally for income specific to an event require invoicing and payment dates in advance of the relevant event taking place, or in the case of season-based income require instalments of the full season fee to be invoiced and settled in advance of the proportionate progression of the year's calendar. With the season finishing in November and the first event of the following season taking place in March, there are relatively few invoices raised in advance for the next season by year end. As a result of these typical invoicing patterns, the deferred income balance at the end of an interim period will typically be materially higher than its equivalent at the end of the year, as at an interim period there will be a higher volume of contractual amounts invoiced and/or collected which have not as yet been recognised in the interim period's Income Statement, whereas at the end of the year all revenue for the relevant season will have been recognised, with few outstanding debtor balances.

New standards, interpretations and amendments thereof, adopted by the group

        New, revised and amended IFRS standards that have become effective for the 2016 reporting year are either not relevant for the group, or are not considered to have a material impact on the Interim Financial Statements, so no additional disclosure has been provided herein.

F-9


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the financial statements (Continued)

for the six months ended 30 June 2016

3. Judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the group's accounting policies. In preparing the Interim Financial Statements, judgements made by management in the application of IFRS, and which are considered to have a significant effect on the Interim Financial Statements, together with estimates made which have a significant risk of material adjustment being required in the following accounting period, are the same as those which were applied to the preparation of, and fully disclosed within, the 2015 Consolidated Financial Statements.

4. Non-GAAP measures

        The group, its board of directors and its Chief Operating Decision Maker use various non-GAAP measures as key indicators of performance and use them, in conjunction with others, to assess business performance and to make decisions about allocating resources across the group.

Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Cost of Sales and Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

        The group considers the Adjusted EBITDA measure, which is defined as operating profit adjusted to exclude certain specific, and largely non-cash items, to be an important indicator of the operational strength and performance of the business, which allows better comparison of results against prior periods and aids the understanding of underlying performance. In determining Adjusted EBITDA, specific items are excluded from the GAAP measures of cost of sales and administrative expenses, resulting in the identification of alternative non-GAAP measures called Adjusted Cost of Sales and Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.

        As Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Cost of Sales and Selling, General and Administrative Expenses are non-GAAP measures, accordingly they should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for other GAAP-based measures such as operating profit, cost of sales and administrative expenses.

        The specific items excluded from operating profit to measure Adjusted EBITDA include depreciation and amortisation charges, amortising charges for historic contractual payments which were fully cash settled in past periods, stock-based compensation expenses of the Delta Topco Option Scheme, exceptional and advisory costs related to the group's ownership or capital structure.

        Those items have been identified in the notes 4 (a), (b) and (c) below which address the calculation of Adjusted Cost of Sales, Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses and Adjusted EBITDA, and reconcile the measures back to cost of sales, administrative expenses and operating profit for both the period and the comparative period in the prior year.

Net External Finance Costs

        The notes also include, at 4 (d) and 4(e) disclosure of other specific non-cash items related to the group's financing arrangements which are excluded from the measurement of Net External Finance Costs, which is another non-GAAP measure used by the group and other stakeholders to assess its ability to continue to service its debt obligations. The measure excludes movements in mark to market values of derivatives and the separately disclosed non-cash PIK interest on the group's shareholder loan notes as shown in note 4 (f).

F-10


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the financial statements (Continued)

for the six months ended 30 June 2016

4. Non-GAAP measures (Continued)

Adjusted Total Shareholder Benefit

        In addition to holding shares, the group's shareholders also own an equivalent proportion of shareholder loan notes (see note 10). Therefore when analysing the group's results and their impact on shareholders it is necessary to consider returns on their combined holding of both shares and loan notes, and so in order to facilitate such an analysis the group utilises a performance measure called Adjusted Total Shareholder Benefit ("Adjusted TSB").

        Adjusted TSB represents the group's cash net income, and is derived by deducting depreciation, income taxes and Net External Finance Costs from the Adjusted EBITDA measure, which in turn has already eliminated certain specific items and other non-cash items which impact the group's financial performance, as explained above. This provides a basis to assess the aggregate performance of the group as Adjusted TSB is economically comparable to "total earnings" adjusted to reflect the group's capital structure and the various non-cash charges.

Cash Flow Available for Debt Service

        The group analyses cash flow using a measure known as Cash Flow Available for Debt Service. This measures the group's performance in generating cash to service debt and make distributions to shareholders, and is determined by deducting capital expenditure from net cash flows from operating activities.

(a)   Adjusted Cost of Sales

        Adjusted Cost of Sales is defined as cost of sales adjusted for the specific items included within cost of sales as discussed above. This measure is non-GAAP in nature and the table below reconciles it to cost of sales.

Six months ended 30 June:
  2016   2015  
 
  $000
  $000
 

Cost of sales

    490,060     499,835  

Less: Team payment fee amortisation

    (7,766 )   (8,583 )

Less: Championship rights' prepayment amortisation

    (1,223 )   (1,352 )

Less: Other contractual payment amortisation

    (1,433 )   (1,584 )

Adjusted Cost of Sales

    479,638     488,316  

        In 2012 and 2013 a subsidiary company made payments totalling $163.1 million to the teams competing in the Championship in connection with the terms under which they had agreed to continue to participate in the Championship seasons falling in the period 2013 to 2020. Whilst these payments were cash paid at the time, the fees are being amortised to the Income Statement over the period 2013 to 2020 at $20.4 million per annum, as a charge to team payments, with the charges being taken evenly on an event by event basis during each year in the period.

        Championship rights' prepayments represent amounts paid by a subsidiary company in prior periods to acquire, from the Federation Internationale de l'Automobile ("the FIA"), the commercial interests in the Championship for a 100 year period beginning on 1 January 2011 and ending

F-11


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the financial statements (Continued)

for the six months ended 30 June 2016

4. Non-GAAP measures (Continued)

31 December 2110 (see note 9). Again, whilst the amounts were cash paid at the time, the group only began to amortise this asset to the Consolidated Income Statement when the rights were brought into use on 1 January 2011. An annual amortisation charge is being taken to the Income Statement of $3.2 million per annum.

        Other charges represent additional amortisation charges taken to the Income Statement in respect of other historic cash-settled transactions relating to long term contractual arrangements, which are also being amortised over the period to which the underlying contractual commitments relate.

        In the period ended 30 June 2016 8/21sts (30 June 2015-8/19ths) of the annual charge to amortise these different prepaid amounts has been taken to the Income Statement, based on the number of events that have occurred in the period year to date as a proportion of the total number on the full year Championship calendar.

(b)   Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

        Selling, General and Administrative Expenses is defined as administrative expenses adjusted for the specific items within administrative expenses which are discussed above. This measure is non-GAAP in nature and the table below reconciles it to administrative expenses.

Six months ended 30 June:
  2016   2015  
 
  $000
  $000
 

Administrative expenses

    68,959     127,287  

Less: Amortisation of intangible assets

    (8,007 )   (8,011 )

Less: Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

    (1,216 )   (1,585 )

Less: Delta Topco Option scheme charge

    (16,837 )   (82,312 )

Less: Reclassification of cumulative foreign currency exchange differences

        (1,348 )

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

    42,899     34,031  

        Amortisation of intangible assets includes amortisation that relates to various customer and supplier relationships acquired in 2006, and which are being amortised evenly over their useful economic life of 20 years. The charge also includes amortisation that relates to Formula1.com website traffic, which was acquired in 2002 and is being amortised over its useful economic life of 20 years.

        Accounting charges are taken in each period in respect of the Group's stock-based compensation plan, the Delta Topco Option scheme, although these are essentially non-cash in nature. During 2015 vesting assumptions were reviewed and amended to reflect management's conclusions on the vesting period, leading to a slight acceleration of the vesting of awards. No further changes have been made to those assumptions in 2016, and a charge has been recognised in the period as awards continue to vest. The charge in the period is $65.5m lower than the prior period, partly on account of the revised vesting assumptions, but also as the majority of the awards became fully time vested by the end of 2015.

        The reclassification of cumulative foreign currency exchange differences in the prior period resulted from a loss arising on consolidation following the disposal of one of the group's subsidiary companies.

F-12


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the financial statements (Continued)

for the six months ended 30 June 2016

4. Non-GAAP measures (Continued)

(c)   Adjusted EBITDA

        As noted the Adjusted EBITDA measure is provided to assist in analysing the underlying performance of the group. The measure is non-GAAP in nature and the table below reconciles it to operating profit, taking into account the items discussed in notes 4 (a) and (b).

Six months ended 30 June:
  2016   2015  
 
  $000
  $000
 

Operating profit

    137,491     75,304  

Add: Amortisation of intangible assets (note 4b)

    8,007     8,011  

Add: Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 4b)

    1,216     1,585  

EBITDA

    146,714     84,900  

Team payment fee amortisation (note 4a)

    7,766     8,583  

Championship rights' prepayment amortisation (note 4a)

    1,223     1,352  

Other contractual payment amortisation (note 4a)

    1,433     1,584  

Delta Topco Option scheme charge (note 4b)

    16,837     82,312  

Reclassification of cumulative foreign currency exchange differences (note 4b)

        1,348  

Adjusted EBITDA

    173,973     180,079  

(d)   Specific items included within finance costs

        Finance costs include certain non-cash elements as shown in the table and discussed below.

Six months ended 30 June:
  2016   2015  
 
  $000
  $000
 

Financing costs relating to the net loss on revaluation of derivatives

    60,714     9,611  

Amortisation of finance fees

    802     802  

    61,516     10,413  

        Financing costs relating to the net loss on revaluation of derivative instruments represents the loss recognised in the Income Statement in respect of the revaluation of financial instruments, principally interest rate swaps, to reflect the non-cash movement in their mark to market valuation between balance sheet dates. The group has not opted to account for these financial instruments as accounting hedges as allowed under IFRS, and therefore the instruments are stated at their fair value at each balance sheet date. The most material exposure to movements in the mark to market valuation of derivatives is associated with the group's portfolio of $2,700.0m of interest rate swaps. Mark to market values for the swaps are provided by the counterparty banks, and are determined by applying future interest rate expectations to the swaps, which are in place for the period until December 2019. Given the magnitude of the swap portfolio, small changes in banks' interest rate expectations can have a significant impact on the mark to market valuation, and can result in significant period by period volatility in the net gain or loss recognised.

F-13


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the financial statements (Continued)

for the six months ended 30 June 2016

4. Non-GAAP measures (Continued)

e)     Non-cash shareholder Payment In Kind loan interest

Six months ended 30 June:
  2016   2015  
 
  $000
  $000
 

Non-cash payment in kind interest on shareholder loan notes

    216,868     196,081  

        Shareholder loans represent Payment In Kind ("PIK") loan notes issued by the company to shareholders in proportion to the relevant equity holdings of each shareholder. Non-cash payment in kind interest accrues on the balance of the notes at an annual compound rate of 10% payable on 31 December each year. The interest costs are excluded from the calculation of Net External Finance Costs.

f)     Net Finance Costs

        Net Finance Costs is defined as net finance income and finance costs, adjusted for the non-cash mark to market movements in derivatives and amortisation of finance fees. The measure is non-GAAP in nature and the table below reconciles it to items on the Income Statement and specific items discussed in note 4 (d) above.

Six months ended 30 June:
  2016   2015  
 
  $000
  $000
 

Finance income

    2,120     1,412  

Finance costs excluding interest on shareholder loan notes

    (192,322 )   (146,981 )

Add: Net loss on revaluation of derivatives (note 4d)

    60,714     9,611  

Add: Amortisation of finance fees (note 4d)

    802     802  

Net External Finance Costs

    (128,686 )   (135,156 )

g)     Adjusted Total Shareholder Benefit

        Adjusted TSB is a measure of the group's cash net income, and is defined as Adjusted EBITDA less depreciation, income taxes and Net External Finance Costs. The measure is non-GAAP in nature and the table below reconciles it to Adjusted EBITDA and other items discussed in notes 4 and 5.

Six months ended 30 June:
  2016   2015  
 
  $000
  $000
 

Adjusted EBITDA (see note 4c)

    173,973     180,079  

Less: Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 4b)

    (1,216 )   (1,585 )

Less: Current income tax expense (note 5)

    (3,934 )   (3,564 )

Less: Net External Finance Costs (note 4f)

    (128,686 )   (135,156 )

Adjusted TSB

    40,137     39,774  

F-14


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the financial statements (Continued)

for the six months ended 30 June 2016

4. Non-GAAP measures (Continued)

h)    Cash Flow Available For Debt Service

        Cash Flow Available For Debt Service is defined as cash flows from operating activities less capital expenditure. The measure is non-GAAP in nature and the table below reconciles it to items on the face of the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

Six months ended 30 June:
  2016   2015  
 
  $000
  $000
 

Net cash generated from operations

    223,271     305,375  

Less: Income taxes paid

    (3,872 )   (3,096 )

Less: Cash outflow from capital expenditure

    (502 )   (1,157 )

Cash flow available for debt service

    218,897     301,122  

5. Taxation

Tax on loss on ordinary activities

        The major components of income tax expense for the six months ended 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015 are:

 
  2016   2015  
 
  $000
  $000
 

Current tax

             

Foreign tax

    3,934     3,564  

Total current tax

    3,934     3,564  

Deferred tax

             

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

    (17,684 )   (1,962 )

Income tax (credit)/expense on loss on ordinary activities

    (13,750 )   1,602  

6. Impairment testing of goodwill

        Goodwill is tested for impairment annually (as at 31 December), or when circumstances indicate the carrying value may be impaired. The group's impairment test for goodwill is based on a value-in-use calculation that uses a discounted cash flow model. The different cash-generating units ("CGUs") and the key assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount for each CGU were disclosed in the 2015 Consolidated Financial Statements.

        During the period there have been no indicators of impairment identified, and therefore no impairment testing has been performed as at 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015.

7. Property, plant and equipment

        During the six months ended 30 June 2016 the group acquired assets with a cost of $0.5 million (30 June 2015—$1.2 million).

F-15


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the financial statements (Continued)

for the six months ended 30 June 2016

7. Property, plant and equipment (Continued)

        The group made no material disposals of assets in both the six month periods ended 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015.

8. Dividends

Six months ended 30 June:
  2016   2015  
 
  $000
  $000
 

Dividends declared and paid

        196,578  

        The company neither declared, nor paid, any dividends during the period (2015-$196.6m).

9. Prepayments

        At 30 June 2016, $426.1m (31 December 2015—$436.8m) of prepayments are classified as non-current.

        Non-current prepayments at 30 June 2016 include amounts totalling $300.6m in respect of payments made to acquire the commercial interests in the Championship from the FIA for a 100 year period beginning on 1 January 2011 and ending 31 December 2110 (31 December 2015—$301.8m). Those payments are being amortised to the income statement over the 100 year period as discussed in note 4(a).

        Other prepaid amounts in non-current assets totalling $125.5m at 30 June 2016 (31 December 2015—$135.0m) included payments made to the teams and the FIA in respect of various contractual commitments, and which are being amortised to the income statement in line with the underlying terms of the agreements to which they relate as also discussed in note 4(a).

        At 30 June 2016 $86.6m (31 December 2015—$68.6m) of prepayments are classified as current.

        The current prepayment balance includes amounts totalling $3.2m (31 December 2015 $3.2m) in respect of the Championship rights' prepayment, and amounts totalling $24.1m (31 December 2015 $24.1m) in respect of the other team and FIA related agreements discussed above, which are to be amortised within the next 12 months.

10. Loans and borrowings

 
  30 June
2016
  31 December
2015
 
 
  $000
  $000
 

Non-current loans and borrowings

             

Bank borrowings

    4,137,213     4,135,570  

Shareholder loan notes

    4,566,151     4,349,283  

    8,703,364     8,484,853  

F-16


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the financial statements (Continued)

for the six months ended 30 June 2016

10. Loans and borrowings (Continued)

Shareholder loan notes

        Shareholder loans represent Payment In Kind ("PIK") loan notes issued by the company to shareholders in proportion to the relevant equity holdings of each shareholder. Interest accrues on the balance of the notes at an annual compound rate of 10% payable on 31 December each year.

        Under the terms of the shareholder loan notes, to the extent that they are not otherwise redeemed or repurchased they are to be redeemed on 24 November 2060 together with any accrued and unpaid interest. No payments may be made under the shareholder loan notes for as long as any amounts are owed under the group's bank and private high yield loans unless approval is given by the lenders. Any redemption or repurchase of the notes prior to that date or, otherwise on a change in control of the company, requires investor consent to be given by funds managed and/or advised by CVC Capital Partners SICAV—FIS S.A., its subsidiaries and affiliates.

 
  30 June
2016
  31 December
2015
 
 
  $000
  $000
 

Shareholder loan notes in issue

             

Loan notes as at 1 January

    4,349,283     3,953,732  

PIK interest capitalised

        395,551  

Loan notes as at 30 June/31 December

    4,349,283     4,349,283  

Accrued interest on shareholder loan notes

             

PIK interest charge for the period

    216,868     395,401  

Interest on options exercised

        150  

PIK interest capitalised

        (395,551 )

    216,868      

11. Capital commitments

        At 30 June 2016 the group had no capital commitments (31 December 2015—$0.2m).

12. Other financial commitments

        In order to optimise cash flow, the group enters into consignment stock arrangements in relation to the purchase of parts for onward sale for the teams that participate in the GP2 and GP3 series. The risks and rewards of ownership of the stock remain substantially with the supplier until the point of sale. At 30 June 2016 the value of consignment stock held by the group was $1.7 million (31 December 2015—$1.3 million).

13. Related party transactions

Key management personnel

        The key management personnel are considered to be the directors of the group and personnel who are not directors but are Participants in the Delta Topco Option Scheme.

F-17


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the financial statements (Continued)

for the six months ended 30 June 2016

13. Related party transactions (Continued)

Summary of transactions with key management

        Historic transactions with key management have included expense recharges and transactions related to their membership of the Delta Topco Option Scheme. However there were no transactions of these types with key management during the periods reported.

Directors' Interests in the Delta Topco Option Scheme

        Share Options held by directors do not have an expiry date and all have an exercise price of between $Nil and $0.01 (2015—$Nil and $0.01). Manager Loan Note Options held by directors do not have an expiry date and all have an exercise price of $0.000001 (2015—$0.000001). The number of Share Options and Manager Loan Note Options outstanding at each period end were:

 
  30 June
2016
  31 December
2015
  30 June
2015
 
 
  Number
  Number
  Number
 

Share Options

    234,148,699     234,148,699     234,148,699  

Manager Loan Note Options

    166,002,241     166,002,241     166,002,241  

Transactions with other related parties

        The identification of related parties for the purpose of the Interim Financial Statements is consistent with those parties disclosed in the 2015 Consolidated Financial Statements, and transactions in both the periods ended 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015 are of a similar nature to those also disclosed in the 2015 Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income and receivables from other related parties

Six months ended 30 June:
  2016   2015  
 
  $000
  $000
 

Travel sales

    17     126  

Hospitality sales

        8  

Expenses recharged

         

    17     134  

        At 30 June 2016 there were no amounts receivable from other related parties (31 December 2015—$0.5m).

F-18


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the financial statements (Continued)

for the six months ended 30 June 2016

13. Related party transactions (Continued)

Expenditure with and payables to other related parties

Six months ended 30 June:
  2016   2015  
 
  $000
  $000
 

Monitoring fee

    715     766  

Expenses recharged

    213      

Rent charged

    742     804  

Insurance and other property charges

    313     339  

    1,983     1,909  

        At 30 June 2016 there were no amounts payable to other related parties (31 December 2015—$Nil).

14. Events after the balance sheet date

        On 7th September 2016 Liberty Media Corporation ("Liberty Media") completed the acquisition of an 18.7% minority stake in the company (on a fully diluted basis). In addition, and on the same day, Liberty Media also agreed to a second transaction to acquire, in due course, 100% of the fully diluted equity interests in the company, other than a nominal number of shares held by certain Formula 1 teams.

        The completion of the full acquisition is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including the receipt of: (i) certain clearances and approvals by anti-trust and competition law authorities in various countries, (ii) certain third-party consents and approvals, including that of the FIA, and (iii) the approval of Liberty Media's stockholders for the issuance of new shares in connection with the acquisition. It is anticipated that the approvals will be obtained in due course, and the transaction is expected to close by the end of the first quarter of 2017.

        Prior to completion of the 100% acquisition, CVC Capital Partners SICAV—FIS S.A., its subsidiaries and affiliates continue for the time being to be the controlling shareholder of the company.

F-19


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors
Delta Topco Limited

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Delta Topco Limited and subsidiaries, which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management's Responsibility for the Financial Statements

        Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board; this includes the design, implementation and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor's Responsibility

        Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.

        An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

        We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Delta Topco Limited and subsidiaries at December 31, 2015, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Other Matter

        The accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of Delta Topco Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were not audited, reviewed, or compiled by us and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on them.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

London, United Kingdom
31 October 2016

F-20


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Contents

Consolidated Income Statement

  F-22

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

 

F-23

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

F-24

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

 

F-25

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

F-26

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

F-27 - F-81

F-21


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Income Statement for the Year Ended 31 December

 
  Note   2015   2014   2013  
 
   
  Audited
$ 000

  Unaudited
$ 000

  Unaudited
$ 000

 

Revenue

  7     1,697,370     1,702,041     1,638,587  

Cost of sales

                       

Team payments

        (903,826 )   (863,133 )   (797,540 )

Other cost of sales

        (263,148 )   (295,488 )   (308,095 )

        (1,166,974 )   (1,158,621 )   (1,105,635 )

Gross profit

        530,396     543,420     532,952  

Administrative expenses

        (212,817 )   (189,739 )   (116,085 )

Other (losses)/gains

  8     (126 )   31     (67 )

Operating profit

  9     317,453     353,712     416,800  

Finance income

  11     1,940     3,222     5,230  

Finance costs

  11     (280,028 )   (383,256 )   (216,651 )

Non-cash payment in kind interest on shareholder loan notes

  11     (395,401 )   (366,425 )   (351,002 )

Loss before tax

        (356,036 )   (392,747 )   (145,623 )

Income tax expense

  15     (6,535 )   (6,113 )   (19,558 )

Loss for the financial year

        (362,571 )   (398,860 )   (165,181 )

Loss attributable to:

                       

Owners of the company

        (362,571 )   (398,860 )   (165,181 )

All amounts relate to continuing activities.

   

The notes on pages F-27 to F-81 form an integral part of these financial statements.

F-22


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the Year Ended 31 December

 
  Note   2015   2014   2013  
 
   
  Audited
$ 000

  Unaudited
$ 000

  Unaudited
$ 000

 

Loss for the year

        (362,571 )   (398,860 )   (165,181 )

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

                       

Foreign currency transaction gains/(losses)

        3,893     5,399     (829 )

Reclassification of cumulative foreign currency exchange differences

        1,348          

        5,241     5,399     (829 )

Total comprehensive loss for the year

        (357,330 )   (393,461 )   (166,010 )

Total comprehensive loss attributable to:

                       

Owners of the company

        (357,330 )   (393,461 )   (166,010 )

   

The notes on pages F-27 to F-81 form an integral part of these financial statements.

F-23


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

(Registration number: 95136)
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December

 
  Note   2015   2014  
 
   
  Audited
$ 000

  Unaudited
$ 000

 

Assets

                 

Non-current assets

                 

Property, plant and equipment

  16     10,016     12,502  

Intangible assets

  17     4,204,208     4,220,220  

Prepayments

  21     436,759     466,293  

Other non-current financial assets

  19     4,816     2,559  

Deferred tax assets

  15     5,864     5,752  

        4,661,663     4,707,326  

Current assets

                 

Inventories

  20     130     254  

Trade and other receivables

  21     279,511     329,345  

Income tax recoverable

        805     1,103  

Other current financial assets

  19     1,550     394  

Cash and cash equivalents

  22     452,428     424,191  

        734,424     755,287  

Total assets

        5,396,087     5,462,613  

Equity and liabilities

                 

Equity

                 

Share capital

  23     42,862     42,862  

Share premium

        3,165,620     3,165,620  

Foreign currency translation reserve

        9,801     4,560  

Share-based payment reserve

        278,285     251,395  

Other reserves

        59     59  

Retained earnings

        (7,308,757 )   (6,749,608 )

Total equity

        (3,812,130 )   (3,285,112 )

Non-current liabilities

                 

Loans and borrowings

  25     8,484,853     8,092,602  

Provisions

  26     334,365     263,140  

Other non-current financial liabilities

  19     1,116     22,506  

        8,820,334     8,378,248  

Current liabilities

                 

Trade and other payables

  27     140,211     156,358  

Loans and borrowings

  25     (1,604 )   (1,604 )

Income tax liability

        1,000     1,000  

Other current financial liabilities

  19     29,338      

Deferred income

        218,703     213,639  

Provisions

  26     235     84  

        387,883     369,477  

Total liabilities

        9,208,217     8,747,725  

Total equity and liabilities

        5,396,087     5,462,613  

   

The notes on pages F-27 to F-81 form an integral part of these financial statements.

F-24


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the Year Ended 31 December

 
  Share
capital
  Share
premium
  Foreign
currency
translation
  Other
reserves
  Share-based
payment
reserve
  Retained
earnings
  Total  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

At 1 January 2013 (unaudited)

    42,404     3,165,620     (10 )   31     213,753     (5,390,816 )   (1,969,018 )

Total comprehensive loss (unaudited)

            (829 )           (165,181 )   (166,010 )

Dividends paid (unaudited)

                        923     923  

New share capital subscribed (unaudited)

    458                         458  

Non cash equity-settled share-based payment transactions (unaudited)

                    16,760         16,760  

Other reserves movements (unaudited)

                28             28  

At 31 December 2013 (unaudited)

    42,862     3,165,620     (839 )   59     230,513     (5,555,074 )   (2,116,859 )

Total comprehensive income/(loss) (unaudited)

            5,399             (398,860 )   (393,461 )

Dividends paid (unaudited)

                        (795,674 )   (795,674 )

Non cash equity-settled share-based payment transactions (unaudited)

                    20,882         20,882  

At 31 December 2014 (unaudited)

    42,862     3,165,620     4,560     59     251,395     (6,749,608 )   (3,285,112 )

Total comprehensive income/(loss) (audited)

            5,241             (362,571 )   (357,330 )

Dividends paid (audited)

                        (196,578 )   (196,578 )

Non cash equity-settled share-based payment transactions (audited)

                    26,890         26,890  

At 31 December 2015 (audited)

    42,862     3,165,620     9,801     59     278,285     (7,308,757 )   (3,812,130 )

Foreign currency translation reserve

        The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of the foreign subsidiaries.

Other reserves

        The reserve is used to account for the recognition of Luxembourg net worth tax in relation to Delta 2 (Lux) S.à r.l.

Share-based payment reserve

        The share-based payment reserve is used to recognise the fair value of equity-settled share-based payment transactions (see note 31).

   

The notes on pages F-27 to F-81 form an integral part of these financial statements.

F-25


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Year Ended 31 December

 
  Note   2015   2014   2013  
 
   
  Audited
$ 000

  Unaudited
$ 000

  Unaudited
$ 000

 

Cash flows from operating activities

                       

Loss for the year

       
(362,571

)
 
(398,860

)
 
(165,181

)

Adjustments to reconcile loss for the year to net cash flows

                       

Depreciation and amortisation

  9     19,192     20,019     21,511  

Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

  8     126     (31 )   67  

Non cash equity-settled share-based payment transactions

        26,890     20,881     (4,545 )

Exercise of Loan Note Options

            21,069     90,655  

Finance income

  11     (1,940 )   (3,222 )   (5,230 )

Receipts under finance leases

        1,389     1,954     1,346  

Finance costs

  11     675,429     749,681     567,653  

Income tax expense

  15     6,535     6,113     19,558  

        365,050     417,604     525,834  

Working capital adjustments

 

 

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Decrease in inventories

  20     124     29     215  

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables

  21     102,555     51,216     (73,116 )

Decrease in trade and other payables

  27     (46,591 )   (21,716 )   (89,510 )

Increase/(decrease) in provisions

  26     71,376     32,007     (41,181 )

Increase/(decrease) in deferred income

        5,064     (70,078 )   16,709  

Cash generated from operations

        497,578     409,062     338,951  

Income taxes paid

 

15

   
(6,123

)
 
(14,011

)
 
(15,843

)

Net cash flow from operating activities

        491,455     395,051     323,108  

Cash flows from investing activities

                       

Interest received

  11     1,400     1,268     2,095  

Acquisitions of property, plant and equipment

  16     (1,405 )   (1,500 )   (3,030 )

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

        86     119     198  

Acquisition of intangible assets

  17     (20 )   (75 )   (265 )

Redemption/(acquisition) of financial instruments

        300     50,000     (603 )

Net cash flows from investing activities

        361     49,812     (1,605 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                       

Interest paid

  11     (274,190 )   (229,893 )   (211,787 )

Proceeds from bank borrowing draw downs

            2,000,000      

Proceeds from exercise of share options

                458  

Repayment of bank borrowing

            (1,010,914 )   (21,839 )

Finance fees on refinancing activities

            (103,579 )   (25,827 )

Repayment of other borrowing

            (332,000 )   (49,397 )

Dividends paid

  28     (196,578 )   (795,674 )    

Net cash flows from financing activities

        (470,768 )   (472,060 )   (308,392 )

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

        21,048     (27,197 )   13,111  

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

        424,191     443,639     428,011  

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held

        7,189     7,749     2,517  

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

        452,428     424,191     443,639  

   

The notes on pages F-27 to F-81 form an integral part of these financial statements.

F-26


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015

1 General information

        The company is a private company limited by share capital, and incorporated and domiciled in Jersey.

        These financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board on 13 October 2016.

2 Basis of preparation

        The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") and under historical cost accounting rules, except for derivative financial instruments that have been measured at fair value. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the group's accounting policies.

        The group financial information is presented in US dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand ($000) except where otherwise indicated. The parent company's functional currency is also US dollars.

Basis of consolidation

        The group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of the company and its subsidiary undertakings drawn up to 31 December 2015.

        A subsidiary is an entity controlled by the company. Control is achieved where the company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

        Intra-group transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between the company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, are eliminated in full. Intra-group losses are also eliminated but may indicate an impairment that requires recognition in the consolidated financial statements.

3 Going concern

        Under the terms of the shareholder loan notes, to the extent that they are not otherwise redeemed or repurchased, they are to be redeemed on 24 November 2060 together with any accrued and unpaid interest. No payments may be made under the shareholder loan notes for as long as any amounts are owed under the group's bank and private high yield loan notes unless approval is given by the lenders.

        The group continues to show a net current asset position, including a significant cash balance, and expects to do so for the foreseeable future. The group also has access to currently undrawn material revolving credit facilities under its external borrowing arrangements, and thus the directors anticipate being able to settle all payables as they fall due.

F-27


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

3 Going concern (Continued)

        The directors have satisfied themselves that the group is in a sound financial position. It has access to sufficient financial resources and it can be reasonably expected that those financial resources will be made available to the group in order to meet their foreseeable cash requirements and to service their existing banking arrangements and other commitments.

        The directors therefore consider that the group has adequate financial resources to enable it to continue operating for the foreseeable future and that it is therefore appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

4 Accounting policies

Statement of compliance

        The group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Summary of significant accounting policies and key accounting estimates

        The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Revenue recognition

        Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the group and the revenue can be reliably measured, regardless of when the payment is being made. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, taking into account contractually defined terms of payment and excluding sales tax.

Revenue recognition criteria

        The specific recognition criteria described below must also be met before revenue is recognised.

        Revenue is principally derived from the sale of broadcasting, race promotion and advertising rights in connection with the FIA Formula One World Championship® ("the Championship") and its events. The revenue in any year derived from the sale of rights to (i) broadcast that year's Championship events and (ii) advertise under rights licensed through the group's Global Partner programme are recognised evenly on an event by event basis, based on the fixed fee within the underlying contracts specified for the relevant year. The revenue from granting rights to host, stage and promote the Championship events is recognised upon occurrence of the event. The revenue for event-based advertising is also recognised on occurrence of the events to which the underlying contract relates.

        Other revenue streams include revenue received from teams and other parties from administering the shipment of cars and equipment to and from the events outside Europe, revenue from the sale of tickets to the Formula One Paddock Club™ event-based hospitality, various TV production and post-production activities, and revenue from other licensing of the Formula One brand. To the extent revenues relate to services provided or rights associated with a specific event, they are also recognised on occurrence of the related event. Otherwise, other revenues are recognised when general recognition criteria are satisfied.

F-28


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

4 Accounting policies (Continued)

Finance income

        Income is recognised as interest accrues using the effective interest rate ("EIR") method; that is, the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument to the net carrying amount of the financial asset.

Tax

        The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is charged or credited to the income statement except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income or directly to equity, in which case the tax is recognised in other comprehensive income or in equity.

        Current tax is the expected tax payable for the year based on tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date plus any adjustments to tax payable in respect of previous periods.

        Tax assets and liabilities are offset only when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities, and the taxes relate to the same taxation authority and to the same taxable entity or to different entities which intend to settle the current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

        Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences arising between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts relevant for tax purposes. Deferred tax is calculated on an undiscounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply when the related asset is realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

        Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the underlying temporary differences, carried forward tax credits or tax losses can be utilised.

        Deferred tax is not recognised on temporary differences that arise on the initial recognition of goodwill or on the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and affects neither accounting nor taxable profit. Deferred tax is not recognised in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Property, plant and equipment

        Property, plant and equipment is stated in the statement of financial position at cost, less any subsequent accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. The carrying value of such assets is reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the value may not be recoverable. The assets' residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.

        The cost of property, plant and equipment includes directly attributable incremental costs incurred in their acquisition and installation. Such cost includes the cost of replacing part of the property, plant and equipment. When significant parts of property, plant and equipment are required to be replaced at

F-29


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

4 Accounting policies (Continued)

intervals, the group recognises such parts as individual assets with specific useful lives and depreciates them accordingly. All other repair and maintenance costs are recognised in the income statement as incurred.

        An item of property, plant and equipment and any significant part initially recognised is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included in the income statement when the asset is derecognised.

Depreciation

        Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost of assets, other than land and properties under construction, over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Asset class
  Depreciation method and rate
Leasehold improvements   straight-line over the remaining term of the lease
Plant, machinery and vehicles   25% reducing balance basis
Furniture, fittings and equipment   25% reducing balance basis
Aircraft   over 10 years on a straight-line basis

Intangible assets

        Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is the fair value as at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses. Internally generated intangible assets, excluding capitalised development costs, are not capitalised and expenditure is reflected in the income statement in the year in which the expenditure is incurred.

        The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed to be either finite or indefinite. The group's only intangible asset with an indefinite life is goodwill.

        Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over their useful economic life and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortisation period and the amortisation method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least each financial year. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset are accounted for by changing the amortisation period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates. The amortisation expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognised in the income statement in the expense category consistent with the function of the intangible asset, being either cost of sales or administrative expenses.

        Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in the income statement when the asset is derecognised.

F-30


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

4 Accounting policies (Continued)

Goodwill

        Business combinations have been accounted for using the acquisition method. Any excess of the cost of the business combination over the group's interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities is recognised in the statement of financial position as goodwill and is not amortised. To the extent that the net fair value of the acquired entity's identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities is greater than the cost of the investment, a gain is recognised immediately in the income statement.

        After initial recognition, goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses, with the carrying value being reviewed for impairment, at least annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. The carrying amount of goodwill allocated to a cash-generating unit ("CGU") is taken into account when determining the gain or loss on disposal of the unit, or of an operation within it.

        For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to the related CGU's monitored by management. Where the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill, an impairment loss is recognised in the income statement.

Amortisation

        Amortisation is provided on intangible assets so as to write off the cost, less any estimated residual value, over their expected useful economic life as follows:

Asset class
  Amortisation method and rate
Customer and supplier relationships   over 20 years on a straight-line basis
Website traffic   over 20 years on a straight-line basis

Investments

        Investments in subsidiaries are carried at cost less provision for impairment.

Impairment of non-financial assets

        The group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that an asset such as goodwill or another intangible may be impaired. If any indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the group estimates the asset's recoverable amount. An asset's recoverable amount is the higher of an asset's or CGU's fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. When the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair value less costs to sell, recent market transactions are taken into account, if available. If no such transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used. These calculations are corroborated by valuation multiples or other available fair value indicators. The group bases its impairment calculation on detailed budgets and forecast calculations, which are prepared separately for each of the group's CGUs to which the

F-31


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

4 Accounting policies (Continued)

individual assets are allocated. These budgets and forecast calculations generally cover a period of more than five years. Beyond this, a long-term growth rate is calculated and applied to project future cash flows after the final year.

        Impairment losses of continuing operations, including impairment on inventories, are recognised in the income statement in expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset.

        For assets excluding goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date whether there is any indication that previously recognised impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the group estimates the asset's or CGU's recoverable amount. A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset's recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. The reversal is limited so that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed its recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in the income statement.

        Goodwill is tested for impairment annually (as at 31 December) and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired (see note 17).

Financial assets

Classification

        Financial assets within the scope of IAS 39 are classified as derivative financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (see derivatives policy below), loans and receivables, or held-to-maturity investments. The group determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.

        The group's financial assets include cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, loans and other receivables, held-to-maturity investments and derivative financial instruments.

Recognition and measurement

        All financial assets are recognised initially at fair value plus transaction costs, except in the case of financial assets recorded at fair value through profit or loss (see derivatives policy below).

        The subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification as described below:

Loans and other receivables

        Loans and other receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. After initial measurement, such financial assets are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR method, less impairment. EIR is the rate that exactly discounts the estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or a shorter period, where appropriate, to the net carrying amount of the financial asset. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. If EIR amortisation arises it is included in finance income in the income statement. Any losses arising from impairment are recognised in the income statement in finance costs for loans, and in cost of sales or other operating expenses for receivables.

F-32


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

4 Accounting policies (Continued)

Held-to-maturity investments

        Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities are classified as held-to maturity when the group has the positive intention and ability to hold them to maturity. After initial measurement, held-to-maturity investments are measured at amortised cost using the EIR method, less impairment. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included in finance income in the income statement. The losses arising from impairment are recognised in the income statement in finance costs.

Impairment

        The group assesses, at each reporting date, whether there is any objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is deemed to be impaired if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (an incurred 'loss event') and that loss event has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or the group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated. Evidence of impairment may include indications that a debtor or a group of debtors is experiencing significant financial difficulty, default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, the probability that they will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation and when observable data indicate that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows, such as changes in arrears or economic conditions that correlate with defaults.

Financial assets carried at amortised cost

        For financial assets carried at amortised cost, the group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for financial assets that are individually significant, or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant. If the group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is, or continues to be, recognised are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.

        If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future expected credit losses that have not yet been incurred). The present value of the estimated future cash flows is discounted at the financial asset's original EIR. If a loan has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current EIR.

        The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement. Interest income continues to be accrued on the reduced carrying amount and is accrued using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss. The interest income is recorded as part of finance income in the income statement. Loans together with the associated allowance are written off when there is no realistic prospect of future recovery and all collateral has been realised or has been transferred to the group. If, in a subsequent year, the amount of the estimated impairment loss increases or decreases because of an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the

F-33


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

4 Accounting policies (Continued)

previously recognised impairment loss is increased or reduced by adjusting the allowance account. If a write-off is later recovered, the recovery is credited to finance costs in the income statement.

Trade receivables

        Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for commercial rights sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. If collection is expected in one year or less, they are classified as current assets. If not, they are presented as non-current assets.

        Trade receivables are recognised initially at the transaction price. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost less provision for impairment. A provision is established when there is evidence that the group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivable. The amount of the provision is the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of future cash flows discounted at the EIR. The movement in the provision is recognised in the income statement.

Cash and cash equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents include cash at bank and in hand, deposits and short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. Term deposits with an initial maturity of more than three months are treated as other current financial assets.

Financial liabilities

Classification

        Financial liabilities within the scope of IAS 39 are classified as derivative financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (see derivatives policy below) or loans and borrowings. The group determines the classification of its financial liabilities at initial recognition.

        The group's financial liabilities include trade and other payables, bank overdrafts, loans and borrowings and derivative financial instruments. The group does not have any non-derivative financial liabilities at fair value through the profit or loss.

Recognition and measurement

        All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value plus, in the case of loans and borrowings, directly attributable transaction costs.

        Subsequent measurement of financial liabilities depends on their classification as described below:

Loans and borrowings

        After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR method. Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when the liabilities are derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process.

F-34


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

4 Accounting policies (Continued)

Trade payables

        Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

        Trade payables are recognised initially at the transaction price and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR method.

Loans

        All loans are initially recorded at the amount of proceeds received, net of transaction costs. Loans are subsequently carried at amortised cost, with the difference between the proceeds, net of transaction costs, and the amount due on redemption being recognised as a charge to the income statement over the period of the relevant loan.

        Interest expense is recognised on the basis of the EIR method and is included in finance costs.

        Loans are classified as current liabilities unless the group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date.

Derivatives and hedging

        The group occasionally uses derivative financial instruments, such as forward currency contracts and interest rate swaps, to hedge its foreign currency and interest rate risks respectively. Such derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value at each quarter end. Derivatives are carried as financial assets when the fair value is positive and as financial liabilities when the fair value is negative.

        Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives are taken directly to the income statement. The group has chosen not to apply hedge accounting in its financial statements.

Provisions

        Provisions are recognised when the group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle that obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

        Provisions are measured at the directors' best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the reporting date and are discounted to present value where the effect is material.

        When the group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, for example, under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset, but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to any provision is presented in the income statement net of any reimbursement.

Leases

        The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at inception date, whether fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a

F-35


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

4 Accounting policies (Continued)

specific asset or assets or the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset, even if that right is not explicitly specified in an arrangement.

Group as a lessee

        Leases where the lessor retains a significant portion of the risks and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as operating leases and rentals payable are charged in the income statement on a straight line basis over the lease term.

        Benefits received and receivable as an incentive to sign an operating lease are recognised on a straight line basis over the lease term.

Foreign currency transactions and balances

        Each company in the group determines its own functional currency and items included in the financial statements of each entity are measured using the functional currency.

Transactions and balances

        Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by the group entities at their respective functional currency spot rates at the date the transaction first qualifies for recognition.

        Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the functional currency spot rate of exchange at the reporting date.

        All differences arising on settlement or translation of monetary items are taken to the income statement. Tax charges and credits attributable to exchange differences on those monetary items are also recorded in the income statement.

        Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates as at the dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value is determined. The gain or loss arising on retranslation of non-monetary items is treated in line with the recognition of gain or loss on change in fair value of the item (i.e. translation differences on items whose fair value gain or loss is recognised in other comprehensive income or the income statement, are also recognised in other comprehensive income or income statement, respectively).

Group companies

        On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of group companies with a non-US dollar reporting currency are translated into US dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing at the reporting date and their income statements are translated at exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. The exchange differences arising on translation for consolidation are recognised in other comprehensive income. On disposal of a foreign operation, the component of other comprehensive income relating to that particular foreign operation is recognised in the income statement.

F-36


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

4 Accounting policies (Continued)

Delta Topco Option Scheme

Equity-settled transactions—Manager Shares and Manager Share Options

        Benefits arising to certain of the group's directors and senior management ("the Participants") under the Delta Topco Option Scheme ("the Option Scheme") in respect of the award of Manager Shares and Manager Share Options are accounted for as equity-settled transactions in accordance with IFRS 2 Share-based Payments.

        The Manager Shares and Manager Share Options have been accounted for as equity-settled transactions following a conclusion by the directors of the company during 2012 that an event under the Option Scheme that would trigger the vesting and/or exercise of Awards would occur and therefore the likely vesting period can now be determined. Prior to this the Manager Shares and Manager Share Options were accounted for as cash-settled transactions in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 2.

        The company measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with Participants in the Option Scheme by reference to the fair value at the date at which the award of Manager Shares and Manager Share Options are granted and is recognised as an expense over the vesting period, which ends on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award. Fair value is determined by using an appropriate pricing model.

        In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any vesting conditions, other than conditions linked to the price of the shares of the company (market conditions). No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market condition which, provided that all other performance conditions are satisfied, are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the market condition is satisfied.

        At each balance sheet date before vesting, the cumulative expense is calculated, representing the extent to which the vesting period has expired and management's best estimate of the achievement or otherwise of non-market conditions, and of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest or, in the case of an instrument subject to a market condition, be treated as vesting, as described above. The movement in cumulative expense since the previous balance sheet date is recognised in the income statement, with a corresponding entry in equity.

        Where equity-settled transactions are deemed to have a fair value of nil, no expense is recognised.

        IFRS 2 requires that where any Participant in the Option Scheme has an employment or service contract with a subsidiary company, the equity-settled transaction expense relating to that Participant is recognised in either the operating subsidiary that is considered to benefit from the services provided by the Participant, or in the subsidiary that employs the Participant.

        Where the equity-settled transaction cost of the grant of Manager Shares and Manager Share Options to Participants is required to be recognised by a subsidiary company, IFRS 2 also requires that the cost be recognised by the company in its own financial statements, through recognition of a cost of investment in its subsidiaries equivalent to the charge taken in the accounts of the subsidiary companies.

F-37


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

4 Accounting policies (Continued)

Loan Note Options

        The Manager Loan Note Options element of the Option Scheme is accounted for under the requirements of IAS 19 Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets.

        Applying the provisions of IAS 19 requires the total expected benefit from the Manager Loan Note Options to be charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, taking account of the probability that payment will be made by the company.

        The total expected benefit from the Manager Loan Note Options is determined based upon the fair value of the options, being the nominal value of the loan notes plus any accrued interest to date, recognised over the vesting period.

        The total expense for Manager Loan Note Options in respect of all Participants, regardless of whether they have an employment or service contract with a subsidiary company, is recognised by the company under IAS 19.

5 Changes in accounting policy

        Other than mentioned below, no other standards, interpretations and amendments which are effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2015 and which have not been adopted early, have had or are expected to have a material effect on the financial statements.

New standards, interpretations and amendments not yet effective

        The following newly issued but not yet effective standards, interpretations and amendments, which have not been applied in these financial statements, will or may have an effect on the group financial statements in future:

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

        In July 2014, the IASB issued the final version of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments which introduces new requirements for classification and measurement, impairment, and hedge accounting. IFRS 9 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018, with early application permitted. Retrospective application is required, but comparative information is not compulsory. The adoption of IFRS 9 will have an effect on the classification and measurement of the group's financial assets, but no impact on the classification and measurement of the group's financial liabilities.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

        IFRS 15 was issued in May 2014 and establishes a new five-step model that will apply to revenue arising from contracts with customers. Under IFRS 15 revenue is recognised at an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer. The principles in IFRS 15 provide a more structured approach to measuring and recognising revenue. The new revenue standard is applicable to all entities and will supersede all current revenue recognition requirements under IFRS. Either a full or modified retrospective application is required for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018 with early adoption permitted. The group is currently assessing the impact of IFRS 15 and plans to adopt the new standard on the required effective date.

F-38


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

5 Changes in accounting policy (Continued)

IFRS 16 Leases

        IFRS 16 was issued in January 2016 and establishes a single lease accounting model for lessee accounting where all leases, barring some minor exceptions for short term and low value leases, will be brought onto the Statement of Financial Position. The dual lease accounting model will remain for lessor accounting, which will remain largely in line with IAS 17. The new leasing standard is applicable to all entities and will supersede all current leasing requirements under IFRS. Either a full or modified retrospective application is required for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019 with early adoption permitted if IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers is also adopted. The group is currently assessing the impact of IFRS 16 and plans to adopt the new standard on the required effective date.

Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38: Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortisation

        The amendments clarify the principle in IAS 16 and IAS 38 that revenue reflects a pattern of economic benefits that are generated from operating a business (of which the asset is part) rather than the economic benefits that are consumed through use of the asset. As a result, a revenue-based method cannot be used to depreciate property, plant and equipment and may only be used in very limited circumstances to amortise intangible assets. The amendments are effective prospectively for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016, with early adoption permitted. These amendments are not expected to have any impact on the group given that the group has not used a revenue-based method to depreciate its non-current assets.

6 Judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

        The preparation of consolidated historical financial information requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenue, expenses, assets and liabilities and the disclosures of contingent liabilities, at the end of the reporting period. However, uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability affected in future periods.

Judgements

        In the process of applying the group's accounting policies management have made certain judgements which are considered to have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated historical financial information:

Determination of cash-generating units

        The group tests whether goodwill has suffered any impairment in accordance with the accounting policy stated. Management exercises judgement when determining the identity of cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units and how goodwill and any corporate assets will be allocated to them. For details of the cash-generating units and groups of cash-generating units (see note 17).

Option Scheme

        The ultimate cost and related obligation arising from the elements of the Option Scheme is dependent on the occurrence and timing of exit events that could trigger full vesting. Management

F-39


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

6 Judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty (Continued)

exercises judgement when considering the likelihood of such exit events in determining the amount charged and obligation to be recorded (see note 31).

Trade receivables

        Management identifies impairment of trade receivables on an ongoing basis. An impairment allowance in respect of doubtful debts is raised against trade receivables when their collectability is considered to be doubtful. Management believe that the impairment adjustment is conservative and there are no significant trade receivables that are doubtful and have not been impaired or allowance provided for. In determining whether a particular receivable could be doubtful, the age, customer current financial status and disputes with the customer are taken into consideration.

Estimates and assumptions

        At the statement of financial position date, the key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty that represent a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

Impairment of non-financial assets

        An impairment exists when the carrying value of an asset or cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. The fair value less costs to sell calculation is based on available data from binding sales transactions in arm's length transactions of similar assets or observable market prices less incremental costs for disposing of the asset, whereas the value in use calculation is based on a discounted cash flow model. The key assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount for the different cash-generating units, including sensitivity analysis, are further explained in note 17.

Option Scheme

        Key estimates with regard to the accounting for the Option Scheme include, but are not limited to, the likelihood of an exit event occurring, the timing of an exit event, the ongoing qualification of plan members to benefit from Awards and the likelihood of a restructure of loan notes ahead of an exit event. There is considerable uncertainty in respect of the assumptions which underpin each of these estimates.

Taxation

        Deferred tax assets are recognised for all unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the losses can be utilised. Significant management judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits together with future tax planning strategies.

F-40


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

7 Revenue

        The table below analyses the group revenue for the year from continuing operations, representing invoiced amounts stated net of value added tax. The company has no sales activity.

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Commercial rights exploitation

    1,442,407     1,417,563     1,373,690  

Services rendered

    233,380     259,800     241,546  

Other revenues

    21,583     24,678     23,351  

Total revenue

    1,697,370     1,702,041     1,638,587  

        The group's revenue from commercial rights' exploitation includes income generated from the exploitation of commercial rights related to the Championship and its events, and includes income from media rights, race promotion fees and advertising and sponsorship. Services rendered includes income generated from the sale of premium event hospitality, freight and travel services, and television production and post-production activities.

        The group is exempt from the requirements of IFRS 8 to disclose segmental information.

8 Other gains and losses

        The analysis of the group's other gains and losses for the year is as follows:

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

(Loss)/gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    (126 )   31     (67 )

9 Operating profit

        Arrived at after charging/(crediting)

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Depreciation

    3,170     3,999     5,497  

Amortisation

    16,022     16,020     16,014  

Foreign exchange losses/(gains)

    3,127     4,252     (672 )

Operating leases—property rentals

    1,962     2,536     1,962  

Operating leases—plant and machinery rentals

    2,491     2,825     2,041  

Operating leases—other rentals

    225     147      

10 Non-GAAP measures

        The group, its board of directors and its Chief Operating Decision Maker use various non-GAAP measures as key indicators of performance and use them, in conjunction with others, to assess business performance and to make decisions about allocating resources across the group.

F-41


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

10 Non-GAAP measures (Continued)

Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Cost of Sales and Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

        The group considers the Adjusted EBITDA measure, which is defined as operating profit adjusted to exclude certain specific, and largely non-cash items, to be an important indicator of the operational strength and performance of the business, which allows better comparison of results against prior periods and aids the understanding of underlying performance. In determining Adjusted EBITDA, specific items are excluded from the GAAP measures of cost of sales and administrative expenses, resulting in the identification of alternative non-GAAP measures called Adjusted Cost of Sales and Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.

        As Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Cost of Sales and Selling, General and Administrative Expenses are non-GAAP measures, accordingly they should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for other GAAP-based measures such as operating profit, cost of sales and administrative expenses.

        The specific items excluded from operating profit to measure Adjusted EBITDA include depreciation and amortisation charges, amortisation charges for historic contractual payments which were fully cash settled in past periods, stock-based compensation expenses of the Delta Topco Option Scheme, exceptional and advisory costs related to the group's ownership or capital structure.

        Those items have been identified in the notes 10 (a), (b) and (c) below which address the calculation of Adjusted Cost of Sales, Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses and Adjusted EBITDA, and reconcile the measures back to cost of sales, administrative expenses and operating profit.

Net External Finance Costs

        The notes also include, at 10 (d) and 10 (e) disclosure of other specific non-cash items related to the group's financing arrangements which are excluded from the measurement of Net Finance Costs, which is another non-GAAP measure used by the group and other stakeholders to assess its ability to continue to service its debt obligations. The measure excludes movements in mark to market values of derivatives and the separately disclosed non-cash PIK interest on the group's shareholder loan notes as shown in note 10 (f).

Adjusted TSB

        In addition to holding shares the group's shareholders also own an equivalent proportion of shareholder loan notes (see note 25). Therefore, when analysing the group's results and their impact on shareholders it is necessary to consider returns on their combined holding of both shares and loan notes, and so in order to facilitate such an analysis the group utilises a performance measure called Adjusted Total Shareholder Benefit ("Adjusted TSB").

        Adjusted TSB represents the group's cash net income, and is derived by deducting depreciation, income taxes and Net External Finance Costs from the Adjusted EBITDA measure, which in turn has already eliminated certain specific items and other non-cash items which impact the group's financial performance, as explained above. This provides a basis to assess the aggregate performance of the group as Adjusted TSB is economically comparable to "total earnings" adjusted to reflect the group's capital structure and the various non-cash charges.

F-42


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

10 Non-GAAP measures (Continued)

Cash Flow Available for Debt Service

        The group analyses cash flow using a measure known as Cash Flow Available for Debt Service. This measures the group's performance in generating cash to service debt and make distributions to shareholders, and is determined by deducting capital expenditure from net cash flows from operating activities.

(a)   Adjusted Cost of Sales

        Adjusted Cost of Sales is defined as cost of sales adjusted for the specific items included within cost of sales as discussed above. This measure is non-GAAP in nature and the table below reconciles it to cost of sales.

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Cost of sales

    1,166,974     1,158,621     1,105,635  

Less: Team payment fee amortisation

    (20,385 )   (20,197 )   (20,573 )

Less: Championship rights' prepayment amortisation

    (3,210 )   (3,210 )   (3,210 )

Less: Other contractual payment amortisation

    (3,762 )   (3,762 )   (3,762 )

Adjusted Cost of Sales

    1,139,617     1,131,452     1,078,090  

        In 2012 and 2013 a subsidiary company made payments totalling $163.1 million to the teams competing in the Championship in connection with the terms under which they had agreed to continue to participate in the Championship seasons falling in the period 2013 to 2020. Whilst these payments were cash paid at the time, the fees are being amortised to the Income Statement over the period 2013 to 2020 at $20.4 million per annum, as a charge to team payments, with the charges being taken evenly on an event by event basis during each year in the period. Variances in 2014 and 2013, reflect initially higher amortisation charges in 2013 before final costs were known and a subsequently lower charge in 2014 to adjust for the correct cumulative amortisation.

        The prepayment for Championship rights' represents amounts paid by a subsidiary company in prior periods to acquire, from the Federation Internationale de l'Automobile ("the FIA"), the commercial interests in the Championship for a 100 year period beginning on 1 January 2011 and ending 31 December 2110 (see note 21). Again, whilst the amounts were cash paid in 2001, the group only began to amortise this asset to the Consolidated Income Statement when the rights were brought into use on 1 January 2011. An annual amortisation charge is being taken to the Income Statement of $3.2 million per annum.

        Other charges represent additional amortisation charges taken to the Income Statement in respect of other historic cash-settled transactions relating to other long term contractual arrangements agreed in 2014. These charges are also being amortised over the period to which the underlying contractual commitments relate at an annual charge of $3.8m per annum.

F-43


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

10 Non-GAAP measures (Continued)

(b)   Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

        Selling, General and Administrative Expenses is defined as administrative expenses adjusted for the specific items within administrative expenses which are discussed above. This measure is non-GAAP in nature and the table below reconciles it to administrative expenses.

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Administrative expenses

    212,817     189,739     116,085  

Less: Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 16)

    (3,170 )   (3,999 )   (5,497 )

Less: Amortisation of intangible assets (note 17)

    (16,022 )   (16,020 )   (16,014 )

Less: Delta Topco Option Scheme charge (note 31)

    (98,265 )   (76,020 )   (6,064 )

Less: Advisory, professional and other fees

        (4,386 )   (6,186 )

Less: Reclassification of cumulative foreign currency exchange differences

    (1,348 )        

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

    94,012     89,314     82,324  

        Amortisation of intangible assets includes amortisation that relates to various customer and supplier relationships acquired in 2006, and which are being amortised evenly over their useful economic life of 20 years. The charge also includes amortisation that relates to Formula1.com website traffic, which was acquired in 2002 and is being amortised over its useful economic life of 20 years.

        Accounting charges are taken in each period in respect of the Group's stock-based compensation plan, the Delta Topco Option scheme (see note 31), and these are essentially non-cash in nature. Varying charges on an annual basis were driven by changing assumptions on the likely vesting period of awards, as discussed in note 31.

        As discussed in note 25, a significant financing exercise took place in August 2014, part of the aim of which was to secure external debt facilities capable of surviving an IPO, and which led the group to incur certain advisory fees. These prior year fees were collectively treated as specific items in line with similar costs incurred in 2012 and 2013 in respect of advisory and other fees incurred in preparing for a potential IPO and making revisions to the group's capital structure.

        The reclassification of cumulative foreign currency exchange differences arising on the disposal of a foreign currency subsidiary in 2015 resulted from a loss arising on consolidation following the disposal of Gamma Topco Limited. No profit or loss arose in the books of its immediate parent company, Omega Holdings Limited, but a loss of $1.3m arose in the consolidation from the reclassification of cumulative foreign currency exchange differences from the foreign currency translation reserve to the Income Statement in accordance with the application of the group's accounting policy on "Foreign currency transactions and balances".

F-44


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

10 Non-GAAP measures (Continued)

(c)   Adjusted EBITDA

        As noted the Adjusted EBITDA measure is provided to assist in analysing the underlying performance of the group. The measure is non-GAAP in nature and the table below reconciles its calculation to operating profit, taking into account the items discussed in notes 10 (a) and (b).

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Operating profit

    317,453     353,712     416,800  

Add: Amortisation of intangible assets (note 17)

    16,022     16,020     16,014  

Add: Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 16)

    3,170     3,999     5,497  

EBITDA

    336,645     373,731     438,311  

Team payment fee amortisation (note 10(a))

    20,385     20,197     20,573  

Championship rights' prepayment amortisation (note 10(a))

    3,210     3,210     3,210  

Other contractual payment amortisation (note 10(a))

    3,762     3,762     3,762  

Delta Topco Option scheme charge (note 10 (b))

    98,265     76,020     6,064  

Advisory, professional and other fees (note 10(b))

        4,386     6,186  

Reclassification of cumulative foreign currency exchange differences

    1,348          

Adjusted EBITDA

    463,615     481,306     478,106  

(d)   Specific items included within finance costs

        Finance costs include certain non-cash elements as shown in the table and discussed below.

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Financing costs relating to the net loss on revaluation of derivatives (note 11)

    4,235     21,664      

Amortisation of finance fees (note 11)

    1,603     131,699     5,071  

    5,838     153,363     5,071  

        Financing costs relating to the net loss on revaluation of derivative instruments represent the loss recognised in the Income Statement in respect of the revaluation of financial instruments, principally interest rate swaps, to reflect the non-cash movement in their mark to market valuation between balance sheet dates. The group has not opted to account for these financial instruments as accounting hedges as allowed under IFRS, and therefore the instruments are stated at their fair value at each balance sheet date.

        Charges related to finance fees incurred in connection with the group's external bank loans are amortised over the period of the related loans. The charge in the year is $130.1m lower than the significant charge required to be taken in the prior year (2014-$131.7m) as a result of the refinancing that took place in 2014 (see note 25). That exercise saw unamortised fees of $15.0m in relation to the private high yield loan notes raised in 2012, and $21.0m in relation to the Senior Loan facilities both written off in full and $90.8m of fees incurred in amending and extending the Senior Loan facilities and redeeming the private high yield loans.

F-45


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

10 Non-GAAP measures (Continued)

(e)   Shareholder loan interest

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Non-cash payment in kind interest on shareholder loan notes (note 11)

    395,401     366,425     351,002  

        Shareholder loans represent Payment In Kind ("PIK") loan notes issued by the company to shareholders in proportion to the relevant equity holdings of each shareholder (see note 25). Non-cash payment in kind interest accrues on the balance of the notes at an annual compound rate of 10% payable on 31 December each year. The interest costs are excluded from the calculation of Net External Finance Costs.

(f)    Net External Finance Costs

        Net External Finance Costs is defined as net finance income and finance costs, adjusted for the non-cash mark to market movements in derivatives and amortisation of finance fees. The measure is non-GAAP in nature and the table below reconciles it to items on the Income Statement and specific items discussed in note 10 (d) above.

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Finance income (note 11)

    1,940     3,222     5,230  

Finance costs (note 11)

    (675,429 )   (749,681 )   (567,653 )

Add: Non-cash payment in kind interest on shareholder loan notes (note 10 (e))

    395,401     366,425     351,002  

Add: Net loss on revaluation of derivatives (note 10 (d))

    4,235     21,664      

Add: Amortisation of finance fees (note 10 (d))

    1,603     131,699     5,071  

Net External Finance Costs

    (272,250 )   (226,671 )   (206,350 )

(g)   Adjusted Total Shareholder Benefit pre specific items

        Adjusted TSB is a measure of the group's cash net income, and is defined as Adjusted EBITDA less depreciation, income taxes and Net External Finance Costs. The measure is non-GAAP in nature and the table below reconciles it to Adjusted EBITDA and other items discussed in notes 10 and 15.

        Excluding the impact of specific items, the table below shows the calculation of Adjusted TSB.

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Adjusted EBITDA (note 10 (c))

    463,615     481,306     478,106  

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 16)

    (3,170 )   (3,999 )   (5,497 )

Current income tax expense (note 15)

    (6,647 )   (12,482 )   (14,692 )

Net External Finance Costs (note 10 (f))

    (272,250 )   (226,671 )   (206,350 )

Adjusted Total Shareholder Benefit

    181,548     238,154     251,567  

F-46


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

10 Non-GAAP measures (Continued)

(h)   Cash Flow Available for Debt Service

        Cash Flow Available for Debt Service is defined as cash flows from operating activities less capital expenditure. The measure is non-GAAP in nature and the table below reconciles it to items on the face of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Cash generated from operations

    497,578     409,062     338,951  

Income taxes paid

    (6,123 )   (14,011 )   (15,843 )

Specific Advisory, professional and other fees (note 10 (b))

        4,386     6,186  

Cash outflow from capital expenditure

    (1,405 )   (1,500 )   (3,030 )

Cash Flow Available for Debt Service

    490,050     397,937     326,264  

11 Finance income and costs

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Finance income

                   

Interest income on bank deposits

    1,054     881     1,333  

Net gain on derivatives

            1,789  

Other finance income

    346     370     762  

Finance lease income

    540     1,971     1,346  

Total finance income

    1,940     3,222     5,230  

Finance costs

                   

Amortisation of finance fees

    (1,603 )   (131,699 )   (5,071 )

Bank and loan interest

    (230,635 )   (209,613 )   (210,159 )

Non-cash payment in kind interest on shareholder loan notes

    (395,401 )   (366,425 )   (351,002 )

Other finance costs

    (131 )   (94 )   (100 )

Net loss on derivatives

    (4,235 )   (21,664 )    

Interest on derivatives

    (43,424 )   (20,186 )   (1,321 )

Total finance costs

    (675,429 )   (749,681 )   (567,653 )

Derivatives

        During 2013 the group entered into four interest rate swaps with termination dates of 30th June 2016. During 2014 these swaps were amended and extended and a further eight new interest rate swaps were entered into such that all interest rate swaps now terminate on the 31st December 2019. The interest rate swaps are not designated hedges, being used to manage floating interest rate exposure on $2,700.0m (65%) of the group's external debt, all of which has floating rate interest terms.

        During 2014 the group entered into new foreign exchange forward contracts and options which mature over the period to September 2018. These derivatives were not designated as hedges but were used to manage some of the group's foreign currency transaction exposures.

        The net loss on derivatives represents movement in the fair value of these interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts and options.

F-47


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

12 Staff costs

        The aggregate payroll costs (including directors' remuneration) were as follows:

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Wages and salaries

    46,689     47,480     44,359  

Social security costs

    4,904     5,325     5,120  

Pension costs—defined contribution scheme

    2,736     2,535     2,035  

    54,329     55,340     51,514  

Share-based payment and loan note option expenses (see notes 10 and 31)

    98,265     76,020     6,064  

    152,594     131,360     57,578  

        The average number of persons employed (including executive directors) during the year, analysed by category, was as follows:

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  No.
  No.
  No.
 

Management and administration

    116     124     127  

Technical

    241     227     211  

Executive directors

    3     2     3  

    360     353     341  

13 Directors' remuneration

        The directors' remuneration for the year, including that paid in the period served by the executive who acted as a director for only part of the year, was as follows:

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Remuneration

    5,544     4,648     10,278  

Contributions paid to money purchase schemes

    229     246     264  

    5,773     4,894     10,542  

        The directors' remuneration above represents remuneration for services to the group paid to 2 executive directors who served throughout the year (2014—2, 2013—3) and remuneration paid to a third executive for services to the group earned only in the period of the year when they were serving as a director of the company (2014—1, 2013—Nil). Remuneration also includes directors' fees paid to seven additional non-executive directors (2014—9, 2013—8).

        The other directors who served the group during the period received no emoluments for their services.

        During the year no directors who are Participants in the Delta Topco Option Scheme were granted further Awards (2014—Nil, 2013—Nil), and no directors exercised elements of their Awards (2014—4, 2013—4). The group made contributions to money purchase pension schemes on behalf of two of the executive directors (2014—2, 2013—2).

F-48


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

13 Directors' remuneration (Continued)

        The highest paid director received aggregate emoluments during the period of $1,642,575 (2014—$1,645,131, 2013—$5,260,711).

14 Auditor's remuneration

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Audit of the financial statements

    26     28     33  

Audit of the financial statements of subsidiaries

    627     791     707  

    653     819     740  

Other fees paid to auditor

                   

Tax advisory services

    530     1,020     930  

Corporate finance services

            47  

Other non-audit services

    198     51      

    728     1,071     977  

15 Taxation

        Tax charged/(credited) in the income statement

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Current taxation

                   

Other tax

            66  

Foreign tax

    6,647     12,590     15,363  

Foreign tax adjustment to prior periods

        (108 )   (737 )

    6,647     12,482     14,692  

Deferred taxation

                   

Arising from origination and reversal of temporary differences

    (112 )   (6,369 )   617  

Arising from write-down or reversal of write-down of deferred tax asset

            4,249  

Total deferred taxation

    (112 )   (6,369 )   4,866  

Tax expense in the income statement

    6,535     6,113     19,558  

        The group's results are primarily earned in the UK and therefore the UK standard rate of corporation tax has been used in the reconciliation of the current tax charge. The tax assessed for the year is higher than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK (2014 and 2013-higher than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK) of 20.25% (2014—21.49%, 2013—23.25%).

F-49


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

15 Taxation (Continued)

        The differences are reconciled below:

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Loss before tax

    (356,036 )   (392,747 )   (145,623 )

Corporation tax at standard rate

    (72,086 )   (84,414 )   (33,855 )

Effect of revenues exempt from taxation

    (158,740 )   (157,566 )   (79,767 )

Effect of expense not deductible in determining taxable loss

    196,090     204,809     91,855  

Loss on disposal of investment

    273          

Deferred tax not recognised in respect of unrelieved tax losses

    48,026     41,084     24,090  

Deferred tax not recognised in respect of other temporary differences

    (13,485 )   (8,263 )   (3,535 )

Effect of other permanent differences

        (499 )   510  

Effect of foreign taxes

    6,457     10,734     15,417  

Deferred tax expense relating to changes in tax rates or laws

        308     609  

Effect of adjustments relating to prior periods

        (80 )   4,234  

Total tax charge

    6,535     6,113     19,558  

        During the year the main rate of UK corporation tax reduced from 21% to 20% effective 1 April 2015. Following the UK Budget of 8 July 2015, it was announced that the main rate of UK corporation tax would reduce to 19% effective 1 April 2017 and 18% effective 1 April 2020. This was substantively enacted on 26 October 2015 in Finance No.2 Bill 2015. As such, the deferred tax balances in the year have been recognised at 18%, being the rate at which they are expected to unwind.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

 
  Asset   Liability   2015
Net
  Asset   Liability   2014 Net  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Derivatives

    8,832         8,832     5,713         5,713  

Other temporary differences

    (2,968 )       (2,968 )   39         39  

    5,864         5,864     5,752         5,752  

F-50


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

15 Taxation (Continued)

Deferred tax movement during the year

 
  Derivatives   Other
items
  Net tax assets/
(liabilities)
 
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

At 1 January 2013

        4,351     4,351  

Recognised in income

    (617 )   (4,249 )   (4,866 )

Recognised in other comprehensive income

        (102 )   (102 )

At 31 December 2013

    (617 )       (617 )

Recognised in income

    6,330     39     6,369  

At 31 December 2014

    5,713     39     5,752  

Recognised in income

    3,119     (3,007 )   112  

At 31 December 2015

    8,832     (2,968 )   5,864  

        There are $740.5m of deductible temporary differences (2014—$313.2m, 2013—$359.1m) and $979.4m of unused tax losses (2014—$742.8m, 2013—$552.7m) for which no deferred tax asset is recognised in the Statement of Financial Position. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of these amounts as the relevant subsidiaries are not expected to generate sufficient taxable profits against which the amounts could be offset in the foreseeable future, nor can they be used to offset taxable profits in other group companies.

        At 31 December 2015, there was no recognised deferred tax liability (2014—$Nil, 2013—$Nil) for taxes that would be payable on the unremitted earnings of certain of the group's subsidiaries. In the event of any future payment of intra-group dividends no withholding tax would fall due and the dividend would not be taxable in the hands of the group companies receiving such dividends.

F-51


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

16 Property, plant and equipment

 
  Leasehold
improvements
  Plant,
machinery
and vehicles
  Furniture,
fittings and
equipment
  Aircraft   Total  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Cost or valuation

                               

At 1 January 2014

    12,645     57,812     4,733     14,766     89,956  

Additions

        1,224     276         1,500  

Disposals

        (4,749 )   (43 )       (4,792 )

Foreign exchange movements

    (730 )   (2,789 )   (305 )   (852 )   (4,676 )

At 31 December 2014

    11,915     51,498     4,661     13,914     81,988  

Additions

        1,186     219         1,405  

Disposals

        (3,152 )   (190 )       (3,342 )

Foreign exchange movements

    (576 )   (2,162 )   (251 )   (673 )   (3,662 )

At 31 December 2015

    11,339     47,370     4,439     13,241     76,389  

Depreciation

                               

At 1 January 2014

    12,645     47,252     3,512     10,766     74,175  

Charge for year

        3,104     368     527     3,999  

Eliminated on disposal

        (4,668 )   (36 )       (4,704 )

Foreign exchange movements

    (730 )   (2,352 )   (253 )   (649 )   (3,984 )

At 31 December 2014

    11,915     43,336     3,591     10,644     69,486  

Charge for the year

        2,370     316     484     3,170  

Eliminated on disposal

        (2,950 )   (181 )       (3,131 )

Foreign exchange movements

    (576 )   (1,840 )   (208 )   (528 )   (3,152 )

At 31 December 2015

    11,339     40,916     3,518     10,600     66,373  

Carrying amount

                               

At 31 December 2015

        6,454     921     2,641     10,016  

At 31 December 2014

        8,162     1,070     3,270     12,502  

At 1 January 2014

        10,560     1,221     4,000     15,781  

F-52


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

17 Intangible assets

 
  Goodwill   Other
intangible
assets
  Total  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Cost or valuation

                   

At 1 January 2014

    4,038,896     319,335     4,358,231  

Additions

        75     75  

Foreign exchange movements

        (22 )   (22 )

At 31 December 2014

    4,038,896     319,388     4,358,284  

Additions

        20     20  

Foreign exchange movements

        (20 )   (20 )

At 31 December 2015

    4,038,896     319,388     4,358,284  

Amortisation

                   

At 1 January 2014

        122,054     122,054  

Amortisation charge

        16,020     16,020  

Foreign exchange movements

        (10 )   (10 )

At 31 December 2014

        138,064     138,064  

Amortisation charge

        16,022     16,022  

Foreign exchange movements

        (10 )   (10 )

At 31 December 2015

        154,076     154,076  

Carrying amount

                   

At 31 December 2015

    4,038,896     165,312     4,204,208  

At 31 December 2014

    4,038,896     181,324     4,220,220  

At 1 January 2014

    4,038,896     197,281     4,236,177  

        The table below shows the carrying value of individual intangible assets as at 31 December 2015:

 
  Goodwill   Other
intangibles
  Total  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Goodwill on acquisition of Alpha Topco Limited

    3,982,218         3,982,218  

Goodwill on acquisition of GP2

    56,678         56,678  

Customer and supplier relationships

        161,705     161,705  

Formula1.com website traffic

        3,400     3,400  

Other

        207     207  

    4,038,896     165,312     4,204,208  

Individually material intangible assets

Goodwill on acquisition of Alpha Topco Limited

        The goodwill balance relates to goodwill (originally of $5,339.3m) arising when the company acquired 100% of the ordinary share capital of Alpha Topco Limited on 24 November 2006. Following

F-53


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

17 Intangible assets (Continued)

the adoption of IFRS the goodwill is considered to have an indefinite useful economic life, with the carrying value of $4.0bn representing the amortised cost under UK GAAP as at the date of adoption of IFRS on 1 January 2012. No impairment has arisen subsequently.

Goodwill on acquisition of GP2

        Goodwill relates to the acquisition by Gamma Topco Limited on 31 August 2007 of GP2 Motorsport Limited and GP2 Limited, being the GP2 group of companies. $49.0m of goodwill arose on the initial acquisition, with an additional $20.5m arising from the payment of subsequent contingent consideration. Following the adoption of IFRS the goodwill is considered to have an indefinite useful economic life, with the carrying value of $56.7m representing the amortised cost under UK GAAP as at the date of adoption of IFRS on 1 January 2012. No impairment has arisen subsequently.

Customer and supplier relationships

        This intangible asset relates to various customer and supplier relationships acquired on 31 May 2006. The customer and supplier relationships included (but were not limited to) circuit rights' agreements with promoters and an agreement to use trademarks in marketing the Formula One Global Partner programme. The group considers the useful economic life of the customer relationships to be 20 years, and therefore the asset is being amortised evenly over that period from acquisition, with the remaining amortisation period at 31 December 2015 being 10 years 5 months (2014-11 years 5 months). No impairment is considered to have arisen to date.

Formula1.com website traffic

        This intangible asset represents Formula1.com website traffic acquired in 2002. The asset represents the market and customers who used the website when the group took over its operation, and is being amortised over its useful economic life of 20 years, with the remaining amortisation period at 31 December 2015 being 8 years (2014-9 years). No impairment is considered to have arisen to date.

Impairment testing of goodwill

        Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated for impairment test purposes to cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units ("CGUs") as follows:

        These represent the lowest levels within the group at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

F-54


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

17 Intangible assets (Continued)

Alpha, Beta and Omega CGUs

        In each case the recoverable amount of the Alpha CGU, the Beta CGU and the Omega CGU has been assessed with reference to the value in use ("VIU") basis. As in each case the VIU has resulted in a value that is higher than the carrying amount of the relevant CGU, no assessment of the fair value less costs to sell is required, and no impairment is considered to have arisen.

 
  Alpha   Beta   Omega   Total  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Carrying value at 31 December 2015 and 31 December 2014

    2,879,845     1,102,373     56,678     4,038,896  

Key assumptions used in value in use calculations

        In all cases the calculation of VIU is most sensitive to three key assumptions being (i) the EBITDA forecasts used, (ii) the growth rate used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the relevant forecast period and (iii) the discount rates applied.

        The forecasts for the Alpha and Beta CGUs project EBITDA out to 2025. Though this represents a period five years longer than the five year period recommended, management considers the forecast period reasonable given the nature of the business and the significant level of revenue already under contract for those years. For the Omega CGU the directors consider the EBITDA forecasts used in the VIU calculations for the five year period 2016-2020 in line with the guidance in the relevant accounting standard, and likewise represent a prudent estimate of future results based on past experience and expected future revenue from current contracts. Post 2025 for the Alpha and Beta CGUs, and post 2020 for the Omega CGU, management have applied the long-term average growth rate in the United Kingdom of 2.25% to each of the CGUs, which management considers to be appropriate, although conservative, based on the group's historic experience and the global nature of its business activities.

        Discount rates apply management's estimate of weighted average cost of capital ("WACC") of each CGU, as these are considered to be the most appropriate discount rate for the VIU calculation. The rates applying to the relevant periods are:

 
  Alpha   Beta   Omega  
 
  %
  %
  %
 

WACC as at 31 December 2015

    7.88     7.88     6.93  

WACC as at 31 December 2014

    8.10     8.11     7.52  

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions

        The directors have not identified any change or reasonable alternative assumptions which if applied to the VIU calculation would result in the carrying amount of any of the CGUs exceeding their recoverable amounts.

F-55


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

18 Investments

Details of undertakings

        Details of the investments in which the company holds 20% or more of the nominal value of any class of share capital are as follows (*indicates investment is held by a subsidiary undertaking):

Undertaking
  Country of incorporation   Holding   Proportion
of voting
rights and
shares
held
  Principal activity

Subsidiary undertakings

                 

Allsport Management SA*

  Switzerland   Ordinary shares     100 % Non-trading

Alpha D2 Limited*

  England and Wales   Ordinary shares     100 % Intermediate holding company

Alpha Prema UK Limited*

  England and Wales   Ordinary shares     100 % Intermediate holding company

Alpha Topco Limited*

  Jersey (The Channel Islands)   Ordinary shares     100 % Intermediate holding company

Beta D3 Limited*

  England and Wales   Ordinary shares     100 % Financing company

Beta Holdings Limited*

  England and Wales   Ordinary shares     100 % Intermediate holding company

Delta 2 (Lux) S.à r.l.*

  Luxembourg   Ordinary shares     100 % Intermediate holding company

Delta 3 (UK) Limited*

  England and Wales   Ordinary shares     100 % Intermediate holding company

Delta Debtco Limited

  Jersey (The Channel Islands)   Ordinary shares     100 % Intermediate holding company

Formula One Administration Limited*

  England and Wales   Ordinary shares     100 % Intellectual property ownership

Formula One Asset Management Limited*

  England and Wales   'A' Ordinary shares     100 % Intellectual property ownership

Formula One Digital Media Limited*

  England and Wales   Ordinary shares     100 % Digital media exploitation

Formula One Hospitality and Event Services Limited*

  England and Wales   Ordinary shares     100 % Formula 1® hospitality and event services

Formula One Licensing BV*

  Netherlands   Ordinary shares     100 % Intellectual property ownership

Formula One Management Limited*

  England and Wales   Ordinary shares     100 % Formula 1® management, administrative and technical services

Formula One Marketing Limited*

  England and Wales   Ordinary shares     100 % Sale of Formula 1® related advertising and other event rights

Formula One Marketing II Limited*

  England and Wales   Ordinary shares     100 % Sale of Formula 1® related advertising and other event rights

Formula One World Championship Limited*

  England and Wales   Ordinary shares     100 % Formula One® commercial rights exploitation

GP2 Limited*

  British Virgin Islands   Ordinary shares     100 % Motorsport commercial rights exploitation

GP2 Motorsport Limited*

  England and Wales   Ordinary shares     100 % Motorsport management, administration and organisation

GP2 Trade Marks Limited*

  England and Wales   Ordinary shares     100 % Intellectual property ownership

Omega Group Holdings Limited*

  Jersey (The Channel Islands)   Ordinary shares     100 % Intermediate holding company

SLEC Holdings Limited*

  Jersey (The Channel Islands)   Ordinary shares     100 % Intermediate holding company

        On 18 May 2015 the group transferred six subsidiaries, Beta Principal Limited, Beta Operations Limited, Beta Topco 1 Limited, Beta Topco 2 Limited, Speed Investments Limited and Gamma Topco Limited to Ms Sacha Woodward Hill, a director of the company. The disposals were a preliminary step to the liquidation of the companies on 17 July 2015.

F-56


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

19 Other financial assets and liabilities

 
  2015   2014  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Non-current other financial assets

             

Derivatives

    4,816     2,559  

 

 
  2015   2014  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Current financial assets

             

Derivatives

    1,550     394  

 

 
  2015   2014  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Non-current other financial liabilities

             

Derivatives

    1,116     22,506  

 

 
  2015   2014  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Current other financial liabilities

             

Derivatives

    29,338      

Derivatives

        During 2013 the group entered into four interest rate swaps with termination dates of 30th June 2016. During 2014 these swaps were amended and extended and a further eight new interest rate swaps were entered into such that all interest rate swaps now terminate on the 31st December 2019. The interest rate swaps are not designated hedges, being used to manage floating interest rate exposure on $2,700.0m (65%) of the group's external debt, all of which has floating rate interest terms.

        During 2014 the group entered into new foreign exchange forward contracts and options which mature over the period to September 2018. These derivatives are not designated as hedges but are used to manage some of the group's foreign currency exposures.

20 Inventories

 
  2015   2014  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Finished goods and goods for resale

    130     254  

F-57


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

21 Trade and other receivables

 
  2015   2014  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Trade receivables

    212,476     273,571  

Provision for impairment of trade receivables

    (23,517 )   (8,878 )

Net trade receivables

    188,959     264,693  

Receivables from related parties

    731     5  

Accrued income

    10,205     15,576  

Prepayments

    505,374     499,581  

Finance lease receivables

    2,187     4,994  

Other receivables

    4,847     3,968  

Other tax recoverable

    3,967     6,821  

    716,270     795,638  

Less non-current prepayments

    (436,759 )   (466,293 )

Total current trade and other receivables

    279,511     329,345  

        The fair value of those trade and other receivables classified as financial instrument loans and receivables is disclosed in note 32 "Financial instruments".

        The group's exposure to credit and market risks, including impairments and allowances for credit losses, relating to trade and other receivables is discussed in note 33 "Financial risk management and impairment of financial assets".

Details of non-current prepayments

        $436.8m (2014-$464.3m) of prepayments are classified as non-current. Non-current prepayments include amounts totalling $301.8m (2014-$305.0m) in respect of payments made to acquire the commercial interests in the Championship for a 100 year period beginning on 1 January 2011 and ending 31 December 2110. The payments are being amortised to the income statement over the 100 year period. Other amounts include payments made to the teams and the FIA in respect of various contractual commitments, and which are being amortised to the income statement in line with the underlying terms of the agreements to which they relate. Amounts totalling $3.2m will be amortised within the next 12 months and are included within the current prepayment balance.

        $Nil (2014-$2.0m) of finance lease receivables are classified as non-current.

22 Cash and cash equivalents and term deposits

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Cash at bank and on hand

    452,428     403,628     386,789  

Short-term deposits

        20,563     56,850  

Cash and cash equivalents in statement of cash flows

    452,428     424,191     443,639  

Term deposits

            50,000  

Cash and cash equivalents and term deposits

    452,428     424,191     493,639  

F-58


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

22 Cash and cash equivalents and term deposits (Continued)

        The term deposits above are considered to be held-to-maturity financial assets as they have an initial maturity of three months or more.

Non-cash transactions excluded from the cash flow statement

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Loan notes issued on exercise of Loan Note Options

        (21,069 )   (87,942 )

Capitalised PIK interest

    (395,551 )   (359,433 )   (351,002 )

Non-cash movement on accrued interest

        (31 )    

Amortisation of finance fees

    (1,603 )   (40,948 )   (5,071 )

FX revaluation of Euro denominated loan facility

    4,904     6,485     (2,403 )

FX revaluation of cash balances

    7,189     7,749     2,517  

    (385,061 )   (407,247 )   (443,901 )

        On 31 December 2015, $395.6m of PIK interest was capitalised to shareholder loan balances (2014-$359.4m, 2013-$351.0m).

        During the year $1.6m (2014-$40.9m, 2013-$5.1m) of finance fees were amortised by the group.

        Offsetting the simple reclassification of loan instalment payments between those due within one year and those due after more than one year is the revaluation downwards by $4.9m of the €39.1m loan facility (2014-$6.5m downwards, 2013-$2.4m upwards).

23 Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid shares

 
  No.   2015   No.   2014  
 
   
  $ 000
   
  $ 000
 

Ordinary shares of $0.01 each

    4,286,181,943     42,862     4,286,181,943     42,862  

Redeemable ordinary share of $0.01 each

    1         1      

    4,286,181,944     42,862     4,286,181,944     42,862  

        The $0.01 redeemable ordinary share has been issued to the longest serving team participating in the Championship and ranks pari passu with the other ordinary shares. The share carries the right to appoint the longest serving team director. The company has the option to redeem the share on an Initial Public Offering, if the related team agreement expires or if the longest serving team ceases to participate in the Championship.

24 Finance leases

        The group acts as lessor in connection with finance leases relating to the leasing of engines for use by the participant teams in the GP2 Series™ and GP3 Series™. The group recognises a receivable in the amount of the net investment in the lease. The lease payment made by the lessees are split into an interest component and a principal component using the effective interest method. The lease receivable

F-59


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

24 Finance leases (Continued)

is reduced by the principal received. The interest component of the payments is recognised as finance income in the income statement.

        The amount of the net investment in a finance lease is determined as shown in the following table:

 
  2015   2014  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Minimum lease payments

    2,361     6,188  

Unearned finance income

    (174 )   (1,194 )

Net investment (present value of minimum lease payments)

    2,187     4,994  

        The gross investment amount and the present value of payable minimum lease payments are shown in the following table:

 
  2015   2014  
 
  Gross
investment in
lease
  PV of
minimum lease
payments
  Gross
investment in
lease
  PV of
minimum lease
payments
 
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Maturity

                         

Within one year

    2,361     2,187     4,009     3,031  

Later than one year and not later than five years

            2,179     1,963  

    2,361     2,187     6,188     4,994  

        The cost of the assets acquired for the purpose of letting under finance leases was $7.4m (2014-$8.9m).

        Aggregate rentals receivable during the year in respect of finance leases were $9.7m (2014-$11.6m, 2013-$6.9m).

25 Loans and borrowings

 
  2015   2014  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Non-current loans and borrowings

             

Bank borrowings

    4,135,570     4,138,870  

Shareholder loan notes

    4,349,283     3,953,732  

    8,484,853     8,092,602  

 

 
  2015   2014  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Current loans and borrowings

             

Bank borrowings

    (1,604 )   (1,604 )

F-60


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

25 Loans and borrowings (Continued)

Bank loans

        On 25 June 2013 the group revised the terms of its then existing loan facilities (Term Loan B and revolving facility maturing at 30 April 2019, and Term Loan C maturing at 30 September 2019). Term Loan C was repaid and new debt issued to the same value under Term Loan B with the margin applying to Term Loan B reduced from LIBOR + 4.75% to LIBOR + 3.50% – 3.75% and the floor on the USD denominated debt being reduced from 1.25% to 1.00%.

        On 8 August 2014, the group further amended the terms of the Senior loan facilities, extending the maturity date to 30 July 2021. The Term Loan B was increased by $1,000m and the margin applying was increased to LIBOR + 3.75% with the LIBOR floor remaining unchanged. $1,000.0m of additional debt was raised under a Second Lien facility, with a margin applying of LIBOR + 6.75% and a maturity date of 29 July 2022. Following the amendments to the loan facilities and the raising of the new debt, the group repaid its $1,000.0m of fixed interest private high yield loans, together with all accrued and unpaid interest.

        During 2015 no repayments of loan principal were made (2014—$1,010.9m including the redemption of the private high yield loan), and a balance of $4,144.5m remained outstanding on the loans at 31 December 2015 (2014—$4,149.4m). $10.6m of finance fees remained capitalised (2014—$12.2m) and hence net bank debt at 31 December 2015 was $4,134.0m (2014—$4,137.3m). The facilities are secured by share pledges, bank accounts security and floating charges over the main operating companies of the Delta Topco Group, with cross guarantees as appropriate.

        The balance on current loans and borrowings represents repayments of the bank borrowings due within one year less the amortisation of capitalised finance fees over the next year. As at both 31 December 2014 and 2015, there were no repayments of bank borrowings due within one year and so a net asset balance arose due to the amortisation of the capitalised finance fees.

Shareholder loan notes

        Shareholder loans represent Payment In Kind ("PIK") loan notes issued by the company to shareholders in proportion to the relevant equity holdings of each shareholder. Interest accrues on the balance of the notes at an annual compound rate of 10% payable on 31 December each year.

        Under the terms of the shareholder loan notes, to the extent that they are not otherwise redeemed or repurchased they are to be redeemed on 24 November 2060 together with any accrued and unpaid interest. No payments may be made under the shareholder loan notes for as long as any amounts are owed under the group's bank and private high yield loans unless approval is given by the lenders. Any redemption or repurchase of the notes prior to that date or otherwise on a change in control of the company, requires investor consent to be given by funds managed and/or advised by CVC Capital Partners SICAV-FIS S.A., its subsidiaries and affiliates (see note 35).

        During 2015 the company made no repayments of PIK loan notes (2014—$321.5m) nor repayments of uncapitalised accrued interest on the notes (2014—$10.5m).

F-61


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

25 Loans and borrowings (Continued)

        The table below shows movements on the shareholder loan notes in issue during the year.

 
  2015   2014  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Shareholder loan notes in issue

             

Loan notes as at 1 January

    3,953,732     3,898,239  

Loan notes issued on exercise of Options

        17,534  

Repayment of loan notes

        (321,474 )

PIK interest capitalised

    395,551     359,433  

Shareholder loan notes at 31 December

    4,349,283     3,953,732  

Accrued interest on shareholder loan notes

             

PIK interest charge for the period

    395,401     366,425  

Interest on Options exercised

    150     3,534  

Repayment of interest

        (10,526 )

PIK interest capitalised on 31 December

    (395,551 )   (359,433 )

Accrued interest at 31 December

         

        The loans and borrowings classified as financial instruments are disclosed in note 32 "Financial instruments".

        The group's exposure to market and liquidity risk in respect of loans and borrowings, including maturity analysis, is disclosed in note 33 "Financial risk management and impairment of financial assets".

        The group has pledged shares in the majority of the group's subsidiaries and receivables under hedging agreements as collateral for the group's bank loans and secured hedging arrangements. Also additional security has been granted by way of a floating charge over assets and fixed charges over book debts of the majority of group subsidiaries incorporated in England.

26 Other provisions

 
  Option
scheme
  Other
provisions
  Total  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

At 1 January 2015

    263,140     84     263,224  

Charge in the period in respect of Manager Loan Note Options and UK national insurance contributions payable

    71,375         71,375  

Interest on Manager Loan Note Options exercised

    (150 )       (150 )

Provisions arising during the year

        155     155  

Decrease due to foreign exchange movements

        (4 )   (4 )

At 31 December 2015

    334,365     235     334,600  

Non-current liabilities

    334,365         334,365  

Current liabilities

        235     235  

F-62


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

26 Other provisions (Continued)

        The provision for the Delta Topco Option Scheme represents the costs of the Manager Loan Note Options recognised to date and UK national insurance contributions payable and applicable to the Option Scheme. Other provisions represent a provision carried to reflect unused holidays which have accrued at the end of the reporting period. Management encourages employees to use any carry-forward holiday in the following calendar year.

27 Trade and other payables

 
  2015   2014  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Trade payables

    11,326     10,853  

Accrued expenses

    123,268     137,910  

Social security and other taxes

    2,922     2,805  

Other payables

    2,695     4,790  

    140,211     156,358  

        The fair value of the trade and other payables classified as financial instruments are disclosed in note 32 "Financial instruments". The group's exposure to market and liquidity risks, including maturity analysis, related to trade and other payables is disclosed in note 33 "Financial risk management and impairment of financial assets".

28 Dividends

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Dividends declared

    196,578     795,674     (923 )

        During 2015 the company declared and paid dividends of $196.6m (2014—$795.7m). During 2013, $0.9m of dividends were credited back to the company following forfeit of one Delta Topco Option Scheme Participant's right to receive an element of their share of a dividend originally declared in 2012.

29 Obligations under leases and hire purchase contracts

Operating leases

        The group has entered into commercial leases on certain motor vehicles, items of equipment and buildings. These leases have an average life of between three and five years. There are no restrictions placed upon the group by entering into these leases.

F-63


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

29 Obligations under leases and hire purchase contracts (Continued)

        The total future value of minimum lease payments is as follows:

 
  2015   2014  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Within one year

    3,074     2,846  

In two to five years

    7,374     5,730  

In over five years

    1,450     2,037  

    11,898     10,613  

        The amount of non-cancellable operating lease payments recognised as an expense during the year was $4.7m (2014—$5.5m, 2013—$4.0m).

30 Commitments

Capital commitments

        Capital commitments are amounts contracted for, but not provided for in these financial statements, in relation to items of property, plant and equipment.

        The total amount contracted for but not provided in the financial statements was $157,517 (2014—$614,842).

Other financial commitments

        In order to optimise cash flow, the group enters into consignment stock arrangements in relation to the purchase of parts for the GP2 Series™ and GP3 Series™. The risks and rewards of ownership remain substantially with the supplier until the point of sale.

        The total amount of other financial commitments not provided in the financial statements was $1.3m (2014—$1.8m).

31 Delta Topco Option Scheme

Group

Establishment of the Delta Topco Option Scheme

        The company established the Delta Topco Option Scheme (the "Option Scheme") to align the interests of the Delta Topco Group's key personnel, consisting of several of the company's directors and the group's other senior managers (the "Participants"), with the group and its shareholders through the award of rights and options over instruments issued by the company, so entitling them to a share in the future growth of the group as a whole.

        The collective grant of elements of the Option Scheme to each Participant is defined as an "Award".

F-64


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

31 Delta Topco Option Scheme (Continued)

Awards granted

        Following the establishment of the Option Scheme, Awards were made to the initial Participants on 20 June 2008. Participants were initially granted both an interest in Shares ("Manager Shares") and an option to acquire an interest in the company's Loan Notes ("Manager Loan Note Options").

        The company initially issued 90,716,794 Manager Shares to the Participants at a price payable of $0.01 per share. The company also granted options over $398,824,163 loan notes to the Participants. The grant price and exercise price under the options were both set at $0.000001 per $1 loan note.

        On 27 April 2012, the terms of the Option Scheme were amended, with some of the previously granted Manager Loan Note Options replaced by an option to acquire an additional interest in the company's Shares ("Manager Share Options"). 316,974,683 Manager Share Options were granted by the company at an exercise price of $Nil, in place of 6,218,649 of the previously issued Manager Loan Note Options.

        The company granted further Awards to new and existing Participants during 2012 in the form of Manager Share Options over a further 25,424,380 Shares to Relevant Participants and $30,861,918 of Manager Loan Note Options to Participants. The Manager Share Options were granted at a price of between $Nil and $0.04, and with an exercise price of between $Nil and $0.01 per Manager Share Option. The Manager Loan Note Options were granted at a price of between $Nil and $0.000004, and an exercise price of between $Nil and $0.000001 per Manager Loan Note Option. No new Awards were granted during 2013.

        The company granted further Awards to a new Participant during 2014 in the form of Manager Share Options over a further 11,900,413 Shares and $9,149,990 of Manager Loan Note Options. The Manager Share Options were granted at a price of $0.0022, and with an exercise price of $0.01 per Manager Share Option. The Manager Loan Note Options were granted at a price of $0.00000022, and an exercise price of $0.00000011 per Manager Loan Note Option. No further awards were granted in 2015.

Awards vesting conditions

        Under the Awards initially granted in 2008, Awards to certain Participants vested on issue, whilst other Awards vest according to a vesting schedule. The vesting schedule for those other Awards was deemed to commence on 24 March 2006, with 10% of the Awards conditionally vesting on each anniversary. Consequently, at the grant date of 20 June 2008, 20% of the Awards had conditionally vested.

        For the further Awards granted in 2012, again certain Awards vested on issue, and other Awards vest according to a vesting schedule. The vesting for those other Awards was either deemed to commence on 25 May 2012 or, in other cases, commenced on 22 October 2012, with 20% of the Awards conditionally vesting on grant and 20% of the Awards conditionally vesting on each anniversary.

        For any Awards not vesting fully on issue and not fully vested under the vesting schedule, those Awards will vest unconditionally, and in full, on the date the company's controlling party, CVC Capital Partners SICAV-FIS S.A. (see note 35) ceases to hold, directly or indirectly, any shares in the company,

F-65


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

31 Delta Topco Option Scheme (Continued)

or at any such date as determined by designated directors of the company who represent the controlling party ("I Directors").

        Participants in the Option Scheme are not entitled to exercise fully vested Awards, and do not become entitled to receive any cash, assets or other benefits following the exercise of vested interests, until the later of the date upon which they vest and the completion of an IPO of the company or change in the ultimate controlling party of the company. Awards can also be exercised on the completion of any sale, transfer, disposal, exchange, cancellation, redemption or reorganisation of not less than 5% of the controlling party's interest, or at a date determined by an I Director.

        In the event that a Participant ceases to be employed by, or otherwise engaged to provide services to, the company or the group, the company, at its sole discretion, can require the Participant to return its interest in the Awards. In such circumstances, the price payable to the Participant for their interests will be dependent on the extent to which Awards are deemed to have vested, with vested Awards transferred at fair value and unvested Awards transferred at the lower of fair value and cost to the Participant.

Accounting for the Option Scheme and developments in the period

        Prior to 2012, the Manager Shares element of the Awards was accounted for by the company by applying the provisions of IFRS 2 Share-based Payments in respect of cash-settled transactions, on the basis that full vesting (which is conditional on an exit through sale or IPO) was sufficiently uncertain that an estimate of the likely vesting period could not be determined.

        Developments during 2012, which saw a number of placements of the company's shares and preparation work for a potential IPO, led the directors of the company to conclude that an event that would trigger the vesting and/or exercise of Awards under the Option Scheme would occur. As developments enabled the directors to determine a reasonable assessment of the likely vesting period, IFRS 2 now requires elements of the scheme to be accounted for as equity-settled rather than cash-settled. As a result of this change the Manager Shares and Manager Share Option elements of the Option Scheme have been accounted for as equity-settled.

        The Manager Loan Note Options are accounted for in accordance with IAS 19 (see note 26). Full vesting of the Manager Loan Note Options under the Option Scheme is also conditional on an exit, as per the provisions noted above in respect of Manager Shares and Manager Share Options. Therefore, prior to 2012, as there was significant uncertainty over the occurrence and timing of an exit, and to the extent that no exit was regarded as probable, then no charge or liability was recorded. Following the developments in 2012, as it is was then considered possible to determine the expected number of Manager Loan Note Options that were considered more likely than not to vest, an expense was recorded.

        UK national insurance contributions are payable upon exercise of Awards, where any relevant Participant holds, or has held, a UK-based service contract or employment within the group. Therefore, provisions have been recognised for the expected national insurance contribution payable based on the estimated value on exercise less any amounts payable on grant or exercise of the Manager Shares, Manager Share Options and Manager Loan Note Options.

        In December 2013, the assumption around the vesting period was reassessed and pushed back to a later date, with the result that the proportion of Awards deemed to have vested decreased, so resulting

F-66


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

31 Delta Topco Option Scheme (Continued)

in a credit to the share-based payment charge. Certain Awards were also forfeited following a Participant's departure from employment with the group, and resulting in the expense previously recognised in relation to the relevant Awards being reversed.

        Whilst no further changes were made to the assumptions applied in accounting for the Option Scheme in 2014, during 2015 the vesting assumptions have been reviewed and amended to reflect management's latest conclusions on the likely vesting period. As a result an additional charge of $14.2m was recognised to reflect the slight acceleration of the vesting of awards.

Awards exercised

        Based on the Option Scheme's rules, on 25 June 2012, Participants were offered the opportunity to exercise and dispose of elements of their vested rights through participation in the sale of shares and loan note interests in the company. All Participants with Awards issued prior to that date participated and the exercise saw rights over 58,508,040 Manager Share Options and 145,900,585 Manager Loan Note Options exercised, as Participants sold 90,716,794 Manager Shares, and the shares and loan notes issued following exercise of the Manager Share Options and Manager Loan Note Options to new investors.

        Following the transactions the benefits accruing to Participants from the sale of shares and loan notes were transferred into Escrow, where funds will be held pending either completion of an IPO, a change in the ultimate controlling party of the Company or the approval of their release by an I Director, as per Option Scheme rules.

        On 31 October 2012, the company offered, to all holders of shareholder loan note instruments, to repay a proportion of the principal and accrued and unpaid interest on shareholder loan note instruments as at 31 October 2012. Participants were offered the opportunity to participate in this repurchase by exercising sufficient Manager Loan Note Options. As a result Participants elected to exercise 12,615,253 Manager Loan Note Options. Certain Participants had until 17 April 2013 to determine whether they would exercise 46,673,580 Manager Loan Note Options. All Participants who deferred their exercise of Manager Loan Note Options subsequently exercised these on 17 April 2013.

        Following the 31 October 2012 and 17 April 2013 shareholder loan note and interest repayments, the benefits accruing to the Participants were also transferred to Escrow to be released in accordance with the terms of the Option Scheme noted above.

        Following the exercise of rights under the Option Scheme during 2013 by Participants with UK based service contracts, an element of the accrued UK national insurance contribution liability totalling $6.1m was paid.

        On 26 March 2014 the company offered to repay a proportion of the principal and accrued and unpaid interest on shareholder loan note instruments. Participants were offered the opportunity to participate in this repurchase by exercising sufficient Manager Loan Note Options. As a result certain Participants elected to exercise 5,558,694 Manager Loan Note Options on 26 March 2014 and others exercised rights over 11,976,192 Manager Loan Note Options on 11 April 2014. Following the shareholder loan note and interest repayments, the benefits accruing to the Participants were transferred to Escrow to be released in accordance with the terms of the Option Scheme noted above.

F-67


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

31 Delta Topco Option Scheme (Continued)

        Following the exercise of rights under the Option Scheme during 2014 by Participants with UK based service contracts, an element of the accrued UK national insurance contribution liability totalling $2.0m was paid.

        No rights were exercised in 2015.

Expense recognised

        As noted, with the directors of the company concluding in 2012 that an event would occur that would trigger the vesting and/or exercise of all elements of the Awards under the Option Scheme, an expense has been recorded subsequently in the financial statements in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 2 and IAS 19. In accordance with the accounting policies (see note 4), the expense recognised during 2015 is detailed below:

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Equity-settled share-based payment cost/(credit)

    26,890     20,881     (5,736 )

Manager Loan Note Options cost

    69,985     57,561     9,509  

National insurance contribution payable

    1,390     (2,422 )   2,291  

    98,265     76,020     6,064  

        The expense arising from equity-settled share-based payment transactions has been recognised in the income statement as a specific item included within administrative expenses (see note 10) with a corresponding entry booked to the share-based payment reserve within Equity. The credit noted in 2013 arose from the effect of the amended assumption as to the vesting period for Awards, and the impact of the forfeit of certain Awards issued to one Participant, as noted above. The expense arising from Manager Loan Note Options has been recognised in the income statement as a specific item included within administrative expenses (see note 9) but with a corresponding provision carried on the balance sheet (see note 26). The expense includes interest accruing at an annually compounded rate of 10% under the terms of the options.

        The expense arising from estimated applicable UK national insurance contributions based on the charges taken in respect of interests of Participants who hold, or held, UK-based employment within the group, has also been recognised in the income statement as a specific item included within administrative expenses (see note 10) with a corresponding provision carried on the balance sheet (see note 26).

F-68


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

31 Delta Topco Option Scheme (Continued)

Provision in respect of the Option Scheme

        The table below shows the movement in the provision created for the IAS 19 costs of the Manager Loan Note Options recognised in the period and UK national insurance contributions payable and applicable to the Option Scheme.

 
  Manager
Loan Note
Options
  National
Insurance
Contribution
  Total  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

At 1 January 2015

    225,993     37,147     263,140  

Charge in the period in respect of Manager Loan Note Options and UK national insurance contributions payables

    69,985     1,390     71,375  

Interest on Manager Loan Note Options exercised

    (150 )       (150 )

At 31 December 2015

    295,828     38,537     334,365  

Unexercised Awards outstanding

        As at 31 December 2015, 292,644,026 (2014—292,644,026, 2013—280,743,613) Manager Share Options and 207,473,138 (2014—207,473,138, 2013—215,858,034) Manager Loan Note Options remain unexercised.

Manager Share Options and Manager Loan Notes

        The table below shows the number of Manager Share Options and Manager Loan Notes granted and exercised during the period, and the number outstanding as at 31 December 2015.

 
  Manager Share Options   Manager Loan Note Options  
 
  2015   2014   2013   2015   2014   2013  
 
  No.
  No.
  No.
  No.
  No.
  No.
 

Outstanding as at start of period

    292,644,026     280,743,613     283,891,023     207,473,138     215,858,034     264,951,594  

Granted during the period

        11,900,413             9,149,990      

Forfeited during the period

            (3,147,410 )           (2,419,980 )

Exercised during the period

                    (17,534,886 )   (46,673,580 )

Outstanding as at end of period

    292,644,026     292,644,026     280,743,613     207,473,138     207,473,138     215,858,034  

Exercisable as at end of period

                         

F-69


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

32 Financial instruments

Financial assets

Loans and receivables

 
  Carrying and
fair value
 
 
  2015   2014  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Cash and cash equivalents (see note 22)

    452,428     424,191  

Trade and other receivables (see note 21)

    206,929     289,236  

    659,357     713,427  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Derivatives

 
  Carrying and
fair value
 
 
  2015   2014  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options (see note 19)

    6,366     2,953  

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 
  Carrying and
fair value
 
 
  2015   2014  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Trade and other payables (see note 27)

    137,288     153,554  

Loans and borrowings (see note 25)

    8,483,249     8,090,998  

    8,620,537     8,244,552  

Derivative financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss

 
  Carrying and
fair value
 
 
  2015   2014  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options (see note 19)

    226     1,223  

Interest rate swaps (see note 19)

    30,228     21,283  

    30,454     22,506  

F-70


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

32 Financial instruments (Continued)

Valuation methods and assumptions

Loans and receivables

        Loans and receivables are carried at amortised cost, in accordance with the accounting policy. The carrying value might be affected by changes in credit risk of the counterparties.

        The fair value of each financial asset is included at the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The fair values of cash and cash equivalents trade receivables and other current receivables approximate to their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options and interest rate swaps

        Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss represent those foreign exchange forward contracts and options that are used to manage foreign currency risk arising from expected sales and purchases, and those interest rate swaps used to reduce the level of floating rate interest risk on loans and borrowings.

        The fair value of the financial assets and liabilities is included at the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.

        The group enters into derivative financial instruments with various counterparties, principally financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings. Derivatives valued using valuation techniques with market observable inputs are foreign exchange forward contracts and options and interest rate swaps. The most frequently applied valuation techniques include forward pricing models and swap models, using present value calculations. The models incorporate various inputs including the credit quality of counterparties, foreign exchange spot and forward rates and interest rate curves.

        The group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:

        Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

        Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly;

        Level 3: techniques which use inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

        As at 31 December 2015 and 31 December 2014, the group held foreign exchange forward contracts and interest rate swaps carried at fair value in the balance sheet by applying level 2 of the hierarchy.

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

        The fair value of each financial liability is included at the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.

F-71


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

32 Financial instruments (Continued)

        The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values:

33 Financial risk management and impairment of financial assets

        The group's principal financial liabilities, other than derivatives, comprise loans and borrowings, and trade and other payables. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is to finance the group's operations. The group has loan and other receivables, trade and other receivables, and cash and short-term deposits that derive directly from its operations. The group also enters into derivative transactions.

        The group is exposed to market risk (including interest rate and foreign currency risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

        Management of these risks is primarily the responsibility of the group's senior finance team. The group's senior finance team ensures that the group's financial risk-taking activities are in accordance with the terms of the shareholder and external loans and borrowings. Decisions to enter into derivative transactions are made by the group's senior finance team and approved by the Board of directors. It is also the Board of directors that will approve any exercises to buy back or restructure the debt in the group.

Credit risk and impairment

        Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial loss. The group is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily for trade receivables) and from its financing activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions, foreign exchange transactions and other financial instruments.

Trade receivables

        The majority of the group's trade receivables are due from large national or multinational companies, or are government backed where the risk of default is considered low and are often backed by letters of credit.

        Outstanding customer receivables are regularly monitored and any contracts with major customers are generally covered by letters of credit or other forms of credit insurance.

Financial instruments and cash deposits

        Credit risk from balances with banks and financial institutions is managed by the group's senior management and the credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is considered limited because the counterparties are banks and financial institutions with high credit-ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies.

F-72


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

33 Financial risk management and impairment of financial assets (Continued)

        Limits are set to minimise the concentration of risks and therefore mitigate financial loss through potential counterparty failure.

Loans and receivables credit risk exposure and management

2015
  Maximum
amount of
exposure
  Provision for
doubtful debt
  Carrying
value
 
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Cash and cash equivalents

    452,428         452,428  

Trade and other receivables

    230,446     (23,517 )   206,929  

    682,874     (23,517 )   659,357  

 

2014
  Maximum
amount of
exposure
  Provision for
doubtful debt
  Carrying
value
 
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Cash and cash equivalents

    424,191         424,191  

Trade and other receivables

    298,114     (8,878 )   289,236  

    722,305     (8,878 )   713,427  

Concentrations of credit risk

        The majority of the group's trade receivables are due from large national or multinational companies, or are government backed where the risk of default is considered low and are often backed by letters of credit. The group is able to offset amounts due for certain customers, to whom significant logistics sales have been made, with other transactions with the same customers.

        Outstanding customer receivables are regularly monitored and any contracts with major customers are generally covered by letters of credit or other forms of credit insurance. At 31 December 2015, the group had 11 customers (2014—11 customers) that owed the group more than $5.0m each (2014—$5.0m) and accounted for approximately 91% (2014—86%) of all receivables owing. These year end receivables were typically in respect of advanced invoicing of rights being granted for the following year's Championship season and its events. Receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis and provision is made for estimated irrecoverable amounts.

        The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of financial assets disclosed. The group evaluates the concentration of risk with respect to trade receivables as low, as its customers are located in several jurisdictions and industries and operate in largely independent markets.

Collateral held as security and other debt enhancements

        The group does not hold collateral as security.

F-73


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

33 Financial risk management and impairment of financial assets (Continued)

Past due and impaired financial assets

Allowances for impairment by credit losses

 
  Loans and
receivables
 
 
  $ 000
 

At 1 January 2014

    8,813  

Impairment for losses charged to income

    4,189  

Amounts released to income (unused)

    (8 )

Amounts utilised

    (4,116 )

At 31 December 2014

    8,878  

Impairment losses charged to income

    16,408  

Amounts released to income (unused)

    (1,769 )

At 31 December 2015

    23,517  

Ageing of receivables

 
   
   
   
   
   
  Past due but not impaired  
 
   
  Neither
past due
nor impaired
   
   
   
 
 
  Total   <30 days   30 - 60 days   61 - 90 days   91 - 120 days   >120 days  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

2015

    189,690     172,262     7,747     4,678     1,128     2,189     1,686  

2014

    264,698     172,320     76,609     5,765     6,297     517     3,190  

Market risk

        Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Key market risks affecting the group include interest rate risk and currency risk. Financial instruments affected by market risk include loans and borrowings, deposits and derivative financial instruments.

        The sensitivity analyses have been prepared on the basis that the amount of net debt, the ratio of fixed to floating interest rates of the debt and derivatives and the proportion of financial instruments in foreign currencies are all constant.

        The analyses exclude the impact of movements in market variables on the carrying value of provisions and on the non-financial assets and liabilities of foreign operations.

Foreign exchange risk

        Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates.

        The group manages its foreign currency risk by entering into intra-group transactions that move foreign currency funds between subsidiaries to minimise foreign currency exposures.

F-74


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

33 Financial risk management and impairment of financial assets (Continued)

        The group's exposure to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates relates primarily to the group's operating activities (when revenue or expense is denominated in a different currency from the group's functional currency) and the group's net investments in foreign subsidiaries.

Sensitivity analysis

        The following analysis demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in the GBP and Euro exchange rate, with all other variables held constant, of the group's loss before tax (due to changes in the value of financial assets and liabilities including foreign currency derivatives). The group's exposure to foreign currency changes for all other currencies is not material.

        The impact on loss before tax of a 10% strengthening of the US dollar against the Euro would be a maximum decrease of $2.6m (2014—decrease of $0.8m, 2013—decrease of $4.9m). The impact of a 10% weakening of the US dollar against the Euro would be a maximum increase of an identical sum. The impact on equity of a 10% strengthening of US dollars against the Euro would be a maximum increase of $2.6m (2014—increase of $0.8m, 2013—increase of $4.9m). The impact of a 10% weakening of US dollars against the Euro would be a maximum decrease of an identical sum.

        The impact on loss before tax of a 10% strengthening of the US dollar against GBP would be a maximum decrease of $5.5m (2014—decrease of $1.8m, 2013—decrease of $1.2m). The impact of a 10% weakening of the US dollar against GBP would be a maximum increase of an identical sum. The impact on equity of a 10% strengthening of US dollars against GBP would be a maximum increase of $5.5m (2014—increase of $1.8m, 2013—increase of $1.2m). The impact of a 10% weakening of US dollars against GBP would be a maximum decrease of an identical sum.

        The movement on the loss before tax and equity is a result of a change in the fair value of derivative financial instruments not designated in a hedging relationship and monetary assets and liabilities denominated in GBP or Euro, where the functional currency of the company is a currency other than GBP or Euro. Although the derivatives have not been designated in a hedge relationship, they act as an economic hedge and will offset the underlying transactions when they occur.

Interest rate risk

        Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The group's exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the group's long-term debt obligations with floating interest rates. To manage this, the group enters into interest rate swaps, in which the group agrees to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed and variable rate interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional principal amount.

        At 31 December 2015, after taking into account the effect of interest rate swaps, approximately 83% (2014—82%) of the group's total borrowings (including shareholder loan notes) are at a fixed rate of interest.

Sensitivity analysis

        With all other variables held constant, the group's loss before tax is affected through the impact on floating rate borrowings and cash deposits, and derivatives at fair value through the profit or loss. The

F-75


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

33 Financial risk management and impairment of financial assets (Continued)

analysis demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates applied to those financial assets and liabilities held at the relevant year ends.

        In 2015, a 0.5% increase in interest rates would decrease the loss before tax and increase equity by a maximum of $16.5m (2014—decrease the loss before tax and increase equity by $9.7m, 2013—decrease the loss before tax and increase equity by $5.0m). A 0.5% decrease in interest rates would increase the loss before tax and decrease equity by a maximum of $16.5m (2014—increase the loss before tax and decrease equity by $9.7m, 2013—increase the loss before tax and decrease equity by $5.0m). A 1.5% increase in interest rates would decrease the loss before tax and increase equity by a maximum of $12.1m (2014—decrease the loss before tax and increase equity by $5.9m, 2013—increase the loss before tax and decrease equity by $1.8m). A 2.5% increase in interest rates would decrease the loss before tax and increase equity by a maximum of $3.6m (2014—increase the loss before tax and decrease equity by $3.4m, 2013—increase the loss before tax and decrease equity by $13.3m).

Liquidity risk

        The group's objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of revolving credit facilities, bank loans and shareholder loans. The group monitors liquidity on an ongoing basis and enters into well diversified instruments with staggered maturities in response to anticipated liquidity and financing requirements.

Maturity analysis

        The table below summarises the maturity profile of the group's financial liabilities (excluding shareholder loan notes) based on contractual undiscounted payments.

2015
  Within
1 year
  Between 1
and 5 years
  After more
than 5 years
  Total  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Trade and other payables

    137,289             137,289  

Interest bearing borrowings (excluding shareholder loan notes)

    229,494     916,922     4,312,500     5,458,916  

Derivative financial instruments

    29,335             29,335  

    396,118     916,922     4,312,500     5,625,540  

 

2014
  Within
1 year
  Between 1
and 5 years
  After more
than 5 years
  Total  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Trade and other payables

    153,554             153,554  

Interest bearing borrowings (excluding shareholder loan notes)

    229,738     918,392     4,689,660     5,837,790  

Derivative financial instruments

    44,652     18,595         63,247  

    427,944     936,987     4,689,660     6,054,591  

        Shareholder loans accrue annual compound interest at 10% per annum and mature in 2060 as noted in note 25. The terms of the notes allow for no contractual repayments during the term. In the remote event the shareholder notes remain in issue until maturity, and assuming there were to be no

F-76


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

33 Financial risk management and impairment of financial assets (Continued)

repayments or amendments to the interest terms before the maturity date, the amount repayable in 2060 would be $315.0bn (2014—$315.0bn). This amount has not been included in the table above.

Capital risk management

Capital components

        The directors consider the capital of the group as most appropriately represented by equity attributable to the shareholders of the parent, shareholder loans and accrued interest on shareholder loans.

Capital management

        In assessing the management of capital, the directors review the current and forecast future projected EBITDA of the business. The level of debt is reviewed annually, with additional interim reviews as necessary where facts and circumstances warrant.

        No changes were made in the objectives or processes for managing equity attributable to the shareholders of the parent, shareholder loans and accrued interest on shareholder loans during the year.

        The group monitors capital on an absolute basis, as shown below:

 
  2015   2014  
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

Shareholder loan notes

    4,349,283     3,953,732  

Equity

    3,812,130     3,285,112  

    8,161,413     7,238,844  

34 Related party transactions

Key management personnel and compensation

        Key management personnel are considered to be the directors of the group and personnel who are not directors but are Participants in the Delta Topco Option Scheme. Compensation of directors is disclosed within directors' remuneration (see note 13).

Summary of transactions with key management

        Transactions with key management include expense recharges and transactions related to their membership of the Delta Topco Option Scheme (see note 31).

F-77


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

34 Related party transactions (Continued)

        On 18 May 2015 the group transferred six subsidiaries, Beta Principal Limited, Beta Operations Limited, Beta Topco 1 Limited, Beta Topco 2 Limited, Speed Investments Limited and Gamma Topco Limited to Ms Sacha Woodward Hill, a director of the company. These companies were transferred for consideration of either $1 or £2, being the amount of the issued paid up share capital in each company at the time of the disposals. There was no profit or loss on the disposals in the books of their parent companies.

Directors' Interests in the Delta Topco Option Scheme

        Share Options held by directors do not have an expiry date and all have an exercise price of between $Nil and $0.01 (2014-$Nil and $0.01, 2013-$Nil and $0.01). Manager Loan Note Options held by directors do not have an expiry date and all have an exercise price of $0.000001 (2014 and 2013-$0.000001). The number of Share Options and Manager Loan Note Options outstanding at each year end are:

 
  2015   2014   2013  
 
  Number
  Number
  Number
 

Share Options

    234,148,699     234,148,699     234,148,699  

Manager Loan Note Options

    166,002,241     166,002,241     180,032,156  

Summary of transactions with other related parties

        Other related parties include:

        Transactions with other related parties include travel sales, recharged expenses, rent charges, insurance and other property charges and monitoring fees, and where applicable are conducted at the same rates, and under the same terms, as similar transactions with third parties.

        Other than loans, outstanding balances at the year-end are unsecured and interest-free and settlement occurs in cash. There have been no guarantees provided or received for any related party receivables or payables.

        Shareholder loans are discussed in note 25.

F-78


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

34 Related party transactions (Continued)

Income and receivables from related parties

 
  Key
management
  Other
related parties
 
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

2015

             

Travel sales

        137  

Hospitality sales

        96  

Expenses recharged

    180     531  

    180     764  

Amounts receivable from related parties as at 31 December

    211     520  

 

 
  Key
management
  Other
related parties
 
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

2014

             

Travel sales

        178  

Expenses recharged

    18     158  

    18     336  

Amounts receivable from related parties as at 31 December

    4     1  

 

 
  Key
management
  Other
related parties
 
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

2013

             

Travel sales

        205  

Hospitality sales

    5      

Expenses recharged

    93     79  

    98     284  

Amounts receivable from related parties as at 31 December

    45     25  

F-79


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

34 Related party transactions (Continued)

Expenditure with and payables to related parties

 
  Other
related parties
 
 
  $ 000
 

2015

       

Monitoring fee

    1,528  

Rent charged

    1,603  

Insurance and other property charges

    349  

    3,480  

Amounts payable to related parties as at 31 December

     

 

 
  Key management   Other
related parties
 
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

2014

             

Monitoring fee

        1,645  

Expenses recharged

    2      

Rent charged

        1,726  

Insurance and other property charges

        23  

    2     3,394  

Amounts payable to related parties as at 31 December

         

 

 
  Key
management
  Other
related parties
 
 
  $ 000
  $ 000
 

2013

             

Monitoring fee

        1,570  

Expenses recharged

    7     1  

Rent charged

        1,661  

Insurance and other property charges

        41  

    7     3,273  

Amounts payable to related parties as at 31 December

        414  

35 Parent and ultimate parent undertaking

        The directors consider the company's ultimate controlling party to be CVC Capital Partners SICAV—FIS S.A., its subsidiaries and affiliates.

36 Events after the balance sheet date

        On 7th September 2016 Liberty Media Corporation ("Liberty Media") completed the acquisition of an 18.7% minority stake in the company. In addition, and on the same day, Liberty Media also agreed a second transaction to acquire, in due course, 100% of the company.

F-80


Table of Contents


Delta Topco Limited and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Year Ended 31 December 2015 (Continued)

36 Events after the balance sheet date (Continued)

        The completion of the full acquisition is subject to certain conditions, including the receipt of: (i) certain clearances and approvals by anti-trust and competition law authorities in various countries, (ii) certain third-party consents and approvals, including that of the FIA, and (iii) the approval of Liberty Media's stockholders for the issuance of new shares in connection with the acquisition. It is anticipated that the approvals will be obtained in due course, and the transaction is expected to close by the end of the first quarter of 2017.

        Prior to completion of the 100% acquisition, CVC Capital Partners SICAV—FIS S.A., its subsidiaries and affiliates continue for the time being to be the controlling shareholder of the company.

F-81


Table of Contents


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Introduction

        The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information and related notes present the historical financial statements of Liberty Media Corporation ("Liberty Media") and Formula One as if the completion of Liberty Media's acquisition of Delta Topco, the holding company for the Formula One business, had previously occurred on the dates specified below. In addition, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data reflects borrowings under a new margin loan agreement and other adjustments related to the business combination as detailed in the notes hereto.

Pro Forma Information

        The unaudited pro forma financial information reflects the estimated aggregate consideration of approximately $4.4 billion for the acquisition of Delta Topco, as calculated below (in millions):

Cash(1)

  $ 1,100  

Fair value of Series C Liberty Media Group tracking stock issued to sellers(2)

    2,932  

Subordinated Series C Liberty Media Group tracking stock exchangeable notes(3)

    351  

  $ 4,383  

(1)
Includes proceeds from a draw down on a New Margin Loan, as defined and discussed in note 3(d).

(2)
Liberty Media expects to issue approximately 138 million new shares of Series C Liberty Media common stock upon the second closing. The $2.9 billion equity value herein was based on the five day volume weighted average price per share ("VWAP") ending on the second trading day prior to the first closing ("Reference Price") on September 7, 2016. Liberty Media believes that the Reference Price on this date provides a more reasonable estimate of the fair value of Series C Liberty Media Group tracking stock to be issued upon the second closing than the Series C Liberty Media Group tracking stock price as of June 30, 2016. The actual equity value will be based on the price per share of Series C Liberty Media common stock on the date of the second closing and may differ significantly from the amount determined herein due to changes in the price per share of Series C Liberty Media Group tracking stock at the time of the second closing. Had the fair value of Series C Liberty Media Group tracking stock been 10% higher, total purchase consideration would have been greater by $293 million and the difference would primarily impact goodwill and definite-lived intangible assets.

(3)
In connection with the transaction, Delta Topco expects to issue approximately $351 million subordinated exchangeable notes upon the conversion of certain outstanding Formula One loan notes, exchangeable into shares of Series C Liberty Media Group tracking stock at 105% of the Reference Price by the holders at any time.

        The unaudited pro forma financial information related to the Formula One business combination was prepared using the acquisition method of accounting and is based on the assumption that the business combination of Formula One took place as of June 30, 2016 for purposes of the unaudited pro forma balance sheet and as of January 1, 2015 for purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016.

F-82


Table of Contents

        In accordance with the acquisition method of accounting, the actual consolidated financial statements of Liberty Media will reflect the Formula One business combination only from and after the date of the completion of the acquisition. Liberty Media has not yet undertaken a detailed analysis of the fair value of Formula One's assets and liabilities and will not finalize the purchase price allocation related to the Formula One business combination until after the transaction is consummated. Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma adjustments are preliminary and have been made solely for the purpose of providing unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information. Differences between these preliminary estimates and the final acquisition accounting may occur and these differences could be material. Additionally, the differences, if any, could have a material impact on the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements and Liberty Media's future results of operations and financial position.

        The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent what the results of operations or financial position of Liberty Media would actually have been had the business combination occurred on the dates noted above, or to project the results of operations or financial position of Liberty Media for any future periods. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on available information and certain assumptions that Liberty Media management believes are reasonable. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are directly attributable to the business combination and are expected to have a continuing impact on the results of operations of Liberty Media. In the opinion of Liberty Media management, all adjustments necessary to present fairly the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information have been made.

        The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the notes hereto.

F-83


Table of Contents


Liberty Media Corporation

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of June 30, 2016

(unaudited)

 
  Liberty
Media
Corporation
Historical
  Formula
One, as
reported(2)
  UK GAAP—
US GAAP
Adjustments(2)
   
  Presentation
reclass(2)
   
  Other Pro
Forma
Adjustments(3)
   
  Liberty
Media
Corporation,
as adjusted
 
 
  amounts in millions
 

Assets

                                                 

Current assets:

                                                 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,229     543                     (858 ) (a)(d)(g)     914  

Trade and other receivables, net

    276     438                             714  

Other current assets

    263     90                             353  

Total current assets

    1,768     1,071                     (858 )       1,981  

Investments in available-for-sale securities and other cost investments

    492                                 492  

Investments in affiliates, accounted for using the equity method

    1,123                                 1,123  

Property and equipment, at cost

    2,792     70                             2,862  

Accumulated depreciation

    (750 )   (62 )                           (812 )

    2,042     8                             2,050  

Intangible assets not subject to amortization

                                                 

Goodwill

    14,345     4,039     1,370   (a)             521   (e)     20,275  

FCC licenses

    8,600                                 8,600  

Other

    1,073                                 1,073  

    24,018     4,039     1,370                 517         29,948  

Intangible assets subject to amortization, net

    1,068     157                     2,194   (e)     3,419  

Other assets

    378     452             (23 ) (e)             807  

Total assets

  $ 30,889     5,727     1,370         (23 )       1,857         39,820  

Liabilities and Equity

                                                 

Current liabilities:

                                                 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  $ 808     30                             838  

Current portion of debt

    256     (2 )                           254  

Deferred revenue

    1,883     621                             2,504  

Other current liabilities

    48     31                             79  

Total current liabilities

    2,995     680                             3,675  

Long-term debt

    7,275     8,703                     (3,866 ) (c)(d)(f)     12,112  

Deferred income tax liabilities

    1,852                 (23 ) (e)     444   (e)     2,273  

Other liabilities

    716     412                     (351 ) (g)     777  

Total liabilities

    12,838     9,795             (23 )       (3,773 )       18,837  

Stockholders' equity:

                                                 

Preferred stock

                                     

Series A Liberty SiriusXM common stock

    1                                 1  

Series A Liberty Braves common stock

                                     

Series A Liberty Media common stock

                                     

Series B Liberty SiriusXM common stock

                                     

Series B Liberty Braves common stock

                                     

Series B Liberty Media common stock

                                     

Series C Liberty SiriusXM common stock

    2                                 2  

Series C Liberty Braves common stock

                                     

Series C Liberty Media common stock

    1                         1   (b)     2  

Additional paid-in capital

    268     3,487             (6,185 )       5,629   (b)(c)(e)(f)(g)     3,199  

Accumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss), net of taxes

    (51 )   10             (10 )               (51 )

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

    11,426     (7,565 )   1,370   (a)     6,195                 11,426  

Total stockholders' equity

    11,647     (4,068 )   1,370                 5,630         14,579  

Noncontrolling interests in equity of subsidiaries

    6,404                                     6,404  

Total equity

    18,051     (4,068 )   1,370                 5,630         20,983  

Commitments and contingencies

                                                 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 30,889     5,727     1,370         (23 )       1,857         39,820  

F-84


Table of Contents


Liberty Media Corporation

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016

(unaudited)

 
  Liberty Media
Corporation
Historical
  Formula
One, as
reported(2)
  Presentation
Reclass(2)
   
  Other Pro
Forma
Adjustments(3)
   
  Liberty Media
Corporation,
as adjusted
   
 
  amounts in millions, except per share amounts

Revenue:

                                         

Subscriber revenue

  $ 2,041                         2,041    

Formula One revenue

        696                     696    

Other revenue

    529                         529    

Total revenue

    2,570     696                     3,266    

Operating costs and expenses, including stock-based compensation:

                                         

Cost of subscriber services (exclusive of depreciation shown separately below):

                                         

Revenue and share royalties

    516                         516    

Programming and content

    168                         168    

Customer service and billing

    191                         191    

Other

    78                         78    

Subscriber acquisition costs

    261                         261    

Cost of Formula One revenue

        490     (10 ) (b)             480    

Other operating expenses

    169                         169    

Selling, general and administrative

    409     69     (9 ) (b)     (17 ) (g)     452    

Legal settlement, net

    (511 )                       (511 )  

Depreciation and amortization

    180         19   (b)     119   (e)     318    

    1,461     559             102         2,122    

Operating income (loss)

    1,109     137             (102 )       1,144    

Other income (expense):

                                         

Interest expense

    (174 )   (409 )   61   (d)     207   (c)(d)(f)     (315 )  

Share of earnings (losses) of affiliates, net

    6                         6    

Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments, net                        

    (40 )       (61 ) (d)             (101 )  

Other, net

    12     2                       14    

    (196 )   (407 )           207         (396 )  

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    913     (270 )           105         748    

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (346 )   14             (20 ) (h)     (352 )  

Net earnings (loss)

    567     (256 )           85         396    

Less net earnings (loss) attributable to the noncontrolling interests

    122                         122    

Net earnings (loss) attributable to Liberty stockholders

  $ 445     (256 )           85         274    

Basic net earnings (loss) attributable to Liberty stockholders per common share:

                                         

Series A, B and C Liberty Media Corporation common stock

    1.13                               1.13   (4)

Series A, B and C Liberty SiriusXM common stock

    0.24                               0.24   (4)

Series A, B and C Liberty Braves common stock

    0.89                               0.89   (4)

Series A, B and C Liberty Media common stock

    (0.57 )                             (0.99 ) (4)

Diluted net earnings (loss) attributable to Liberty stockholders per common share

                                         

Series A, B and C Liberty Media Corporation common stock

    1.12                               1.12   (4)

Series A, B and C Liberty SiriusXM common stock

    0.24                               0.24   (4)

Series A, B and C Liberty Braves common stock

    0.11                               0.11   (4)

Series A, B and C Liberty Media common stock

    (0.57 )                             (0.99 ) (4)

Net earnings (loss) attributable to Liberty stockholders:

                                         

Liberty Media Corporation common stock

  $ 378                               378   (4)

Liberty SiriusXM common stock

    82                               82   (4)

Liberty Braves common stock

    32                               32   (4)

Liberty Media common stock

    (47 )   (256 )             85         (218 ) (4)

  $ 445     (256 )           85         274   (4)

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic

                                         

Series A, B and C Liberty Media Corporation common stock

    335                               335   (4)

Series A, B and C Liberty SiriusXM common stock

    335                               335   (4)

Series A, B and C Liberty Braves common stock

    36                               36   (4)

Series A, B and C Liberty Media common stock

    83                               221   (4)

Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted

                                         

Series A, B and C Liberty Media Corporation common stock

    337                               337   (4)

Series A, B and C Liberty SiriusXM common stock

    337                               337   (4)

Series A, B and C Liberty Braves common stock

    45                               45   (4)

Series A, B and C Liberty Media common stock

    84                               223   (4)

F-85


Table of Contents


Liberty Media Corporation

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2015

(unaudited)

 
  Liberty Media
Corporation
Historical
  Formula
One, as reported(2)
  Presentation
reclass(2)
   
  Other Pro
Forma
Adjustments(3)
   
  Liberty Media
Corporation,
as adjusted
   
 
  amounts in millions, except per share amounts

Revenue:

                                         

Subscriber revenue

  $ 3,807                         3,807    

Formula One revenue

        1,697                     1,697    

Other revenue

    988                         988    

Total revenue

    4,795     1,697                     6,492    

Operating costs and expenses, including stock-based compensation:

                                         

Cost of subscriber services (exclusive of depreciation shown separately below) :                     

                                         

Revenue and share royalties

    1,035                         1,035    

Programming and content

    267                         267    

Customer service and billing

    380                         380    

Other

    141                         141    

Subscriber acquisition costs

    533                         533    

Cost of Formula One revenue

        1,167     (27 ) (b)             1,140    

Other operating expenses

    262                         262    

Selling, general and administrative

    861     213     (20 ) (b)(c)     (98 ) (g)     956    

Depreciation and amortization

    362         46   (b)     238   (e)     646    

    3,841     1,380     (1 )       140         5,360    

Operating income (loss)

    954     317     1         (140 )       1,132    

Other income (expense):

                                         

Interest expense

    (328 )   (675 )   48   (d)     380   (c)(d)(f)     (575 )  

Dividend and interest income

    17     2                     19    

Share of earnings (losses) of affiliates, net

    (40 )                       (40 )  

Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments, net

    (140 )       (48 ) (d)             (188 )  

Gains (losses) on transactions, net

    (4 )                       (4 )  

Other, net

    (1 )       (1 ) (c)             (2 )  

    (496 )   (673 )   (1 )       380         (790 )  

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    458     (356 )           240         342    

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (210 )   (7 )           (47 ) (h)     (264 )  

Net earnings (loss)

    248     (363 )           193         78    

Less net earnings (loss) attributable to the noncontrolling interests

    184                         184    

Net earnings (loss) attributable to Liberty stockholders

  $ 64     (363 )           193         (106 )  

Basic net earnings (loss) attributable to Liberty stockholders per common share

    0.19                               (0.22 ) (4)

Diluted net earnings (loss) attributable to Liberty stockholders per common share

    0.19                               (0.22 ) (4)

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic

    338                               476   (4)

Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted

    340                               491   (4)

F-86


Table of Contents


Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

(1) Basis of Pro Forma Presentation

        The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2016 and the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2015 are based on (i) the historical unaudited consolidated financial statements of Liberty Media Corporation ("Liberty Media" or "we") as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 contained in Liberty Media's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2016, (ii) the historical audited consolidated financial statements of Liberty Media as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 contained in Liberty Media's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 12, 2016, (iii) the historical audited consolidated financial statements of Formula One as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015, and (iv) the historical unaudited consolidated financial statements of Formula One as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2016. Upon the second closing, Liberty Media expects to account for Formula One as a consolidated subsidiary that will be attributed to the Liberty Media Group, which is expected to be renamed the Formula One Group upon closing.

        The pro forma adjustments are included only to the extent they are (i) directly attributable to the transactions, (ii) factually supportable and (iii) with respect to the statements of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the consolidated results.

        The unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent what the results of operations or financial position of Liberty Media Corporation would actually have been had the transaction occurred in prior periods, or to project the results of operations or financial position of Liberty Media Corporation for any future periods. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on available information and certain assumptions that Liberty Media Corporation management believes are reasonable. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are directly attributable to the transaction and are expected to have a continuing impact on the results of operations of Liberty Media Corporation. In the opinion of Liberty Media Corporation management, all adjustments necessary to present fairly the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information have been made.

(2) Formula One Financial Statements

        Delta Topco is a privately held company based in Jersey, and its principal subsidiaries are privately held companies based in London. Accordingly, Formula One does not provide periodic financial reporting materials similar to those filed by a publicly traded U.S. company (such as reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission). In addition, Formula One financial information is presented or obtained from financial information presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IFRS"). A reconciliation of Formula One's financial statements prepared under IFRS to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("US GAAP") has been performed for purposes of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. Such reconciliation adjustments consist of the following:

F-87


Table of Contents


Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information (Continued)

(2) Formula One Financial Statements (Continued)

        Additionally, certain reclass adjustments have been made to conform the presentation of Formula One's financial statements to the presentation of Liberty Media Corporation's financial statements, as follows:

F-88


Table of Contents


Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information (Continued)

(2) Formula One Financial Statements (Continued)

(3) Pro Forma Adjustments

        The unaudited pro forma adjustments related to the transactions included in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are as follows:

F-89


Table of Contents


Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information (Continued)

(3) Pro Forma Adjustments (Continued)

Current assets

  $ 964  

Property and equipment

    8  

Goodwill

    5,930  

Definite-lived intangible assets

    2,351  

Other assets

    429  

Deferred income tax liabilities

    (421 )

Current liabilities

    (680 )

Long-term debt

    (4,137 )

Other liabilities

    (61 )

  $ 4,383  

F-90


Table of Contents


Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information (Continued)

(3) Pro Forma Adjustments (Continued)

F-91


Table of Contents


Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information (Continued)

(3) Pro Forma Adjustments (Continued)

(4) Earnings per share

        Weighted average shares outstanding for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015 have been adjusted for the issuance of an additional 138 million Series C Liberty Media Group shares as a result of the transaction, assuming that the business combination occurred on January 1, 2015 and using the Reference Price per share determined in connection with the first closing, as discussed in note 3(b). Potentially dilutive shares include shares exchangeable pursuant to the subordinated exchangeable notes assuming 105% of the Reference Price per share determined in connection with the first closing, as discussed in notes 3(b) and 3(c). Potentially dilutive shares are excluded from the computation of diluted EPS during the periods in which losses are reported as the result would be antidilutive.

F-92


Table of Contents

ANNEX A

SEPTEMBER 7, 2016

THE SELLERS
listed in Schedule 1 hereto

DELTA TOPCO LIMITED

LIBERTY GR CAYMAN ACQUISITION COMPANY

and

LIBERTY MEDIA CORPORATION

AGREEMENT
FOR THE SALE AND PURCHASE OF DELTA TOPCO LIMITED


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page

1.

 

INTERPRETATION

  A-4


2.


 


SALE AND PURCHASE


 


A-22


3.


 


WAIVERS


 


A-24


4.


 


DRAG ALONG


 


A-24


5.


 


MANAGEMENT EQUITY PLAN


 


A-25


6.


 


FERRARI OPTION AGREEMENT


 


A-25


7.


 


LENDER CONSENT


 


A-25


8.


 


LOAN NOTE CONVERSION


 


A-25


9.


 


SELLERS' REPRESENTATIVE


 


A-26


10.


 


CONDITIONS TO CLOSING


 


A-27


11.


 


CONSIDERATION


 


A-30


12.


 


PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS


 


A-34


13.


 


UNWIND OF THE FIRST CLOSING


 


A-38


14.


 


CLOSING


 


A-41


15.


 


SELLERS' NO LEAKAGE UNDERTAKING


 


A-43


16.


 


PURCHASER NO LEAKAGE UNDERTAKING


 


A-43


17.


 


SELLER AND COMPANY WARRANTIES


 


A-43


18.


 


LMC AND PURCHASER WARRANTIES


 


A-44


19.


 


TAX


 


A-47


20.


 


ANNOUNCEMENTS


 


A-47


21.


 


NO SOLICITATION BY THE SELLERS OR THE COMPANY


 


A-47


22.


 


LMC UNDERTAKINGS


 


A-49


23.


 


CONFIDENTIALITY


 


A-51


24.


 


FURTHER ASSURANCE


 


A-54


26.


 


NOTICES


 


A-56


27.


 


ASSIGNMENT


 


A-58


28.


 


ENTIRE AGREEMENT


 


A-58


29.


 


WAIVERS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES


 


A-59


30.


 


GUARANTEE


 


A-59


31.


 


CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999


 


A-60


32.


 


GENERAL


 


A-61


33.


 


GOVERNING LAW, JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS


 


A-62

Table of Contents

 
   
  Page

SCHEDULE 1 DETAILS OF THE SELLERS AND THE SALE SECURITIES

   

PART A

   

PART B

   


SCHEDULE 2 WARRANTIES


 


A-64


SCHEDULE 3 LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY


 


A-66


SCHEDULE 4 EXERCISE OF THE MANAGEMENT EQUITY PLAN


 

 


SCHEDULE 5 LOAN NOTE CONVERSION


 


A-67


SCHEDULE 6 EXERCISE OF THE FERRARI OPTION AGREEMENT


 

 


SCHEDULE 7 CLOSING DELIVERABLES


 


A-69


SCHEDULE 8 KEY MANAGERS


 

 


SCHEDULE 9 COMPETITION CONDITIONS


 


A-72


SCHEDULE 10 SALE DEED OF ADHERENCE


 

 


SCHEDULE 11 COMPANY BOARD OF DIRECTORS


 


A-74


SCHEDULE 12 BUSINESS PLAN PRINCIPLES


 

 

Table of Contents

        THIS DEED (this "Agreement") is dated 7, September 2016 BETWEEN:

        WHEREAS:

A-1


Table of Contents

A-2


Table of Contents

A-3


Table of Contents

IT IS AGREED:

1.
INTERPRETATION

1.1
In this Agreement, including the Preamble and the Recitals, the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:

A-4


Table of Contents

A-5


Table of Contents

A-6


Table of Contents

A-7


Table of Contents

A-8


Table of Contents

A-9


Table of Contents

A-10


Table of Contents

A-11


Table of Contents

A-12


Table of Contents

A-13


Table of Contents

A-14


Table of Contents

A-15


Table of Contents

A-16


Table of Contents

A-17


Table of Contents

A-18


Table of Contents

A-19


Table of Contents

1.2
In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)
references to a sale with "full title guarantee" means that the same covenants shall be deemed to be given by the Sellers on Closing in relation to the Sale Securities as are implied under Part 1 of the Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1994 where a disposition is expressed to be made with full title guarantee;

(b)
references to a person shall be construed so as to include any individual, firm, body corporate (wherever incorporated), government, state or agency of a state or any joint venture, association, partnership works council or employee representative body (whether or not having separate legal personality);

(c)
the headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement;

(d)
the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

(e)
references to one gender include all genders;

(f)
references to times of the day are to London, United Kingdom time unless otherwise stated;

(g)
references to any English legal term for any action, remedy, method or judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official, or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of any jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

(h)
a reference to a document includes any valid amendment or supplement to, or replacement or novation of, that document;

A-20


Table of Contents

1.3
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any express reference to an enactment (which includes any legislation in any jurisdiction) includes references to:

(a)
that enactment as amended, extended or applied by or under any other enactment before or after the Reference Date;

(b)
any enactment which that enactment re-enacts (with or without modification); and

(c)
any subordinate legislation (including regulations) made (before or after the Reference Date) under that enactment, as re-enacted, amended, extended or applied as described in clause 1.3(a), or under any enactment referred to in clause 1.3(b).

1.4
Where there is any inconsistency between the definitions set out in this clause 1 and the definitions set out in any other clause or any Schedule, then for the purposes of construing such clause or Schedule, the definitions set out in such clause or other Schedule shall prevail.

1.5
This Agreement shall be binding on each Seller and each Seller shall be severally obliged to perform its obligations hereunder from the date on which this Agreement or a Sale Deed of Adherence (as the case may be) is signed by or on behalf of that Seller, save where this Agreement expressly refers to undertakings or warranties being given on or with effect from the Reference Date in which case this Agreement shall take effect with respect to each Seller from such date and to such extent.

1.6
The Schedules comprise schedules to this Agreement and form part of this Agreement.

A-21


Table of Contents

1.7
Any amount to be converted from one currency into another currency for the purposes of this Agreement shall be converted into an equivalent amount at the Conversion Rate prevailing at the Relevant Date. For the purposes of this clause 1.7:
1.8
For the purposes of clause 12.3 the obligation on CVC to "Procure" an outcome under this Agreement, this shall be construed to mean in relation to such outcome:

(a)
CVC will exercise its rights as a shareholder in the Company and as a party to the ISA to achieve the outcome;

(b)
CVC will exercise its rights to direct the I Directors (subject to their fiduciary duties, if any, to the Company to the extent that such I Directors are acting in their capacity as directors of the Company) to take such steps and perform such actions which are within their powers to:

(i)
veto actions or transactions proposed to be undertaken by the Company which are inconsistent with the outcome;

(ii)
give I Director Consent; and

(iii)
cause the I Directors to vote in order to pass resolutions at the Board of the Company (and any committee thereof); and

(c)
CVC will exercise its rights as a shareholder in the Company and as a party to the ISA to veto any actions or transactions proposed to be taken by the Company that are inconsistent with the relevant matter.

2.
SALE AND PURCHASE

2.1
Subject to and in accordance with this Agreement, and after completion of the steps in clause 14.3(a) each Seller shall sell and transfer with full title guarantee the relevant Sale Securities, and the Purchaser shall purchase the relevant Sale Securities from each such Seller with effect from Closing. The Sale Securities shall be sold with all rights attaching to them at Closing, including the right to receive all interest (whether or not crystallised), distributions and dividends as declared, payable, accrued or to be made in respect of the Sale Securities (as applicable) on or after Closing. The Exchangeable Notes (being converted from Loan Notes pursuant to clause 8), the LST Share and the Team Shares are not subject to the sale and purchase under this Agreement.

2.2
In accordance with this Agreement, each Seller shall sell the relevant Sale Securities free from all Encumbrances and any other rights exercisable by third parties and, save as otherwise set out in this Agreement, ownership and risk in the Sale Securities shall pass to the Purchaser with effect from Closing.

2.3
The Purchaser agrees that (a) the Sellers' execution and performance of the First SPA is deemed not to be in breach of any undertaking or covenant under this Agreement or any of the Warranties and (b) the entry into and performance by the parties to this Agreement of their respective obligations under this Agreement is deemed not to be in breach of any undertaking or covenant under the First SPA or any of the warranties in the First SPA.

A-22


Table of Contents

2.4
No later than four Business Days prior to Closing, a schedule (the "Draft Revised Schedule") in substantially the same form as Schedule 1, shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Sellers' Representative to the Purchaser and LMC which reflects the number and type of Sale Securities to be transferred by each Seller to the Purchaser and the Ownership Percentage of each Seller, which Revised Schedule is correct, or will be correct, following, inter alia:

(a)
the Dragged Sellers (if any) (A) becoming parties to this Agreement before Closing by signing a Sale Deed of Adherence, or a Sale Deed of Adherence being signed on their behalf or (B) otherwise being required to comply with the terms of this Agreement following delivery of the Drag Along Notice;

(b)
Unwind Completion;

(c)
completion of the Management Exercise Process;

(d)
completion of the Ferrari Exercise Process; and

(e)
the Loan Note Conversion,


and the Draft Revised Schedule shall be accompanied by reasonable evidence of any changes not listed in clauses 2.4(a) to 2.4(e).

2.5
No later than two Business Days prior to Closing, the Purchaser and LMC shall send to the Sellers' Representative a definitive version of Schedule 1 (the "Revised Schedule") reflecting:

(a)
corrections to mathematical or typographical or other manifest errors set out in the Draft Revised Schedule; and/or

(b)
any other changes to it in the Sale Securities or Ownership Percentages of each Seller not notified under clause 2.4 but of which it is otherwise aware provided that if any changes are proposed pursuant to this sub-clause (b), the Purchaser shall consult with the Sellers' Representative before delivering the Revised Schedule with such changes.

2.6
Following delivery of the Revised Schedule by the Purchaser in accordance with clause 2.4 and notwithstanding clause 32.3:

(a)
the number and type of Sale Securities to be sold by each Seller and purchased by the Purchaser pursuant to clause 2.1; and

(b)
the Ownership Percentage of each Seller,


shall be adjusted to reflect the number and type of Sale Securities and, if any adjustment is required, the Ownership Percentage set out in the Revised Schedule, it being agreed that such adjustments shall not result in:

(i)
any change to the Consideration payable by the Purchaser; or

(ii)
the Purchaser not acquiring all of the Sale Securities on Closing.

2.7
Notwithstanding any other provision of clauses 2.1 or 2.2 or the Warranties, the parties agree that the Sellers shall have no liability under clauses 2.1 or 2.2 or the Warranties, and each of the Purchaser and LMC hereby waives any related claim under this Agreement (including any Warranty Claim) against any of the Sellers, in the event and to the extent that the Sellers would not have been in breach of any of the provisions in clauses 2.1 or 2.2 or the Warranties but for a breach by the Purchaser of its obligations pursuant to clauses 13.1(g) to (i) of this Agreement.

A-23


Table of Contents

3.
WAIVERS

3.1
Notwithstanding the I Director Consent referred to in Recital (Q), by executing this Agreement each Seller hereby agrees to waive any rights which may have been conferred on it to:

(a)
have any of the Sale Securities offered to it for purchase (including pursuant to any right of pre-emption);

(b)
have any securities in the Company offered to it for purchase (including pursuant to any right of pre-emption); or

(c)
sell (or have offered to it the right to sell) any Issued Shares, Option Shares (following exercise of an option), Issued Loan Notes, Option Loan Notes (following exercise of an option) or any other security issued by any Group Company,


in each case under the Existing Articles, the Interim Articles, the ISA or otherwise (including pursuant to any other document or agreement) at any time on, before or after the Closing Date, save for any right otherwise agreed in any of the Transaction Documents or under the First SPA.

3.2
Each of the Sellers agrees and undertakes to LMC, the Purchaser and to each individual and entity referred to in this clause 3.2 that except in the case of fraud it has no rights against and hereby waives and will not make any claim:

(a)
against any present or former employee, director, agent or officer of the Company or of any member of the Purchaser Group on whom it may have relied before agreeing any term of or before entering into this Agreement or any other Transaction Document and in relation to any information supplied or omitted to be supplied by any such persons in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

(b)
against the Company to the extent such rights arise by virtue of the Seller being a shareholder, loan note holder or director of the Company (other than for unpaid remuneration earned in the ordinary course of employment and under D&O insurance policies of the Group and any directors' indemnities in relation to pre-Closing actions); or

(c)
with effect from Closing, under or in relation to the ISA.

3.3
Save as otherwise provided in any Transaction Document, each of LMC and the Purchaser agrees and undertakes to the Sellers and to each individual referred to in clause 3.2(a) that it has no rights against and hereby waives and will not make any claim against any present or former employee, director, agent or officer of any of the Sellers or of any Seller's Affiliates on whom it may have relied before agreeing to any term of, or before entering into, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document and in relation to any information supplied or omitted to be supplied by any such persons in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, except that clause 3.2(a) shall not prevent LMC or the Purchaser from bringing a claim against an individual referred to in clause 3.2(a) if that individual has committed fraudulent misrepresentation in relation to the matter which is the subject of the potential claim by LMC or the Purchaser.

4.
DRAG ALONG

4.1
Within five Business Days of the holding of the EGM, the Sellers' Representative shall deliver to the Purchaser (or make available to the Purchaser's satisfaction) a copy of the resolution (the "EGM Resolution") evidencing (to the Purchaser's reasonable satisfaction) the affirmative vote at the EGM of two thirds or more of the ordinary shareholders in the Company present and voting in person or by proxy in favour of the adoption of the Interim Articles.

A-24


Table of Contents

4.2
Unless by 7 November 2016 (or such other date as may be agreed between the Purchaser and the Sellers' Representative) Sellers that would, as at Closing (and following the Loan Note Conversion), represent 100% of the fully-diluted share capital in the Company, other than the LST Share and Team Shares, have either executed this Agreement or a Sale Deed of Adherence, the Company on behalf of the Sellers entering into this Agreement on the Reference Date, shall issue the Drag Along Notice to the Dragged Sellers (if any) in accordance with the terms of the Interim Articles prior to Closing.

4.3
Following the issue of the Drag Along Notice (if required under clause 4.2) the Company shall take such steps in accordance with the terms of the Interim Articles that are required such that, on or before Closing, all of the Sellers have agreed or will have been obliged under the terms of any relevant document giving rise to the Drag Along Right to sell the Sale Securities to the Purchaser (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Initial Securities acquired by the Dragged Sellers (if any) on the Unwind Completion), subject only to Closing and the terms of this Agreement, as a party (where a Sale Deed of Adherence has been signed by or on behalf of such Dragged Seller) to, and on the terms and conditions of, this Agreement.

5.
MANAGEMENT EQUITY PLAN


Following the Reference Date and prior to Closing, the Company (as applicable) shall take the actions set out in Schedule 4 which are required to be taken by it (save for any actions set out in Schedule 4 which are required to be taken following Closing) to procure the completion of the Management Exercise Process.

6.
FERRARI OPTION AGREEMENT


Following the Reference Date and prior to Closing, the Company shall take the actions set out in Schedule 6 (save for any actions set out in Schedule 6 which are required to be taken following Closing) to procure the completion of the Ferrari Exercise Process.

7.
LENDER CONSENT


The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the First Closing, use commercially reasonable endeavours to obtain consent from the Group's lenders under the First Lien Facilities Agreement and the Second Lien Facilities Agreement (the "Lenders") on the terms of the Lender Consent Request Letters, or otherwise on terms reasonably acceptable to LMC (the "Lender Consent") in respect of the change of control of the Company intended to occur at Closing.

8.
LOAN NOTE CONVERSION


Following Unwind Completion, completion of the Management Exercise Process and completion of the Ferrari Exercise Process, and prior to Closing, the Company shall take the actions set out in Schedule 5 (save for any actions set out in Schedule 5 which are required to be taken following Closing) to ensure the conversion of the Loan Notes, including any Loan Notes issued pursuant to the Management Exercise Process or the Ferrari Exercise Process, into Ordinary Shares and Exchangeable Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (the "Loan Note Conversion").

A-25


Table of Contents

9.
SELLERS' REPRESENTATIVE

9.1
Each of the Sellers hereby irrevocably appoints the Sellers' Representative as the sole representative of such Seller to act on its, his or her behalf for all purposes under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents including for the purposes of:

(a)
delivering payment instructions to the Purchaser in connection with the payment of the consideration;

(b)
accepting notices on behalf of such Seller in accordance with clause 26;

(c)
taking any and all actions that may be necessary or desirable, as determined by the Sellers' Representative in its sole discretion, in connection with the payment of the Costs incurred with respect to the Proposed Transaction;

(d)
granting any consent or approval on behalf of such Seller under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents; and

(e)
generally taking any and all other actions and doing any and all other things provided in or contemplated by this Agreement or the Transaction Documents to be performed by such Seller or the Sellers' Representative on behalf of such Seller,


save that, for the purposes of this clause 9 "Transaction Documents" shall not be construed to include either the Warranty Deed, or with respect to any individual Seller, any Transaction Document to which that Seller is not a party, unless the Seller has the benefit of that relevant document.

9.2
Each Seller (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Seller who signs a Sale Deed of Adherence or on whose behalf a Sale Deed of Adherence is signed) hereby irrevocably (by way of security for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents) appoints the Sellers' Representative as its attorney with full authority on its behalf and in the Seller's name or otherwise to do all acts and to execute and deliver such documents or deeds as is required by Law or as may, in the reasonable opinion of the Sellers' Representative, be required to give effect to the matters described in clause 9.1, provided that the authority granted on the Sellers' Representative shall not extend to the acceptance of service of process and any other documents in proceedings in England or any other proceedings in connection with this Agreement (each of which shall be within the remit of the process agent appointed under and in accordance with clause 33.4).

9.3
The Purchaser shall be entitled to rely on the exercise of the powers and authorities conferred on the Sellers' Representative as if the relevant Seller is exercising such powers and authorities.

9.4
The provisions of this clause 9 are intended to be for the express benefit of, and will be enforceable by, the Sellers' Representative as a third party beneficiary in accordance with clause 31, and the Sellers' Representative shall have the right to take action(s) against the Purchaser and/or LMC as a third party beneficiary under this Agreement to enforce the rights of the Sellers (or any one of them) under this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents (any such action being a "Representative Action"). For the avoidance of doubt, the Sellers' Representative shall be acting as the attorney of the Sellers (or any one of them) in respect of any Representative Action in accordance with clause 9 and not on its own behalf. The Purchaser, LMC and each Seller acknowledge that in exercising the powers and authorities conferred by this clause 9 and/or the Transaction Documents upon the Sellers' Representative, the Sellers' Representative shall not be acting, or be construed as acting, as the agent or trustee on behalf of any Seller, and each Seller, the Purchaser and LMC agree that the Sellers' Representative shall have no liability whatsoever to the Purchaser, LMC, any member of the Purchaser Group or any Seller in relation to the exercise of those powers and authorities, save to a Seller, LMC or the

A-26


Table of Contents

10.
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

10.1
Closing shall be conditional on the Conditions contained in clauses 10.2, 10.3, 10.4 and 10.5 having been fulfilled or waived in accordance with this Agreement.

10.2
The "Seller Conditions" are:

(a)
(i) the Warranties being true and correct in all respects when deemed repeated on the Closing Date immediately prior to Closing subject to Unwind Completion, the Management Exercise Process, the Ferrari Exercise Process and the Loan Note Conversion having occurred and (ii) the Management Warranties being true and correct when deemed repeated immediately prior to Closing on the Closing Date save where the failure to be so true and correct when so deemed repeated would not constitute a Material Adverse Effect (and for the purposes of repetition of the Management Warranties, (i) clause 2.1 of the Warranty Deed shall be construed such that the words "so far as he or she (as the case may be) is actually aware" is deleted and (ii) references to the Reference Date or the date of the Warranty Deed shall be construed as relevant to the Closing Date) and (iii) the Sellers' Representative having delivered or caused to be delivered to the Purchaser an Officers' Certificate signed by the Sellers' Representative and/or a Manager in respect of the matters described in sub-clauses (i) and (ii); and

(b)
on or before Closing, all the Sellers having agreed or having been obliged under the Interim Articles and the ISA to sell the Sale Securities to the Purchaser, subject only to Closing, as a party to, and on the terms and conditions of, this Agreement; and

(c)
material compliance by:

(i)
CVC with all obligations under the Deed of Covenant which are due to be undertaken by CVC prior to Closing; and

(ii)
each of the Sellers with clause 12.

10.3
The "Company Conditions" are:

(a)
the receipt by SLEC Holdings of the prior written confirmation, consent and approval (and such confirmation, consent and approval not having been modified or withdrawn) of FIA Switzerland and FIA France to the acquisition by the Purchaser of the Sale Securities in accordance with the terms of the Umbrella Agreement and the Regulatory Agreement, respectively (the "FIA Transaction Approval");

(b)
in addition to the FIA Transaction Approval, FIA France and FIA Switzerland having (i) accepted and provided the confirmations, consents and approvals set out as part of the written communication delivered in connection with the request, among other things, for approval of the acquisition by the Purchaser of the Sale Securities (such communication to be in the form agreed by LMC and the Sellers' Representative prior to the date hereof), (ii) waived, amended or otherwise modified the provisions of the Umbrella Agreement and the Regulatory Agreement, or (iii) adopted in written waivers, amendments or consents in relation to the provisions which were the subject of the FIA Transaction Approval making such provisions inapplicable to Delta Topco and SLEC Holdings following Closing, in each case with the collective effect that, changes in ownership and other transactions regarding the equity ownership of any direct or indirect publicly-traded parent company of SLEC Holdings will not constitute a change of control for which FIA France or FIA Switzerland

A-27


Table of Contents

10.4
The "LMC Conditions" are:

(a)
that the LMC Stockholder Approval shall have been obtained;

(b)
(i) the warranties given by each of LMC and the Purchaser pursuant to clause 18 being true and correct when deemed repeated on the Closing Date save where the failure to be so true and correct when so deemed repeated would not constitute a LMG Material Adverse Effect and (ii) LMC and the Purchaser having delivered or caused to be delivered to the Sellers' Representative an Officers' Certificate signed by LMC and the Purchaser in respect of the matters described in sub-clause (i); and

(c)
material compliance by LMC and the Purchaser with all obligations under the Deed of Covenant which are due to be undertaken by LMC and/or the Purchaser prior to Closing and material compliance by LMC with clause 22.

10.5
The "Independent Conditions" are:

(a)
satisfaction of the Competition Conditions;

(b)
that no Law, temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order or legal restraint issued by a court or other Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction being in effect which has the effect of rendering the Proposed Transaction illegal or otherwise prohibiting its consummation; and

(c)
the sale and purchase of the Sale Securities under this Agreement is, or will as at Closing be, a Permitted Change of Control (as defined in the First Lien Facilities Agreement and the Second Lien Facilities Agreement).

10.6
The parties agree that:

(a)
each of the Sellers shall, in respect of matters within its control, procure that the Seller Conditions (other than the Seller Condition in clause 10.2(c)(i)) are satisfied as soon as practicable and in any event not later than the Longstop Date. The Sellers' Representative shall give written notice to the Purchaser of the satisfaction of the Seller Conditions; and

(b)
each of LMC and the Purchaser shall, so far as it is able in respect of matters relating to it, procure that the LMC Conditions (other than the condition set out in clause 10.4(a) as to which LMC's and the Purchaser's efforts shall be governed by clause 10.4(c)) are satisfied as soon as practicable and in any event not later than the Longstop Date. LMC and the Purchaser shall give written notice to the Company and the Sellers' Representative of the satisfaction of the LMC Conditions.

10.7
In relation to the Competition Conditions, each of the Purchaser and LMC agrees before the Longstop Date to take promptly any and all steps necessary to avoid or eliminate each and every impediment under any antitrust, competition or trade regulation Law that may be asserted by any Governmental Entity with respect to the Proposed Transaction so as to enable Closing to occur expeditiously, but in no case later than 5 Business Days prior to the Longstop Date, including providing information, proposing, negotiating, committing to and/or any Antitrust Action. In addition, the Purchaser and LMC shall defend through litigation on the merits any claim asserted

A-28


Table of Contents

10.8
The Company and each Seller shall co-operate in good faith and provide reasonable assistance to each of LMC, the Purchaser and the Group Companies in order to assist them with the fulfilment of the Competition Conditions, including providing such information as reasonably requested by LMC, the Purchaser and/or the Group Companies and as required in order to submit filing(s) to and/or answer any queries raised by any Governmental Entity or otherwise in connection with the fulfilment of the Competition Conditions, provided the parties agree to notify each other, and provide copies, in a timely fashion of any communications from any Governmental Entity which are relevant to the Competition Conditions. The Purchaser shall provide the Sellers' Representative and the Company with draft copies of all notifications, submissions, responses or other communications (excluding communications of an administrative nature) where reasonably requested by the Sellers' Representative or the Company, to competition authorities in relation to the fulfilment of the Competition Conditions sufficiently in advance of any notification, submission, response or other communication, such that the Sellers' Representative and the Company will have a reasonable opportunity to provide comments on such documents before they are submitted or sent to any competition authority, provided that the Purchaser shall not be required to provide the Company with any confidential information or business secrets, such information to be provided only to counsel for the Sellers' Representative on a counsel-to-counsel basis. The Purchaser undertakes to take due account of any comments which the Sellers' Representative and the Company may have in relation to any such notification, submission, response or other communication and to provide final copies of all such documents in the form submitted to the relevant competition authority. Where reasonably requested, the Purchaser shall permit the Sellers' Representative and the Company's advisers to attend all meetings with any competition authority or other persons or bodies (unless prohibited by the authority or other person). Without prejudice to clause 10.6(b), the Purchaser undertakes to use its reasonable endeavours to procure that the Competition Conditions are fulfilled as soon as reasonably practicable after the date hereof and in any event by the Longstop Date. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the Purchaser and LMC shall be entitled to direct the anti-trust defence of the Proposed Transaction in any investigation or litigation, including in connection with negotiations with any Governmental Entity regarding the resolution of any investigation or litigation, provided that the Sellers' Representative and the Company shall be kept fully informed of all communications with any Governmental Entity and the Purchaser and LMC shall take due consideration of any comments that the Sellers' Representative and the Company may have in relation to the anti-trust defence of the Proposed Transaction and resolution of any investigation or litigation. The Company and each Seller shall use reasonable endeavours to provide full and effective support of Purchaser and LMC in all material respects in all such investigations and litigation to the extent required by the Purchaser and LMC.

10.9
The Purchaser may waive all or any of the Seller Conditions and the Company Condition at clause 10.3(c) in whole or in part at any time on or before the Longstop Date provided that such waiver is express and is in writing.

A-29


Table of Contents

10.10
The Sellers' Representative may waive all or any of the LMC Conditions set out in clauses 10.4(b) and 10.4(c) in whole or in part at any time on or before the Longstop Date provided that such waiver is express and is in writing.

10.11
The Purchaser and the Sellers' Representative may together waive the Company Condition at clause 10.3(b) in whole or in part at any time on or before the Longstop Date provided that such waiver is express and is in writing.

10.12
Any Condition not referred to in clauses 10.9 to 10.11 (each inclusive) may only be waived with the agreement of the Purchaser and the Sellers' Representative.

10.13
If all the Conditions have not been satisfied or have not been waived in accordance with this clause 10 by 11.59p.m. on the Longstop Date, then:

(a)
this Agreement will terminate and have no further effect (subject only to Surviving Provisions which will continue in force); and

(b)
subject to any liability which may arise from any breach of the Warranties or obligations contained in this Agreement, the parties will be released from all liabilities and obligations hereunder.

10.14
The first Business Day on or by which, prior to 4.00 p.m. in London, each of the Conditions contained in clauses 10.3, 10.4(a) and 10.5(a) have been fulfilled or waived in accordance with this clause 10 shall be the "Unconditional Date".

11.
CONSIDERATION

11.1
The aggregate price for the acquisition of all the Sale Securities, on a fully-diluted basis, under this Agreement is (a) US$ 4,382,992,348.41 (the "Consideration") and (b) any amounts payable to the Sellers pursuant to and in accordance with clause 11.9.

11.2
The Consideration payable to the Sellers at the Closing will be payable as follows:

(a)
if, in accordance with clause 11.3, the Additional Cash Raising is not completed at or prior to the Closing:

(i)
an aggregate of US$1,100,000,000 in cash (the "Cash Component Minimum");

(ii)
the amendment and restatement by the Company of a portion of the Loan Notes in accordance with the Loan Note Conversion into Exchangeable Notes with an aggregate principal amount equal to 8% of the Consideration (the "Aggregate Note Principal"); and

(iii)
the issuance of a number of shares of LMG Series C Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the Consideration less the Cash Component Minimum less the Aggregate Note Principal, by (y) the LMC Reference Price (the "Stock Component Maximum"); or

(b)
if, in accordance with clause 11.3, the Additional Cash Raising is completed at or prior to the Closing:

(i)
the Cash Component Minimum;

(ii)
the Net Additional Cash Raise Amount in cash;

(iii)
the Aggregate Note Principal; and

(iv)
the issue of a number of shares of LMG Series C Stock equal to the Adjusted Stock Component Amount;

A-30


Table of Contents

11.3
Additional Cash Raising

(a)
Following the First Closing, upon the request of the Sellers' Representative, LMC shall use its reasonable endeavours, at a time determined by LMC and the Sellers' Representative (each acting reasonably) but in any event prior to the Closing, to seek to secure commitments to purchase a number of shares of LMG Series C Stock that would yield an aggregate gross cash purchase price equal to at least the Additional Cash Minimum Amount at a price per share no less than the LMC Reference Price (it being understood that it is reasonable for the Sellers' Representative to reject any commitments at a price per share less than the LMC Reference Price) and, if such endeavours are successful, on such other terms (including without limitation registration rights and lock-ups) as LMC and the Sellers' Representative (each acting reasonably) may agree, with the receipt of funds by LMC to be completed no later than concurrently with the Closing.

(b)
To the extent upon the request of the Sellers' Representative LMC secures commitments to purchase a number of shares of LMG Series C Stock that would yield aggregate gross cash proceeds at any amount upon which LMC and the Sellers' Representative (each acting reasonably) agree (at a price per share no less than the LMC Reference Price (it being understood that it is reasonable for the Sellers' Representative to reject any commitments at a price per share less than the LMC Reference Price) and on such other terms as LMC and the Sellers' Representative (each acting reasonably) may agree), LMC shall use its reasonable endeavours to secure such commitments with regard to the applicable number of shares, at such price equal to or greater than the LMC Reference Price (unless a lower price is consented to by the Sellers' Representative) on such other terms (including without limitation registration rights and lock-ups) as LMC and the Sellers' Representative (each acting reasonably) may agree, with the receipt of funds by LMC to be completed no later than concurrently with the Closing.

(c)
Any road show presentation or other marketing materials utilized by LMC shall be submitted to the Sellers' Representative at least 3 Business Days prior to their issue, and shall be approved by the Sellers' Representative within 2 Business Days of such submission, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(d)
LMC shall provide the Sellers' Representative with drafts of documents to be entered into with potential purchasers a reasonable period of time before such documents are to be executed and shall give due consideration to the comments of the Sellers' Representative on such documents or agreements.

(e)
LMC shall take reasonable endeavours to ensure that the offer and sale of securities to potential purchasers complies with the Securities Act, is conducted without general solicitation (within the meaning of Regulation D) or directed selling efforts (within the meaning of Regulation S) and constitutes a valid private placement within the rules and regulations of the SEC.

11.4
If one or more of the potential purchasers in the Additional Cash Raising fails in whole or in part to satisfy its commitment to purchase shares of LMG Series C Stock for any reason (an "Investor Default"), the Purchaser and LMC shall have the option to (i) reduce the Excess Cash Amount by an amount equal to the Cash Shortfall, or (ii) pay in cash all or a portion of the Cash Shortfall and accordingly increasing the Excess Cash Amount to reflect such amount so paid. For

A-31


Table of Contents

11.5
The consideration for the Sale Securities shall be satisfied by:

(a)
subject to clause 11.5(e), the payment by or on behalf of the Purchaser to each Seller in accordance with clause 11.7 at Closing an amount of cash equal to each Seller's Ownership Percentage of the Cash Component Minimum and Net Additional Cash Raise Amount, as applicable (the "Individual Seller Cash Entitlement");

(b)
the amendment and restatement by the Company of a portion of the Loan Notes in accordance with the Loan Note Conversion into Exchangeable Notes, in accordance with the terms of the Loan Note Conversion, so that each Seller holds and retains following Closing its Ownership Percentage of the Aggregate Note Principal, with the entitlement of a Seller to a fraction of an Exchangeable Note being rounded to the nearest whole Exchangeable Note;

(c)
subject to clause 11.5(f), the issue by LMC to each Seller at Closing of its Ownership Percentage of the Stock Component Maximum or the Adjusted Stock Component Amount, as applicable, (less the number of any LMG Series C Stock calculated in accordance with clause 11.2(c)) with the entitlement of a Seller to a fraction of a share of LMG Series C Stock being rounded to the nearest whole number of shares of LMG Series C Stock;

(d)
in the event that any portion of the Indian Race Fees are payable from time to time in accordance with clause 11.9, the payment by the Purchaser to each Seller in accordance with clause 11.7 of each Seller's Ownership Percentage of any such amount referred to in clause 11.9 at the time referred to in clause 11.9;

(e)
in the event (i) any Leakage Amount with respect to any Seller is discovered (and the Purchaser notifies the relevant Seller in writing and setting out the claim in reasonable detail and with appropriate supporting evidence, to the extent available in respect of such claim) prior to Closing in respect of the period since 31 July 2016 and (ii) to the extent such Seller has not returned such Leakage Amount to the Company in accordance with clause 15.2 by Closing, the amount receivable by such Seller under clause 11.5(a) shall be reduced by an amount equal to the lower of (x) such unreturned Leakage Amount and (y) the amount that would otherwise have been paid to such Seller pursuant to clause 11.5(a). To the extent such unreturned Leakage Amount exceeds the amount otherwise payable to such Seller pursuant to clause 11.5(a), the remainder of such Leakage Amount after reduction under this clause 11.5(e) shall remain payable to the Company in accordance with clause 15.2); and

(f)
in the event that (i) any Leakage Amount with respect to all of the Sellers is discovered (and the Purchaser notifies the Sellers in writing and setting out the claim in reasonable detail and with appropriate supporting evidence, to the extent available in respect of such claim) prior to Closing in respect of the period since 31 July 2016 and (ii) to the extent that a Seller has not returned the Leakage Amount to the Company in accordance with clause 15.2 by Closing, the amount of LMG Series C Stock receivable by such Seller under clause 11.5(c) shall be reduced by an amount equal to the lower of (x) that Seller's Ownership Proportion of the Leakage Amount; and (y) the amount that would otherwise have been issued to such Seller pursuant to clause 11.5(c). To the extent such unreturned

A-32


Table of Contents

11.6
Conditional upon the Unwind Completion in accordance with clause 13, the First Closing Cash Consideration, will be set off against and will reduce in the same amount the Purchaser's obligation to pay the Cash Component Minimum component of the Consideration under this Agreement.

11.7
Any cash payment pursuant to this Agreement to be made by or on behalf of the Purchaser to the Sellers in respect of the Sale Securities shall be made to either:

(a)
the Sellers' Bank Account, or such other account as the Sellers' Representative shall nominate in writing; or

(b)
to the extent required by the Ferrari Option Agreement or the Management Equity Plan, the escrow account of SJT as escrow agent under the Ferrari Option Agreement or the Management Equity Plan,


and receipt of such sums in the relevant bank account shall be an effective discharge of the Purchaser's, and LMC's, obligation to pay such sums to the Sellers and the Purchaser shall not be concerned to see to the application or be answerable for loss or misapplication of such amount.

11.8
On or promptly following Closing:

(a)
the Sellers' Representative shall submit a notice to the Transaction Escrow Agent requiring the Transaction Escrow Agent to transfer any portion of the First Closing Cash Consideration which it holds to the Sellers' Bank Account;

(b)
if at Closing a Seller holds an amount of the First Closing Cash Consideration cash less than the amount equal to its Individual Seller Cash Entitlement less any amount deducted under clause 11.5(e) (its "Cash Proceeds Entitlement"), (a) it shall retain that amount in part satisfaction of the payment of its Cash Proceeds Entitlement and (b) the Sellers' Representative shall transfer any outstanding portion of its Cash Proceeds Entitlement to it in accordance with clause 11.8(e);

(c)
if at Closing a Seller holds an amount of the First Closing Cash Consideration cash equal to its Cash Proceeds Entitlement, it shall retain that amount in full satisfaction of the payment of its Individual Seller Cash Entitlement;

(d)
if at Closing a Seller holds an amount of the First Closing Cash Consideration cash greater than its Cash Proceeds Entitlement, (a) it shall retain an amount equal to its Cash Proceeds Entitlement in full satisfaction of the payment of its Cash Proceeds Entitlement; and (b) transfer any portion of the First Closing Cash Consideration which it holds in excess of its Cash Proceeds Entitlement to the Sellers' Bank Account;

(e)
the Sellers' Representative shall transfer to each Seller's Nominated Bank Account that Seller's outstanding Cash Proceeds Entitlement, save for any part (or whole amount) of the Cash Proceeds Entitlement received or retained pursuant to this clause 11.8,


provided in each case that no Seller shall be entitled to receive or retain an amount of cash greater than its Cash Proceeds Entitlement and, in such circumstances, any such Seller shall transfer any such excess to the Sellers' Bank Account as soon as practicable following Closing (whereupon such funds shall be allocated by the Sellers' Representative in accordance with clause 11.8(e) above).

A-33


Table of Contents

11.9
If any amount (or amounts) of the Indian Race Fees (whether under the Indian Race Promotion Agreement or the Letters of Credit) are received:

(a)
by FOWC on or prior to the Closing Date, then subject to the provisions of this clause 11.9, the amount of the Indian Race Fees received by FOWC (net of any Tax payable or borne by any Group Company on such amount and any costs and expenses suffered or incurred by the Purchaser (or its assignees or successors in title, as applicable) or any Group Company in recovering such amount) shall be paid in cash by the Purchaser (or its assignees or successors in title, as applicable) to the Sellers (in their Ownership Percentages) in accordance with clause 11.7, on the Closing Date; or

(b)
by FOWC after the Closing Date, from time to time, then as soon as practicable thereafter, then subject to the provisions of this clause 11.9, the amount of the Indian Race Fees actually received by FOWC (net of any Tax payable or borne by any Group Company on such amount and any costs and expenses suffered or incurred by the Purchaser (or its assignees or successors in title, as applicable) or any Group Company in recovering such amount) shall be paid in cash by the Purchaser (or its assignees or successors in title, as applicable) to the Sellers (in their Ownership Percentages) in accordance with clause 11.7,

provided that no amounts of or in respect of the Indian Race Fees received by FOWC (whether received under the Indian Race Promotion Agreement or the Letters of Credit) shall be payable or paid to the Sellers until such time as (i) the Company (acting reasonably) considers that such Indian Race Fees constitute available cash in the Company (and, in which circumstances, the Company shall notify the CVC Representative and LMC Representative to that effect), and (ii) each of the CVC Representative and the LMC Representative have agreed (acting reasonably and in good faith) that such amounts can be paid to the Sellers.

11.10
Following First Closing, the Purchaser hereby waives, and shall procure that any person to whom it transfers any Sale Securities shall waive, all rights to dividends and distributions of any amount (or amounts) in respect of its pro rata proportion of the Indian Race Fees (whether under the Indian Race Promotion Agreement or the Letters of Credit) that are received by FOWC and agrees that the proportion of any such dividends or distributions to which it may otherwise have been entitled may be paid to the other shareholders of the Company (although for the avoidance of doubt this clause shall not constitute a waiver by the Purchaser or any of its transferees of any dividend or distribution (or part of a dividend or distribution) that is not directly related to the Indian Race Fees) and provided that, following Closing, this clause 11.10 shall not apply.

12.
PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS

12.1
From the Reference Date until Closing, the Company shall, and each of the Sellers shall take such actions as they are reasonably able in its capacity as a shareholder in the Company or under the terms of the ISA to (unless the prior written consent of the Purchaser has been provided (such consent, other than in the case of clauses 12.1(a), 12.1(b), 12.1(e), 12.1(f), and 12.1(g) not to be unreasonably withheld)), unless specifically contemplated, or required, by this Agreement, any Transaction Agreement, the First Lien Facilities Agreement or the Second Lien Facilities Agreement:

(a)
not terminate or amend the ISA or the 100 Year Agreements;

(b)
procure that each Group Company carries on its business only in the ordinary and usual course and shall procure that no Group Company makes or agrees to make any payment other than routine payments in the ordinary and usual course of business;

A-34


Table of Contents

A-35


Table of Contents

12.2
Pending Closing the Company shall, and each Seller shall take such actions as it is reasonably able in its capacity as shareholder in the Company and under the terms of the ISA to, procure that, save with the prior written consent of the Purchaser (such consent other than in the case of the matters listed in clauses 12.2(a), 12.2(b), 12.2(c), 12.2(d), 12.2(e)(i), 12.2(k), 12.2(o) and 12.2(p) not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) none of the following are done, permitted or agreed to be done by or in relation to the Group Companies)), unless any such actions are contemplated, or required, by the Transaction Documents (excluding clause 12.1 of this Agreement), the First Lien Facilities Agreement or the Second Lien Facilities Agreement:

(a)
the reorganisation, disposal or the discontinuance of, any material part of the business of the Group Companies (including, without limitation, any form of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, rehabilitation, merger, consolidation, or restructuring);

(b)
the disposal of any material part of the business of the Group Companies, or the sale or acquisition of any material assets by the Group Companies;

(c)
any failure to settle in accordance with the payment procedures and timescales normally observed by the Group Companies any debts incurred by the Group Companies in the normal course of trading;

(d)
the passing of any form of resolution of the shareholders of any Group Company, save as specifically contemplated by the Transaction Documents or otherwise required in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(e)
entry into any new, or amending or modifying the terms of any existing:

(i)
material agreements or transactions with "Related Parties" (as defined in the Team Agreements but excluding any person covered by clause 12.2(e)(ii)) and, for this purpose, "material" shall be deemed to include (i) any agreement or transaction with a value in excess of US$100,000, (ii) any series of related agreements or transactions with a value in the aggregate in excess of US$100,000 and (iii) any series of agreements or transactions, regardless of whether apparently related, with the same party with a value in the aggregate in excess of US$100,000;

(ii)
agreements or transactions with a Seller or a Director of the Company or any of their respective affiliated persons (which for the avoidance of doubt will include any person living in the same household as such person (other than tenants or employees) and any trust or foundation formed for the benefit of any such person or any person living in the same household as such person (other than tenants or employees)), other than (a) the fulfilment of the Company's employment obligations to its management (including the payment of cash compensation and expense reimbursements); (b) transactions with Sellers required by the terms of any existing written agreements; (c) any payments of all or part of the Reserved Amount (subject to the deduction of all amounts on account of employee Taxes and/or social security charges as may be required by Law) to holders of Option Shares, Option Loan Notes, Issued Shares and/or Issued Loan Notes and the payment of all such amounts withheld from any payments of all or part of the Reserved Amount on account of employee Taxes and/or social security charges to the appropriate Taxation Authority; or (d) transactions otherwise in the ordinary course and consistent with past practice;

(f)
the giving of any individual guarantee, indemnity or other agreement to secure an obligation of a third party which if called would result in a cost to any Group Company of US$500,000 or more;

A-36


Table of Contents

A-37


Table of Contents

12.3
CVC shall Procure the compliance by the Company with its obligations under clause 12.2(p).

12.4
Where the Purchaser is requested by the Sellers' Representative to consent to a deviation from any of the covenants set out under clauses 12.1 or 12.2, the Purchaser shall:

(a)
in the event it withholds such consent, set out its reasons for doing so, in reasonable written detail, to the Sellers' Representative; and

(b)
be deemed to have accepted any such proposed deviation(s) in the event it fails to respond to the Sellers' Representative within 5 Business Days of its actual receipt of a written request from the Sellers' Representative (provided that such request sets out the matter(s) in reasonable detail including the business cause for such deviation and expressly requests the Purchaser's consent to such deviation(s)), provided further that the presence of an observer of the Purchaser at any meeting where such deviation was discussed shall not constitute notice or consent.

12.5
LMC, the Purchaser and the Sellers' Representative shall cooperate to develop an agreed five year business plan for the Group Companies (the "5-Year Business Plan"), but in the absence of agreement the 5-Year Business Plan that has been agreed by the parties on the date hereof shall constitute the approved 5-Year Business Plan it being agreed that the 5-Year Business Plan shall contain the business principles set forth in Schedule 12. Agreement on a new 5-Year Business Plan shall not be a condition to closing under this Agreement.

12.6
On the Closing Date, the board of directors of the Company will be as set out in Schedule 11 to this Agreement.

13.
UNWIND OF THE FIRST CLOSING

13.1
Immediately prior to Closing, (i) the transactions under the Additional First SPAs shall be unwound (the "First Unwind Completion") and, (ii) immediately following the First Unwind Completion, the transactions under the First SPA shall be unwound (the "Second Unwind Completion", together with the First Unwind Completion, the "Unwind Completion") so that:

First Unwind Completion

A-38


Table of Contents

Second Unwind Completion

A-39


Table of Contents

13.2
Notwithstanding any other provision of clause 13.1, the parties agree that the Purchaser shall have no liability under clause 13.1, and the Initial Sellers, the CVC Additional Sellers, and the Sellers' Representative hereby waive any related claim under this Agreement against the Purchaser, in the event that and to the extent that the Initial Sellers or the CVC Additional Sellers would have been in breach of any of the provisions in clause 13.1 if they were deemed given by the Initial Sellers or the CVC Additional Sellers, as applicable, mutatis mutandis in relation to the Initial Securities or the CVC Additional Securities at the time of their sale to the Purchaser under the First SPA.

13.3
Notwithstanding any other provision of clause 13.1, the parties agree that CVC shall have no liability under clause 13.1, and each of the Additional Initial Sellers hereby waives any related claim under this Agreement against CVC, in the event that and to the extent that CVC would not have been in breach of any of the provisions in clause 13.1 but for a breach by the Purchaser of its obligations pursuant to clauses 13.1.

A-40


Table of Contents

13.4
Not later than two days after the Reference Date

(a)
the Company shall produce a CD copy of the virtual data room to which LMC was granted access pursuant to the terms and conditions dated 6 July 2016, and a confidentiality deed dated 6 July 2016, in each case as amended from time to time (the "Data Room" and the CD onto which it is burnt being the "Data Room CD") which shall be reflecting of the date and time on which this Agreement is signed without any further amendment or addition whatsoever. The Data Room CD shall be held at the London offices of Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP (65 Fleet Street, London, UK, EC4Y 1HS) ("FBD"); and

(b)
the Company shall produce and deliver to the Purchaser an index which includes a reference to all documents and files contained on the Data Room CD on the Reference Date which shall be initialled by the Company for identification purposes.

13.5
The Data Room CD shall be held by FBD until such time that Closing occurs, upon the occurrence of which the Company shall deliver the Data Room CD to the Purchaser, or as it may direct.

13.6
The Purchaser and/or its Representatives (as defined in the CVC NDA) from time to time shall be entitled to inspect the Data Room CD at the Company's offices in hard copy form during normal business hours in the period prior to Closing, or following termination of this Agreement, in the following situations:

(a)
if the Purchaser becomes aware of any matter which it considers reasonably likely to give rise to a dispute or claim under any of the Transaction Documents; and

(b)
in order to make an assessment as to whether the Seller Condition in clause 10.2(a) is satisfied and/or remains satisfied,


and in each instance the Purchaser shall act reasonably and in good faith in making any such request and provided that the Purchaser and/or its Representatives (as applicable) provide reasonable written notice to the Sellers' Representative that they are to make such inspection (including reasonable details of the grounds for making such inspection) and that neither the Purchaser nor its Representatives shall be permitted to make any copies of any document(s) so inspected unless required in connection with: (i) any submissions to be made to any Governmental Entity, (ii) any claim made by the Purchaser and/or LMC under or in relation to any of the Transaction Documents, and (iii) and/or in order to comply with applicable Law.

13.7
The parties agree that the Data Room shall remain open and accessible electronically to the Purchaser and/or certain of its Representatives (as defined in the CVC NDA), the identities of whom shall be agreed between the Company and the Purchaser, acting reasonably, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Reference Date, from time to time on a basis mutatis mutandis to the Data Room Rules, and the CVC NDA until the earlier of Closing, the date this Agreement is terminated in accordance with clause 10.13.

14.
CLOSING

14.1
Closing shall take place at the New York offices of the Purchaser's Counsel at 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10112-4498 United States of America (or as otherwise agreed between the Sellers' Representative and the Purchaser):

(a)
the seventh Business Day after the Unconditional Date (except to the extent that the Mandatory Accounts Date falls within the period from the Unconditional Date and the proposed Closing Date (each inclusive), in which case Closing will take place on the fourteenth Business Day after the Mandatory Accounts Date); or

(b)
if clause 14.4(a) applies such dates as the Non-Defaulting Parties elect pursuant to that clause,


(the "Closing Date").

A-41


Table of Contents

14.2
On the Closing Date (or on any other date as may be agreed in writing by the Purchaser and the Sellers' Representative), each of the parties shall do, or shall procure the doing of, all those things listed in relation to them respectively in Schedule 7.

14.3
On the Closing Date:

(a)
the following steps shall take place prior to Closing in the order set out below and in accordance with their respective terms:

(i)
the First Unwind Completion in accordance with clauses 13.1(a) to 13.1(f);

(ii)
the Second Unwind Completion in accordance with clauses 13.1(g) to 13.1(l);

(iii)
the Ferrari Exercise Process in accordance with clause 6 and paragraph 4 of Schedule 6;

(iv)
the Management Exercise Process in accordance with Recital (J) and paragraph 4 of Schedule 4;

(v)
paragraph 2 of Schedule 5 in respect of the Loan Note Conversion ("Conversion Completion"); and

(b)
simultaneously with Closing, the steps in paragraphs 6 to 8 of Schedule 5 shall take place in respect of the Loan Note Conversion ("Exchangeable Notes Completion").

14.4
If any of the Sellers or the Company (on the one hand) or either of the Purchaser or LMC (on the other) fails or is unable to materially perform any of those things listed in relation to them respectively in Schedule 7 (where (i) the Sellers and the Company or (ii) LMC and the Purchaser, as applicable, are the "Defaulting Parties") then the other parties (the "Non-Defaulting Parties" being either (i) LMC and the Purchaser, where the Sellers and the Company are the Defaulting Parties or (ii) the Sellers' Representative (on behalf of the Sellers) and the Company, where LMC and the Purchaser are the Defaulting Parties) shall not be obliged to complete the sale and purchase of the Sale Securities and may, in their absolute discretion, by written notice from the Non-Defaulting Party to the Defaulting Party (which notice shall be served on the Sellers' Representative (in the event that the Sellers and the Company are the Defaulting Parties) by LMC or LMC (in the event that the Purchaser and LMC are the Defaulting Parties by the Sellers' Representative, as applicable) on the date Closing would otherwise be due to take place:

(a)
elect to defer the completion of the sale and purchase of the Sale Securities by not more than thirteen Business Days to such other date as it may specify in such notice, in which event the provisions of this clause 14.4 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, if any of the Sellers fails or is unable to perform any of its material obligations on such other date; or

(b)
subject to Closing having first been deferred on one occasion under clause 14.4(b), terminate this Agreement (other than the Surviving Provisions) and none of the parties shall have any claim of any nature whatsoever against any other party under this Agreement (save in respect of any rights and liabilities of the parties which have accrued before termination or in relation to any of the Surviving Provisions),

A-42


Table of Contents

14.5
If, notwithstanding the Sellers' compliance with clause 10, there is a failure by the Company to comply with and/or to procure the compliance by the other Group Companies with, the obligations set out in clause 10, this shall not give the Purchaser the right to terminate this Agreement under clause 14.4(b), but the Sellers shall, upon becoming aware of any such breach by the Company, if such breach is remediable, use their reasonable endeavours to remedy such breach and completion of the acquisition of the Sale Securities shall be deferred until the earlier of (a) the Longstop Date and (b) ten Business Days after such breach is remedied to the reasonable satisfaction of the Purchaser.

15.
SELLERS' NO LEAKAGE UNDERTAKING

15.1
Each Seller severally (but not jointly or jointly and severally) undertakes to the Purchaser that since 31 July 2016 there has not been any Leakage.

15.2
Subject to clause 15.3, each Seller severally (but not jointly or jointly and severally) undertakes to the Purchaser that if there is a breach of the undertaking set out in clause 15.1 by it, it shall, pay (or procure the payment of), transfer, waive or otherwise account to the Company (or other relevant Group Company), at the Purchaser's instruction, on demand an amount equal to the Leakage Amount actually received by that Seller or any of its Affiliates (as the case may be), plus any irrecoverable Tax payable in respect of such transfer or waiver or any costs of recovery of such amounts (if any).

15.3
The liability of each Seller pursuant to this clause 15 shall terminate on the date nine months after the Closing Date unless prior to that date the Purchaser has notified the Seller of a breach (in writing and setting out the claim in reasonable detail and with appropriate supporting evidence, to the extent available) by it of any of the undertakings set out in clauses 15.1 and 15.2.

16.
PURCHASER NO LEAKAGE UNDERTAKING

16.1
The Purchaser undertakes to the Sellers that since the Reference Date there has not been any Purchaser Leakage.

16.2
Subject to clause 16.3 the Purchaser undertakes to the Sellers that if there is a breach of the undertaking set out in clause 16.1 by it, it shall, pay (or procure the payment of), transfer, waive or otherwise account to the Company (or other relevant Group Company), at the Sellers' Representative's instruction, on demand an amount equal to the Leakage Amount actually received by the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (as the case may be), plus any irrecoverable Tax payable in respect of such transfer or waiver or any costs of recovery of such amounts (if any).

16.3
The liability of Purchaser pursuant to this clause 16 shall terminate on the date nine months after the Closing Date unless prior to that date the Sellers' Representative has notified the Purchaser of a breach (in writing and setting out the claim in reasonable detail and with appropriate supporting evidence, to the extent available) by it of any of the undertakings set out in clauses 16.1 and 16.2.

17.
SELLER AND COMPANY WARRANTIES

17.1
Each of the Sellers severally warrants to the Purchaser and LMC as at the Reference Date in the terms of the Warranties set out in Schedule 2. The Warranties set out in the separate paragraphs of Schedule 2 shall be separate and independent and (except as expressly otherwise provided) no Warranty shall be limited by reference to any other Warranty.

17.2
Any claim by LMC or the Purchaser in connection with the Warranties shall be subject to the provisions of this clause 17 and Schedule 3.

A-43


Table of Contents

17.3
Each of the Sellers acknowledges and agrees that LMC and the Purchaser have entered into this Agreement on the basis of and in reliance upon the Warranties.

17.4
Each Seller severally undertakes to the other parties and to the Purchaser to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser (its permitted assignees and successors in title) on demand against all of its reasonably incurred legal costs and expenses arising from any successful Warranty Claim brought by the Purchaser against such Seller (with "successful" in this context meaning such claim is settled or determined by a competent court of first instance).

17.5
Each Seller undertakes to notify the Purchaser and the Sellers' Representative in writing promptly if it becomes actually aware of any circumstance arising after the date of its execution of this Agreement which would cause any Warranty (if the Warranties were repeated with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) to become untrue or inaccurate or misleading in any respect and which would be reasonably likely to also be untrue or inaccurate or misleading in any respect at Completion.

17.6
The Company warrants to the Purchaser as at the Reference Date that the Sale Securities constitute 100% of the Shares and Loan Notes on a fully-diluted basis and there are no securities or options over securities issued, allotted or granted other than the Sale Securities, the LST Share and the Team Shares.

18.
LMC AND PURCHASER WARRANTIES

18.1
Each of LMC and the Purchaser warrants to the Sellers that as at the Reference Date:

(a)
it is a corporation or company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organisation and it has the power and authority to enter into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to carry out its obligations thereunder;

(b)
the execution, delivery and implementation by it of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary action and no other proceedings or approvals are necessary to authorize the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

(c)
the Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been duly executed and delivered by it and constitute valid and binding obligations of it, and, assuming the Transaction Documents to which it is a party constitute valid and binding obligations of each other party thereto, are enforceable against it in accordance with their terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other Laws affecting creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity);

(d)
neither the execution, delivery or performance by it of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party constitute, or will constitute, a breach or violation of or conflicts with, or will conflict with, its organisational documents or by-laws (or similar governing documents), any material agreement to which it is a party, or any applicable Law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to it;

(e)
no material consents, authorisations, approvals (including corporate approvals), filings, registrations or qualifications are required to be made or obtained by LMC or the Purchaser in connection with the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and performance of their obligations, except as otherwise stated herein;

(f)
it is not insolvent or unable to pay its debts within the meaning of any Laws relating to insolvency binding upon it;

A-44


Table of Contents

 
  Series A   Series B   Series C  

shares authorised

    500,000,000     18,750,000     500,000,000  
Group
  Series A   Series B   Series C  

LMC Media common stock

    25,571,019     2,466,821     55,687,160  

LMC Preferred Stock

    0     0     0  

A-45


Table of Contents

18.2
In addition to the warranties set out at clause 18.1, LMC warrants to the Sellers and the Company that:

(a)
LMC has timely filed with, or furnished to, as applicable, the SEC all registration statements, prospectuses, reports, forms, statements, schedules, certifications and other documents required to be filed by LMC since 1 January 2014 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and all information incorporated therein by reference, the "LMC SEC Documents");

(b)
as of their respective dates, or if amended, as of the date of the last such amendment, the LMC SEC Documents:

(i)
were prepared in accordance and complied in all material respects with the requirements of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (in each case, to the extent then applicable); and

(ii)
did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(c)
the consolidated financial statements of LMC (including the related notes) included or incorporated by reference in the LMC SEC Documents were prepared in all material respects in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto or, in the case of unaudited statements, as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC) and fairly presented in all material respects the consolidated financial position of LMC and its consolidated subsidiary

A-46


Table of Contents

19.
TAX

19.1
All sums payable under this Agreement shall be paid free and clear of all deductions or withholdings whatsoever save only as provided in this Agreement or as may be required by Law.

19.2
The Purchaser, LMC, the Company and any of their respective paying agents shall be entitled to make any deduction or withholding for Tax required by applicable Law with respect to any payment made under this Agreement.

20.
ANNOUNCEMENTS

20.1
With effect from the Reference Date and except as required by Law or by any stock exchange or governmental or other regulatory or supervisory body or authority of competent jurisdiction to whose rules the party making the announcement or disclosure is subject, whether or not having the force of Law no party shall make or issue any announcement or circular or disclosure in connection with the existence or the subject matter of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents, without the prior written approval of the other parties (which, in the case of the Sellers, shall only require the written approval of the Sellers' Representative (such approval, in any such case, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

20.2
Where any announcement, circular or disclosure is made or sent in reliance on the exceptions in clause 20.1, the party making the announcement or sending the circular or making the disclosure will use its reasonable endeavours to consult with the other parties in advance as to the form, content and timing of any such announcement or circular or disclosure.

21.
NO SOLICITATION BY THE SELLERS OR THE COMPANY

21.1
The Sellers and the Company agree that from and after the Reference Date until the earlier of: (i) Closing; and (ii) the termination of this Agreement (other than the Surviving Provisions) including by agreement by the parties, each shall:

(a)
immediately cease and terminate all of its, and cause to be ceased and terminated its Representatives', discussions and negotiations with any other person (other than the Purchaser, LMC or any of their respective Affiliates) regarding any Company Alternative Proposal (as hereinafter defined);

A-47


Table of Contents

21.2
From and after the Reference Date until the earlier of: (i) Closing and (ii) the termination of this Agreement, the Sellers and the Company shall not, directly or indirectly, nor shall the Sellers or the Company authorise any Affiliate or any of its or their respective Representatives to:

(a)
solicit, initiate or knowingly encourage or facilitate (including by way of furnishing information), or engage in discussions or negotiations regarding, any inquiry, proposal or offer, or the making, submission or announcement of any inquiry, proposal or offer (including any inquiry, proposal or offer to its shareholders) which constitutes or would be reasonably expected to lead to a Company Alternative Proposal;

(b)
approve or enter into a letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or other contract with any person, other than LMC and Purchaser, for, constituting or otherwise relating to a Company Alternative Proposal;

(c)
provide or cause to be provided any information or data relating to the Company or any Affiliate in connection with, or in response to, any Company Alternative Proposal by any person, other than any information or data contained in any statement that they have entered into the Transaction Documents and are subject to the restrictions and covenants contained therein; or

(d)
terminate, amend, waive or permit the waiver of any voting restriction contained in the organisational or governing documents of the Company.

21.3
Without limiting the generality of clauses 21.1 and 21.2, the Company acknowledges and agrees that, in the event any officer or director of the Company, or financial advisor acting on its behalf, takes any action that if taken by the Company would be a breach of clause 21.1 and/or 21.2, the taking of such action by such officer, director or financial advisor shall be deemed to constitute a breach of clause 21.1 and/or 21.2, as the case may be by the Company.

21.4
"Company Alternative Proposal" shall mean any non-frivolous inquiry, proposal or offer from any person (other than the Purchaser, LMC or any of LMC 's Affiliates) concerning:

(a)
a merger, consolidation, liquidation, recapitalisation, share exchange or other business combination transaction involving the Company;

(b)
the issuance or acquisition of shares of any equity securities of the Company; or

(c)
the sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of any significant portion of the Company's properties or assets,

A-48


Table of Contents

21.5
In addition to the other obligations under clause 21.1 to 21.3, the Company shall promptly (and in any event within three Business Days after receipt thereof by the Company or its Representatives) advise the Purchaser in writing of any Company Alternative Proposal, any request for information with respect to any Company Alternative Proposal, or any inquiry with respect to or which could reasonably be expected to result in an Company Alternative Proposal, the material terms and conditions of such request, Company Alternative Proposal or inquiry, and the identity of the person making the same.

21.6
Notwithstanding anything in this clause 21 to the contrary, communications between CVC or the Company and their respective Affiliates and other communications required or reasonably necessary under the Transaction Documents shall be permitted under this Agreement and shall not be deemed to be a breach of this clause 21, provided that any communication by an Affiliate of CVC that is a breach of this clause 21 shall be deemed to be a breach of this clause 21 by CVC.

22.
LMC UNDERTAKINGS

22.1
Insofar as any of the following relates to or affects the LMG Group, LMC shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiary undertakings within the LMG Group to, during the period from the Reference Date until the Closing, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any Transaction Document or as required by applicable Law or with the prior written consent of the Sellers' Representative, conduct its business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and, to the extent consistent therewith, LMC shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiary undertakings within the LMG Group to, use its reasonable best efforts to preserve substantially intact its and its subsidiary undertakings' business organization. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, between the Reference Date and the Closing, except as otherwise expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any Transaction Documents or as required by applicable Law, insofar as any of the following relates to or affects the LMG Group, LMC shall not, nor shall it permit any of its subsidiary undertakings within the LMG Group to, without the prior written consent of the Sellers' Representative (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed):

(a)
amend or propose to amend its certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other comparable organizational documents) except as contemplated by the Name Change Approval;

(b)
(i) split, combine or reclassify the LMG Common Stock, (ii) repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or offer to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any LMG Common Stock (other than pursuant to the terms of any compensatory equity awards relating to LMG Common Stock outstanding as of the date hereof or granted following the date hereof (A) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (B) pursuant to contractual arrangements existing as of the Reference Date, (C) in connection with the employment or retention of Persons related to the management of the Company if reasonable in the best judgement of the Company or (D) for any other purpose in an aggregate amount not to exceed USD$5,000,000, including, without limitation, in each case pursuant to any withholding or net settlement obligations), or (iii) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or distribution (whether in cash, stock, property or otherwise) in respect of any LMG Common Stock) or (iv) enter into any agreement with respect to any of the foregoing actions;

(c)
issue, sell, pledge, dispose of, encumber, or enter into any agreement to issue, sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber, any LMG Common Stock, other than (i) the issuance of shares of LMG Common Stock upon the exercise of any equity awards relating to LMG Common Stock outstanding as of the date hereof or granted following the date hereof (A) in the

A-49


Table of Contents

22.2
As promptly as practicable after the date of this Agreement, LMC shall prepare and file a Proxy Statement with the United States Securities & Exchange Commission (the "SEC") with respect to the LMC Stockholder Approval and the Name Change Approval (together, the "Approvals"). LMC shall use all reasonable endeavours to have the Proxy Statement cleared by the SEC as promptly as practicable after the filing thereof. LMC shall provide the Company and the Sellers' Representative and their counsel with copies of (i) any written comments (and summaries of any oral comments) that may be received from the SEC or its staff with respect to the Proxy Statement as promptly as practicable after receipt of such comments, and (ii) any oral or written responses thereto. The Company and the Sellers' Representative and their counsel will be given a reasonable opportunity to review any such responses and LMC shall consider in good faith the reasonable additions, deletions or changes suggested thereby by the Company or the Sellers' Representative and their counsel. LMC shall respond reasonably promptly to any such comments made by the SEC or its staff with respect to the Proxy Statement. The Company and the Sellers' Representative shall as promptly as reasonably practicable provide any information reasonably requested by the SEC through the comment process. To the extent reasonably requested by the Company or the Sellers' Representative, LMC shall consider seeking confidential treatment with respect to sensitive information or documents the disclosure of which is not material to investors and the disclosure of which could reasonably be expected to be adverse to the Company. After the Proxy Statement is cleared by the SEC, LMC shall cause the Proxy Statement in definitive form to be mailed to LMC's stockholders at the earliest practicable date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to filing the Proxy Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) LMC shall give the Company, the Sellers' Representative and their counsel a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on such document and shall give due consideration to all reasonable additions, deletions or changes suggested thereto by the Company, the Sellers' Representative and their counsel.

22.3
As promptly as practicable after the Proxy Statement is cleared by the SEC for mailing to LMC's stockholders, LMC shall duly call, give notice of, convene and hold a special meeting of its stockholders solely for the purpose of obtaining the Approvals (together with any applicable adjournment proposals LMC reasonably determines to include therein). LMC shall use its reasonable endeavours to solicit from its stockholders proxies to obtain the Approvals. LMC, through the board of directors of LMC, shall (i) recommend to its stockholders that they approve (x) the issuance of the LMG Common Stock in connection with the Proposed Transaction, including (A) to any Seller or (B) pursuant to this Agreement or the LMC Letter Agreement and (y) the proposals contemplated by the Name Change Approval and (ii) include such recommendation in the Proxy Statement.

22.4
LMC shall procure that the Proxy Statement will comply as to form in all material respects with the provisions of the Exchange Act. For purposes of this Agreement, the letter to stockholders, notice of meeting, proxy statement and form of proxy to be distributed to stockholders in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including any amendments or supplements), together with all of the documents incorporated by reference (or deemed to be incorporated by reference) therein, are collectively referred to as the "Proxy Statement".

A-50


Table of Contents

22.5
The Company and each Seller shall co-operate in good faith and provide reasonable assistance to LMC in order to assist LMC with the filing of the Proxy Statement necessary to obtain the Approvals. Such cooperation and assistance shall include providing such information customarily provided in proxy statements by acquired companies as reasonably requested by LMC and the obtaining of audited financial information for the Group Companies to the extent required by the rules and regulations of the SEC together with all applicable auditor consents required by SEC rules relating to audited financial information of the Group Companies. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, immediately following First Closing, (i) the Company shall, and the Company agrees that it shall, instruct its auditors to provide to LMC financial statements audited in accordance with US GAAS or PCAOB standards for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 (provided that no audited balance sheet for 2013 need be prepared), and (ii) the Company shall further provide to LMC, interim unaudited financial statements for the period ended June 30, 2016, in each case, prepared, in accordance with either US GAAP or International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and in a manner consistent with the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and meeting the requirements for filing with LMC's proxy statement relating to the Special Meeting, as soon as practicable following First Closing. Further, the Company shall, and the Company agrees that it shall, provide to LMC (i) such further financial information as may be required for LMC to prepare any pro forma or other financial information required to be filed with its proxy statement, including an IFRS to US GAAP reconciliation for all required periods and (ii) the cooperation and assistance of the Company's auditors in preparing, and delivering any consents required in connection with, the filings required to be made by LMC with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Transactions.

22.6
At Closing, LMC shall cause its entire equity interest in the Company and the assets and liabilities of Formula 1 and the Group to be attributed to the LMG Group.

23.
CONFIDENTIALITY

23.1
The provisions of the LMC NDA and the CVC NDA shall continue in force notwithstanding the execution of this Agreement; provided, that the CVC NDA and the LMC NDA shall terminate upon the Closing and shall be void and of no further effect following the Closing.

23.2
Subject to clause 23.3 "Confidential Information" means all confidential information (including without limitation trade secrets, secret or confidential operations or processes, information relating to future projects, business development or planning, commercial relationships, sales targets and statistics, market share statistics, surveys and reports and pricing information relating to sales and purchases, and negotiations and secret dealings):

(a)
held by the Sellers or their respective Affiliates (and/or any of their Representatives) or received by the Sellers or their respective Affiliates (and/or any of their Representatives) from the Purchaser Group, relating to the Purchaser Group and following Closing, the Group Companies; and

(b)
the provisions and subject matter of, and negotiations relating to, this Agreement the other Transaction Documents,



including in each case not only written information but information transferred orally, visually, electronically or by any other means.

A-51


Table of Contents

23.3
For the avoidance of doubt, the term Confidential Information shall not include:

(a)
information that is in the public domain at the Reference Date other than as a result of a wilful or negligent act or omission by any party to this agreement or any of their respective Representatives;

(b)
information that subsequently comes into the public domain, otherwise than as a result of a wilful or negligent act or omission by any party to this agreement or any of their respective Representatives or a breach of this Agreement, but only after it has come into the public domain;

(c)
information which any receiving party obtains or its Representatives obtain from a third party not under any confidentiality obligation to the disclosing party in respect of such information;

(d)
information which any receiving party or its Representatives at the time of disclosure already has in its or their possession and which is not subject to any obligation of secrecy on its or their part to another party; or

(e)
information which is independently developed by employees of any receiving party or its Representatives who have had no access to the information disclosed by the disclosing party.


For the purposes of this clause 23, "Representatives" means Affiliates, Group Companies, directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives of the relevant party or their respective Affiliates, and their respective external legal advisers, accountants, consultants and financial advisers.

23.4
Each of the parties other than the CVC Funds, the Nominee, the Purchaser and LMC (the "Additional Parties") undertakes from the date of this Agreement, and each of the CVC Funds and the Nominee undertakes from Closing, in each case to each of the other parties:

(a)
to maintain Confidential Information received or held by each of them or their respective Representatives relating to the Purchaser and the Purchaser Group, and, following Closing, the Group Companies in confidence and not to disclose that Confidential Information to any person other than their respective Representatives except with the prior written approval of LMC or, following Closing, the Company;

(b)
only disclose to their respective Representatives such Confidential Information as is reasonably required for the purposes of performing the obligations under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents and only to Representatives who have been informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and who undertake to keep it confidential; and

(c)
only use (or permit the use by their respective Representatives of) the Confidential Information received or held by it or its Representatives for the purposes of the Proposed Transaction.

23.5
Each Seller shall, and shall cause its respective Affiliates to, procure that their respective Representatives also comply with the provisions of clauses 23.4(a) and 23.4(b), mutatis mutandis. Each Seller shall be responsible for breach of the above confidentiality undertaking by each of them or their respective Affiliates or Representatives and undertakes to the other parties and to the Purchaser and its Affiliates to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser Group, its Affiliates, and, following Closing, the Group Companies, and/or any successor to such businesses against all Costs arising from any such breach.

A-52


Table of Contents

23.6
Notwithstanding the provisions of this clause 23, the Sellers may disclose or permit the disclosure of Confidential Information in the following circumstances:

(a)
if any of the Sellers, their respective Affiliates, or any person or Representative to whom Confidential Information has been transmitted, becomes legally required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigation, demand or similar process, or otherwise) to disclose any of the Confidential Information received or held, provided that the disclosing Seller (including on behalf of its respective Affiliates and Representatives) provides LMC, Purchaser and, following Closing, the Company with prompt written notice of the relevant legal requirement so that any such party may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. However, the disclosing Seller shall not be obliged to delay disclosure if to do so would be in breach of any conditions for such disclosure imposed by the authority compelling disclosure; or

(b)
disclosure is made to a Taxation Authority in connection with the Tax affairs of the disclosing Seller, provided that where practicable the disclosing Seller (including on behalf of its respective Affiliates and Representatives) shall first inform LMC, Purchaser, and, following Closing, the Company of the intention to disclose such information, and take into account the reasonable comments of such party;

(c)
to the extent any disclosure is required by any regulatory body or the rules and regulations of any recognised stock exchange, provided that the disclosing Seller (including on behalf of its respective Affiliates and Representatives) shall first inform LMC, Purchaser, and, following Closing, the Company of the intention to disclose such information, and take into account the reasonable comments of the such party;

(d)
to the extent announcement of such Confidential Information is permitted under clause 20.1; or

(e)
to the extent any disclosure is required to vest the full benefit of this Agreement in the respective Seller or is necessary or desirable for the purpose of any court, arbitral or financial proceedings arising out of this Agreement, any other Transaction Document;

(f)
disclosure is made on a confidential basis to the Group's lending banks;

(g)
disclosure is made to any direct or indirect investors or prospective investors in funds managed and advised by Affiliates of a Seller (including, in the case of the CVC Funds, funds advised by CVC Capital Partners Limited), together with their directors, officers, advisers or agents provided that such information is disclosed on a confidential basis; and

(h)
disclosure is made on a confidential basis to shareholders or optionholders of the Company.

23.7
Each Seller shall only use (or permit the use by their respective Affiliates and Representatives of) the Confidential Information received or held by it or its Affiliates and Representatives for the purposes of the Proposed Transaction.

23.8
Nothing in this clause 23 shall make any Seller liable for any of their respective Representatives in relation to breaches of this clause 23 which occur after the time when such Representative becomes the Representative of another party to this Agreement.

23.9
Each Seller (other than LBI Group Inc.) that, as of the date hereof, has received or holds Information (as defined in the LMC NDA) and has not executed a joinder to the LMC NDA, shall be deemed to have executed a joinder to the LMC NDA and will be bound by the terms thereof as if it were a party thereto.

23.10
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the provisions of clauses 23.1 to 23.9 shall survive termination and/or Closing of this Agreement.

A-53


Table of Contents

24.
FURTHER ASSURANCE

24.1
Each of the parties agrees to perform, or procure the performance of, all further acts and things and execute and deliver, or procure the execution and delivery of such further documents as may in each case be required by Law or as may be necessary or reasonably requested by the Purchaser to implement and give effect to this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the Proposed Transaction for the purpose of vesting in the Purchaser the full benefit of the assets, rights and benefits to be transferred to the Purchaser, including, without limitation, the execution of all deeds and documents, procuring the convening of all meetings, the giving of all necessary waivers and consents and the passing of all resolutions and otherwise exercising all powers and rights available to them.

24.2
In the absence of specific agreement to the contrary, each party shall be responsible for all of its own Costs (and the Purchaser shall be responsible for those of any of its Affiliates) incurred in giving effect to the provisions of clause 24.1.

24.3
Each of the Sellers (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Seller who signs a Sale Deed of Adherence or on whose behalf a Sale Deed of Adherence is signed) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably appoints the Sellers' Representative as its attorney to take the following actions on the following basis (the Sellers' Representative being the "Attorney" for the purposes of this clause 24.3 and the power granted hereunder being the "Power of Attorney"):

(a)
to consider, settle, approve, sign, execute, deliver and/or issue the following agreements (whether as a deed or not) to which such Seller is a party (the "Documents"):

(i)
Shareholders Agreement (such document to take effect on Closing);

(ii)
Stock Transfer Forms (such document(s) to take effect on Closing);

(iii)
Security Certificate Indemnity (such document(s) to take effect on Closing);

(iv)
the Written Resolution (such document(s) to take effect on Closing);

(v)
to take all actions on a Seller's behalf to remove or discharge any Encumbrance over the Issued Shares and Issued Loan Notes set alongside the Seller's name in Schedule 1 such that on Closing, the Warranties in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 2 are true, accurate and not misleading;

(vi)
each of the Transaction Documents to which the Seller is a party; and

(vii)
any document required or desirable in connection with the Proposed Transaction;

(b)
to take all actions on a Seller's behalf to remove or discharge any Encumbrance over the Issued Shares and Issued Loan Notes set alongside the Seller's name in Schedule 1 such that on Closing, the Warranties in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 2 are true, accurate and not misleading;

(c)
to do any and all acts and things in such Seller's name and on such Seller's behalf which the Attorney in their absolute discretion considers necessary or desirable in connection with the Proposed Transaction and any matters incidental or related to it or any part of it including the execution of any documents ancillary to the Documents and/or in connection with the Proposed Transaction and the agreeing of any immaterial amendments to the Documents and/or any such ancillary documents (provided that such amendments do not place such Seller in a position materially more detrimental to it than under the terms of the Documents or the relevant ancillary documents);

(d)
the Attorney may sign or otherwise execute any Document in such Seller's name or (at that Attorney's option) in his own name on behalf of such Seller;

A-54


Table of Contents

24.4
The parties acknowledge and agree that the Company shall cause each Group Company that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company and as to which a Form 8832 electing to treat such subsidiary as a partnership or disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes has not already been filed, to file with the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") a Form 8832 pursuant to which it will elect to be treated as either a partnership or disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes, with an "effective date" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 301.7701-3(c)(1)(iii)) that is no later than two days prior to the Closing Date, except to the extent that (i) any such election cannot validly be made other than by failure of the relevant Group Company to duly authorize an officer, manager or member to make the election, or (ii) the relevant Group Company is an entity described in Treasury Regulations 301.7701-2(b)(8)(i) (except as provided in Treasury Regulations 301.7701-2(b)(8)(ii) and 301.7701-2(d)). The parties further acknowledge and agree that after the Purchaser has been afforded the opportunity to review and comment on such form as described below, the Company shall file with the IRS a Form 8832 pursuant to which it will elect to be treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, with an "effective date" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 301.7701-3(c)(1)(iii)) that is no later than the day prior to the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended that the "effective date" of the Form 8832 which is filed for the Company shall be at least one day following the latest of the effective dates of any of the Forms 8832 that have been filed with respect to each of the Company's direct and indirect subsidiaries. Each Form 8832 shall be properly executed by an officer of the relevant Group Company that is duly authorized under local law or its organizational documents. The Purchaser shall provide any reasonably requested cooperation in connection with such elections. The Company shall provide the Purchaser with (1) a draft of each such Form 8832 at least two Business Days prior to filing for the Purchaser's reasonable review and comment, (2) a copy of each such Form 8832 with respect to each Group Company as filed with the IRS and (3) evidence of the IRS's acceptance of filing.

25.
COSTS

25.1
Save as otherwise provided in this Agreement or agreed between the parties, each of the parties shall pay the Costs incurred by it and its Affiliates in connection with the negotiation, preparation, entering into, and completion of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents including in respect of their obligations in fulfilling the Conditions, and the other requirements for transferring the Sale Securities, provided that the Company shall pay (or in respect of sub-clause (c) procure the payment by the relevant Group Company):

(a)
the Sellers' Transaction Costs, subject to an aggregate cap on such Sellers' Transaction Costs of $25,000,000 (whether paid pursuant to this Agreement, or any other Transaction Document) (but excluding from such cap: (i) third party accounting and legal expenses, reasonably incurred in the preparation of the Proxy Statement; and (ii) other reasonable costs and expenses of third party advisers engaged at the specific request of the Purchaser);

(b)
the amount payable under the Transaction Assistance Agreement; and

A-55


Table of Contents

26.
NOTICES

26.1
Any notice or other communication to be given by a party to another party under, or in connection with, this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the party giving it. It shall be served by sending it by fax to the number set out in clause 26.2, or delivering it by hand, or sending it by pre-paid recorded delivery, special delivery or registered post, to the address set out in clause 26.2, or by sending it by email to the email address set out in clause 26.2 (with a hard copy delivered by hand or by post in accordance with this clause 26), and in each case marked for the attention of the relevant party set out in clause 26.2 (or as otherwise notified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this clause 26). Any notice so served by hand, fax, email or post shall be deemed to have been duly given:

(a)
in the case of delivery by hand, when delivered;

(b)
in the case of fax, at the time of transmission;

(c)
in the case of email, at the time of transmission (provided a copy is also delivered by hand on the same day or sent at the same time by pre-paid recorded delivery, special delivery or registered post in accordance with this clause 26);and

(d)
in the case of prepaid recorded delivery, special delivery or registered post, at 10am on the second Business Day following the date of posting,


provided that in each case where delivery by hand, fax or email occurs after 6pm on a Business Day, or at any time on a day which is not a Business Day, service shall be deemed to occur at 9am on the next following Business Day.


References to time in this clause are to local time at the address to which the relevant notice is sent.

26.2
The addresses, fax numbers and email addresses of the parties for the purpose of clause 26.1 are as follows:
The Sellers' Representative

Address:

 

Lime grove House, Green Street, St Helier, Jersey, JE1 2 ST

Fax:

 

 

Email:

 

 

For the attention of:

 

The Company Secretary

With a copy to:

 

 

Address:

 

Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP,

 

 

65 Fleet Street, London, EC4Y 1HS, United Kingdom

Fax:

 

+44 20 7108 5463

Email:

 

charles.hayes@freshfields.com

For the attention of:

 

Charles Hayes

A-56


Table of Contents


The Purchaser and LMC

Address:

 

Liberty Media Corporation, 12300 Liberty Boulevard, Englewood, Colorado 80112, United States of America

Fax:

 

720-875-5401

Email:

 

legalnotices@libertymedia.com

For the attention of:

 

Legal Department

With a copy for information only to:

Address:

 

Baker Botts (U.K.) L.L.P., 41 Lothbury, London EC2R 7HF, United Kingdom

Fax:

 

+44.20.7726.3538

Email:

 

derek.jones@bakerbotts.com

For the attention of:

 

Derek Jones

Lehman

 

 

Address:

 

1271 Avenue of the Americas, 40th Floor, New York, NY10020, United States of America

Email:

 

 

For the attention of:

 

Christopher Mosher

With a copy to:

 

 

Address:

 

Weil, Gotshal & Manges 110 Fetter Lane, London, EC4A 1AY, United Kingdom

Fax:

 

+44 20 7903 0990

Email:

 

peter.king@weil.com

For the attention of:

 

Peter King
26.3
The Sellers' Representative or any other party hereto may notify the other parties hereto or the Sellers' Representative, respectively, of a change to its name, relevant addressee, address, fax number or email address for the purposes of this clause 26, provided that such notice shall only be effective on:

(a)
the date specified in the notice as the date on which the change is to take place; or

(b)
if no date is specified or the date specified is less than 5 Business Days after the date on which notice is given, the date following 5 Business Days after notice of any change has been given.

26.4
Any notice to be served on the Company shall be deemed to be received if it is validly served on the Sellers' Representative.

26.5
In proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing such notice was properly addressed and delivered either to the address shown thereon or into the custody of the postal authorities as a pre-paid recorded delivery, special delivery or registered post letter, or that the notice was transmitted by fax to the fax number of the relevant party, or that the notice was sent by email to the email address of the relevant party set out in this clause 26 (or as otherwise notified under it).

A-57


Table of Contents

26.6
All notices, demands, requests, statements or other documents or communications under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in the English language or, if in any other language, accompanied by a translation into English. If there is any conflict between the English text and the text in any other language, the English text shall prevail.

27.
ASSIGNMENT

27.1
The Purchaser may freely assign the benefit of the whole or any part of this Agreement to any member of its Investor Group to whom it has validly transferred Sale Securities, it being agreed that there shall be no such transfer of Sale Securities before the earlier of Closing and the termination of this Agreement and the Purchaser shall provide written notice of any such assignment to the Sellers' Representative as soon as practicable thereafter.

27.2
If the benefit of the whole or any part of this Agreement is assigned by the Purchaser in accordance with clause 27.1 such assignee may at any time assign the same to any other person to whom assignment by the Purchaser would be permitted under clause 27.1 and where any such original or subsequent assignee subsequently ceases to be a permitted assignee under clause 27.1 the Purchaser shall procure that before it so ceases it shall assign that benefit to the Purchaser or to another permitted assignee under clause 27.1.

27.3
Immediately after any assignment in accordance with this clause 27.1 the Purchaser will give notice of the assignment to the Sellers' Representative containing details of the assignment including the identity of the assignor and assignee.

27.4
The Sellers agree that, if the Purchaser makes any claim following a permitted assignment validly made in accordance with clause 27.1, they shall not dispute or seek to dispute the enforceability of this Agreement including the Warranties by reason of such assignment or change of control, or argue that the measure of damages or nature of any relief available to the Purchaser is in any way affected, altered or reduced.

27.5
If an assignment is made in accordance with this clause 27 the liabilities of the parties under this Agreement shall be no greater than said liabilities would have been if the assignment had not occurred.

27.6
Save as provided in clause 27.1, or as otherwise agreed between the Sellers and the Purchaser in writing, no party shall nor shall it purport to assign, transfer, charge or otherwise deal with all or any of its rights under this Agreement nor grant, declare, create or dispose of any right or interest in it without the prior written consent of the other parties. Any purported assignment in contravention of this clause 27 shall be void.

28.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT

28.1
This Agreement, the First SPA, the Deed of Covenant, the Stock Transfer Forms and the Loan Note Transfer Forms set out the entire agreement and understanding between the parties in respect of the sale and purchase of the Sale Securities. This Agreement supersedes any prior drafts, agreements, understandings or arrangements (whether oral or written) relating to the sale and purchase of the Sale Securities (other than the First SPA, which, subject to clause 13, shall remain in full force and effect), which shall cease to have any further force or effect. It is agreed that:

(a)
none of the parties has entered into this Agreement or any other Transaction Document in reliance or otherwise relied upon, or shall have any claim or remedy arising under or in connection with, any statement, representation, warranty or undertaking made by or on behalf of any other party or any of their Representatives other than those expressly set out in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

A-58


Table of Contents

28.2
Each party agrees to the terms of this clause 28 on its own behalf and as agent for each of its Representatives.

29.
WAIVERS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

29.1
Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no failure or delay by any party in exercising any right or remedy provided by Law or under or pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents shall impair such right or remedy or operate or be construed as a waiver or variation of it or preclude its exercise at any subsequent time and no single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy shall preclude any further exercise of it or the exercise of any other remedy.

29.2
The rights and remedies of each party under or pursuant to this Agreement and under or pursuant to the other Transaction Documents are cumulative, may be exercised as often as the relevant party considers appropriate and are in addition to the relevant party's respective rights and remedies under general Law.

29.3
The rights and remedies of each party under this Agreement shall not be affected, and the liabilities of each party under this Agreement shall not be released, discharged or impaired, by Closing.

30.
GUARANTEE

30.1
Subject to clause 30.4, in consideration of the Sellers entering into this Agreement, LMC unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Sellers as a continuing primary obligation and as principal obligor the proper and punctual performance by the Purchaser and the Backstop Facility Lender (in accordance with the terms of the relevant agreement) of all their respective obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement and the Backstop Loan Facility to which they are party (including their respective liabilities to pay damages, agreed or otherwise, under this Agreement and the Backstop Loan Facility and (irrespective of the identity of the Backstop Facility Lender) the obligation of the Backstop Facility Lender to fund the loan contemplated under the Backstop Loan Facility) .

30.2
LMC's liability under this Agreement shall not be discharged or impaired by:

(a)
any amendment to or variation of this Agreement or the Backstop Loan Facility, or any waiver of or departure from its terms, or any transfer or assignment of it or any part of it, or any document entered into under this Agreement or the Backstop Loan Facility;

A-59


Table of Contents

30.3
As a separate, additional continuing and primary obligation, LMC, in consideration of the Sellers entering into this Agreement, undertakes to the Sellers to indemnify the Sellers on demand against any and all losses, claims or Costs suffered or incurred by them (while acting in good faith) as a result of the Purchaser's or the Backstop Facility Lender's failure to observe and perform properly and punctually all its obligations under this Agreement or the Backstop Loan Facility (including by reason of the obligations of the Purchaser or the Backstop Facility Lender being or becoming void, unenforceable or otherwise invalid or ineffective under any applicable Law).

30.4
Notwithstanding the other provisions of this clause 30 LMC's guarantee and obligations in respect of the Backstop Facility Lender (in its capacity as such) and the Backstop Loan Facility shall cease to apply with effect from the date on which the loan under the Backstop Loan Facility is funded and no demand may be made on LMC under this clause 30 for or in respect of any obligations under the Backstop Loan Facility after such date.

31.
CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

31.1
Subject to clause 31.2, each party undertakes to the other parties that:

(a)
each present or former employee, director, agent or officer of the Company or of a member of the Purchaser Group shall have the right to enforce the terms of clause 3;

(b)
the Sellers' Representative shall have the right to enforce the terms of this Agreement that are applicable to it; and

(c)
each of the Purchaser's Affiliates shall have the right to enforce the terms of clause 23,


in each case under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (each person with rights under paragraphs (a) and (b) being a "Third Party").

31.2
The rights of Third Parties under clause 31.1 are subject to:

(a)
the rights of the parties to this Agreement to terminate or rescind or vary this Agreement in any way without the consent of any Third Party; and

(b)
the other terms and conditions of this Agreement.

A-60


Table of Contents

31.3
Save as provided in clause 31.1, a person who is not a party to this Agreement shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any of its terms.

32.
GENERAL

32.1
Notwithstanding Closing:

(a)
each provision of this Agreement not performed at or before Closing but which remains capable of performance;

(b)
the Warranties; and

(c)
all covenants, indemnities and other undertakings and assurances contained in or entered into pursuant to this Agreement,


will remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms except as otherwise provided.

32.2
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties to it on separate counterparts, each of which is an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of a counterpart of this Agreement by e-mail attachment or telecopy shall be an effective mode of delivery.

32.3
Subject to clause 32.5 no amendment, variation or waiver of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and duly executed by or on behalf of LMC, the Purchaser, the Company and the Sellers' Representative. The expression "variation"' shall include any variation, supplement, deletion or replacement howsoever effected. Unless expressly agreed, no variation shall constitute a general waiver of any provisions of this Agreement, nor shall it affect any rights, obligations or liabilities under or pursuant to this Agreement which have already accrued up to the date of the variation, and the rights and obligations of the parties under or pursuant to this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except and only to the extent that they are so varied.

32.4
Notwithstanding that any person may become a party to this Agreement by signing a Sale Deed of Adherence (or a Sale Deed of Adherence being signed on such person's behalf), any amendment, variation or waiver of provisions of this Agreement (or of any of the other Transaction Documents) to enable Closing to be effected (including, but not limited to, clauses 4, 5, 6, 8, 13 and 14) which are required or considered necessary by the Purchaser and the Sellers' Representative shall be valid if it is in writing and duly executed by or on behalf of the Purchaser and the Sellers' Representative.

32.5
No delay or omission by the Purchaser in exercising any right, power, privilege or remedy hereunder shall operate to impair such right, power, privilege or remedy or be construed as a waiver thereof and no single or partial exercise or non-exercise of any right, power, privilege or remedy shall in any circumstances preclude any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, privilege or remedy. Any waiver of any right, power or remedy under this Agreement must be in writing and may be given subject to any conditions thought fit by the grantor.

32.6
Each of the provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents is severable. If any such provision is held to be or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the Law of any jurisdiction:

(a)
so far as it is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, it shall be given no effect and shall be deemed not to be included in this Agreement or the relevant Transaction Document, it shall not affect or impair the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of the other provisions of this Agreement or that other Transaction Document, or of that or any

A-61


Table of Contents

32.7
Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that LMC and the Purchaser may have, the parties acknowledge and agree that damages may be by themselves an inadequate remedy for any breach of this Agreement and the remedies of injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief may be appropriate for any threatened or actual breach of any provisions of this Agreement.

32.8
All warranties, representations, indemnities, covenants, agreements and obligations given or entered into in this Agreement by the Sellers are given severally and not jointly and severally.

32.9
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the Surviving Provisions shall survive termination of this Agreement and/or Closing.

33.
GOVERNING LAW, JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS

33.1
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and the relationship between the parties shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, English law.

33.2
Matters related to the interpretation of the defined terms "Material Adverse Effect" and "LMG Material Adverse Effect" shall be governed by the laws of Delaware. Each of the parties agree that the courts of the State of Delaware shall have the exclusive jurisdiction to determine the interpretation of the defined terms "Material Adverse Effect" and "LMG Material Adverse Effect" (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any matters related to any other materiality or similar qualifier (which matters shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be governed by English law in accordance with clause 33.3)) and for such purposes irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware. To the extent that the courts of the State of Delaware refuse jurisdiction to determine a matter under this clause 33.2, such matter shall be referred to the courts of England for determination.

33.3
Each of the parties agree that (other than as set out in clause 33.2 above) the courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes (including claims for set-off and counterclaims) which may arise out of or in connection with the creation, validity, effect, interpretation or performance or non-performance of, or the legal relationships established by, this Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or otherwise arising in connection with this Agreement, and for such purposes irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the English courts.

33.4
Each party shall at all times maintain an agent for service of process and any other documents in proceedings in England or any other proceedings in connection with this Agreement. Such agents shall be:

(a)
in respect of the CVC Funds, Law Debenture Corporate Services Limited currently of Fifth Floor, 100 Wood Street, London EC2V 7EX, United Kingdom;

(b)
in respect of LBI, Law Debenture Corporate Services Limited currently of Fifth Floor, 100 Wood Street, London EC2V 7EX, United Kingdom;

A-62


Table of Contents


and any claim form, judgment or other notice of legal process shall be sufficiently served on such party if delivered to such agent at its address for the time being. Each party irrevocably undertakes not to revoke the authority of this agent and if, for any reason, such party does so revoke the authority of the agent:

(i)
the Purchaser or LMC (in the case of a revocation by any Seller or the Company) may request the Sellers' Representative or the Company (as applicable); or

(ii)
the Sellers, acting by the Sellers' Representative (in the case of a revocation by any of the Purchaser or LMC) may request the Purchaser or LMC (as applicable),



promptly to appoint another such agent with an address in England and advise the other parties. If, following such a request, the relevant party fails to appoint another agent within 5 Business Days:

(iii)
the Purchaser or LMC (in the case of a failure by any Seller or the Company) shall be entitled to appoint one on behalf of such Seller or the Company (as applicable); or

(iv)
the Sellers, acting by the Sellers' Representative (in the case of a failure by LMC or the Purchaser) shall be entitled to appoint one on behalf of LMC or the Purchaser (as applicable),


in each case at the cost and expense of the party failing to make such appointment.

        IN WITNESS of which the parties or their duly authorised representatives have executed this Agreement as a deed and this Agreement is delivered as a deed.

A-63


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE 2

WARRANTIES

1.     AUTHORISATION AND CAPACITY

1.1
The Seller has the power to enter into this Agreement and any other Transaction Document to which it is party and to perform its obligations under it and has taken all necessary action to authorise such execution and delivery and the performance of such obligations.

1.2
The Seller is not bankrupt, has not proposed a voluntary arrangement and has not made or proposed any arrangement or composition with its creditors generally or any general class of its creditors.

1.3
This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents which are to be entered into by the Seller will, when executed, constitute valid and binding obligations of the Seller (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganisation, moratorium and other Laws affecting creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity).

1.4
Other than where a Seller is a natural person, the entry into and performance by the Seller of this Agreement and any other Transaction Document to which it is a party will not violate or conflict with the provisions of its memorandum and articles of association or certificate of incorporation, by-laws, or equivalent constitutional documents in each relevant jurisdiction, where any such breach or conflict would affect to a material extent its ability to enter into or perform obligations under any Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

1.5
Subject to fulfilment of the Conditions and other than in respect of any antitrust, competition or trade regulation Law, neither entry into any Transaction Document nor entry into, and implementation of, the Proposed Transaction will:

(a)
result in violation or breach of any applicable Laws or regulations in any relevant jurisdiction; or

(b)
result in a material breach of or constitute a material default under any deed, agreement or arrangement to which it is a party, under which it enjoys rights or by which it is bound; or

(c)
amount to a violation or default with respect to any statute, regulation, order, decree or judgment of any court or any governmental or regulatory authority in any jurisdiction,
1.6
Subject to the fulfilment of the Conditions in clause 10.5(a), other than in respect of any antitrust, competition or trade regulation Law and other than as specifically referred to in this Agreement and/or any of the other Transaction Documents, no announcements, consultations, notices, reports or filings are required to be made by a Seller in connection with the performance of the obligations of the Seller under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document provided that this paragraph 1.6 shall not apply to any Permitted Communications.

1.7
Other than where the Seller is a natural person, the Seller is a legal entity validly incorporated, in existence and duly registered under the laws of its jurisdiction and incorporation.

2.     TITLE TO THE SECURITIES

2.1
The Issued Shares set out alongside the Seller's name in Schedule 1 are fully paid. As at the Reference Date and prior to First Closing, the Seller is the sole owner of the Issued Shares and the Issued Loan Notes set out alongside the Seller's name in Schedule 1. As at Closing and subject to Unwind Completion, the Management Exercise Process, the Ferrari Exercise Process and the

A-64


Table of Contents

2.2
The Seller is or will at Closing be entitled to transfer or procure the transfer of the full ownership of the Sale Securities set out alongside the Seller's name to the Purchaser on the terms set out in this Agreement.

2.3
The Sale Securities set out alongside the Seller's name in Schedule 1 constitute all of the Sale Securities held by that Seller.

A-65


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE 3

LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY

2.
Neither a Seller nor the Company shall be liable for a Warranty Claim unless the Sellers' Representative receives from the Purchaser written notice containing reasonable details of the Warranty Claim on or before the second anniversary of the Closing Date.

3.
The aggregate amount of the liability of a Seller for all Warranty Claims shall not exceed an amount equal to the Seller's Consideration.

4.
The limitation contained in paragraph 2 shall not apply to any Warranty Claim to the extent that such claim is the consequence of, or is increased as a consequence of, fraud by the Seller.

5.
If any Warranty Claim is based upon a liability which is contingent only, the Purchaser may give notice of the claim in accordance with paragraph 1 before such time as it becomes an actual liability. For the avoidance of doubt, the fact that the liability may not have become an actual liability by the relevant date provided in paragraph 1 shall not exonerate the Seller in respect of any Warranty Claim properly notified before that date.

6.
Any Warranty Claim shall (if it has not been previously satisfied, settled or withdrawn) be deemed to have been withdrawn six months after the notice is given pursuant to paragraph 1, unless legal proceedings in respect of it have been commenced by being both issued and served. No new Warranty Claim may be made in respect of the facts, matters, events or circumstances giving rise to any such withdrawn Warranty Claim.

7.
The Purchaser shall not be entitled to recover damages or obtain payment, reimbursement, restitution or indemnity more than once in respect of any one liability, loss, cost, shortfall, damage or deficiency, regardless of whether more than one claim arises in respect of it, and for this purpose recovery by the Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser Group or any Group Company shall be deemed to be a recovery by each of them.

8.
For the avoidance of doubt, no Seller shall be responsible for any action or omission of any member of the Group or any director, officer, employee or representative of any member of the Group and each of the Company, Lion and the Purchaser acknowledges that neither the Company nor any member of its Group, or any of its or their directors, officers, employees or representatives may hold themselves out as representing, or acting on behalf of, or authorised to make any representation by any Seller, provided that nothing in this paragraph 7 shall prevent any claim being made against a Seller (in his or her capacity as a Seller) in respect of his or her breach of the warranties or his or her fraudulent misrepresentation.

A-66


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE 5

LOAN NOTE CONVERSION

9.
The provisions of this Schedule 5 shall apply in respect of the Loan Note Conversion.

Conversion Completion

10.
After the Reference Date and prior to the delivery of the Conversion Notice under paragraph 3, the Company shall amend the terms of the Loan Note Instrument to enable: (a) the accrued and unpaid interest on the Loan Notes to be converted into shares in the Company on the terms set out in Schedule 5 of the Loan Note Instrument; (b) PIK notes to be issued in respect of the accrued and unpaid interest on the Loan Notes at any time which the Company determines; or (c) the accrued and unpaid interest on the Loan Notes to form part of the Aggregate Conversion Amount and be subject to the Loan Note Conversion and the pro rata determination of the proportion of Loan Notes to be converted as provided herein.

11.
Subject to the Share Capital Increase Resolution being duly passed at the EGM and the amendment to the Loan Note Instrument under paragraph 2, after the Reference Date and on or before the Closing Date, the Company will serve a Conversion Notice on each holder of Loan Notes and each person which would hold Loan Notes following the completion of the Management Option Exercise and the completion of the Falcon Option Exercise in respect of the Conversion Proportion of each such holder's Loan Notes.

12.
The Conversion Notice shall set out the details specified in paragraph 2.2 of Schedule 5 of the Loan Note instrument.

13.
On Conversion Completion and pursuant to clause 14.3(a)(v), the Company shall take the steps set out in paragraph 3 of Schedule 5 of the Loan Note Instrument (as amended under paragraph 2 and such that there is no accrued interest on any Loan Note outstanding immediately following the Loan Note Conversion and no interest payable in cash for the purposes of, or as a result of, the Loan Note Conversion of the pro rata proportion of Loan Notes to be converted as determined or envisaged in this Schedule 5), provided that the Company shall not be required to deliver the share certificates issued on Conversion Completion to the relevant holder of Ordinary Shares and shall be entitled to hold such share certificates on behalf of the relevant holder for delivery to the Purchaser on Closing in accordance with Schedule 7.

Exchangeable Notes Completion

14.
Subject to the receipt of the JSFC Consent and following Conversion Completion, on Exchangeable Notes Completion and simultaneously with Closing, the Company shall amend and restate the Loan Note Instrument in the form of the Exchangeable Instrument, such that the Loan Notes in issue immediately prior to Exchangeable Notes Completion are amended and restated as Exchangeable Notes.

15.
Upon Exchangeable Notes Completion and in accordance with clause 14.3(b) of this Agreement, the aggregate principal amount of Loan Notes held by each holder of Loan Notes prior to Exchangeable Notes Completion shall be amended and restated into the same aggregate principal amount of Exchangeable Notes.

16.
Immediately following the Exchangeable Notes Completion, the aggregate principal amount of all of the Exchangeable Notes issued and outstanding that are held by the Sellers and all holders of Loan Notes prior to the Exchangeable Notes Completion shall not exceed the Aggregate Note Principal, and at the time of the Exchangeable Notes Completion, there shall be no accrued

A-67


Table of Contents

17.
Upon Exchangeable Notes Completion, the Exchangeable Note certificates shall be delivered to each holder of Exchangeable Notes.

18.
General

19.
Each Seller hereby acknowledges that the number of Ordinary Shares which it receives on the Conversion Completion will be rounded to a whole number of Ordinary Shares and that Seller has no claim (and waives all such rights) against the Company, the Purchaser, LMC or any other Seller in respect of any such rounding.

20.
Each Seller hereby waives any and all rights and claims against the Company, the Purchaser, LMC or any other Seller in respect of any failure by the Company to serve the Conversion Notice in accordance with the terms of the Loan Note Instrument.

21.
Following the Conversion Completion and the Exchangeable Notes Completion, there will not be outstanding any Loan Notes of the Company (other than the Exchangeable Notes).

22.
In this Schedule 5, the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:

(a)
"Aggregate Conversion Amount" means the aggregate principal amount, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, of the Loan Notes in issue immediately prior to the Conversion Completion less an amount equal to the Aggregate Note Principal;

(b)
"Conversion Notice" has the meaning given to it in the Loan Note Instrument;

(c)
"Conversion Proportion" means each holder of Loan Notes' pro rata proportion of the Aggregate Conversion Amount;

(d)
"JFSC Consent" means the consent of the Jersey Financial Service Commission to the amendment and restatement of the Loan Note Instrument into the Exchangeable Instrument; and

(e)
"Share Capital Increase Resolution" means the special resolution of the Company contained in the EGM Resolution to approve the increase in the authorised share capital of the Company sufficient for the Loan Note Conversion to be effected.

A-68


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE 7

CLOSING DELIVERABLES

        On or prior to Closing, the Sellers shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Purchaser, LMC and the Company:

        On or prior to Closing, the Sellers shall use their reasonable endeavours to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Purchaser, LMC and the Company:

A-69


Table of Contents

        On or prior to Closing, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Purchaser and the Sellers' Representative:

        On or prior to Closing, the Purchaser and LMC shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Sellers' Representative and the Company:

A-70


Table of Contents

A-71


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE 9

COMPETITION CONDITIONS

23.
In the event that the European Commission does not take jurisdiction to review the purchase of the Sale Securities under the terms of this Agreement (the "Acquisition") pursuant to Article 22(3) of the EU Merger Regulation or under Article 5(4) of the EU Merger Regulation:

(a)
Confirmation from the Competition and Markets Authority (CMA) that the Acquisition will not be made subject to a Phase 2 reference made pursuant to Schedule 4 to the Enterprise and Regulatory Reform Act 2013 (a "Phase 2 Reference"); or confirmation from the CMA that there will not be a Phase 2 Reference of the Acquisition as a result of the acceptance of undertakings by the CMA pursuant to Part 3 of the Enterprise Act 2003; or following a Phase 2 Reference, a finding by the CMA that the Acquisition is not expected to result in a substantial lessening of competition within any relevant market; or following a Phase 2 Reference, a finding by the CMA that the Acquisition may be expected to result in a substantial lessening of competition within a relevant market, but that the acceptance of specified undertakings by the Purchaser would have the effect of remedying, mitigating or preventing that lessening of competition;

(b)
Either (i) confirmation by the Federal Competition Authority ("FCA") and the Federal Cartel Prosecutor ("FCP") of the waiver of their right to request the initiation of Phase II proceedings by the Vienna Court of Appeals as Cartel Court ("Cartel Court") or the expiry of the four-week Phase I period (or six-week period in the case of a valid extension request) without a request by either the FCA nor FCP to initiate Phase II proceedings; or (ii) in the event that Phase II proceedings are initiated, the issuance of a final decision whereby the Phase II proceedings are ceased, the request of the FCA or FCP to initiate Phase II proceedings is held inadmissible, the Acquisition is found not to constitute a notifiable concentration, the relevant waiting periods are found to be expired, or the Acquisition is approved; or (iii) the issuance of a decision by the Austrian Supreme Court as Supreme Cartel Court, whereby the request of the FCA or FCP to initiate Phase II proceedings is held inadmissible, the Acquisition is found not to constitute a notifiable concentration, the relevant waiting periods are found to be expired or the Acquisition is approved, pursuant to the relevant terms of the Cartel Act'

(c)
Approval by the National Markets and Competition Commission ("CNMC") of Spain or by the Spanish Council of Ministers, as the case may be, pursuant to the relevant terms of Law No. 15/2007 on the Defence of Competition, in the event that the CNMC determines that it has jurisdiction to review the Acquisition; and

(d)
Approval by the Portuguese Competition Authority (Autoridade da Concorrência ("AdC")), either expressly or tacitly, pursuant to Article 50(1)(b) or 53(1)(a) of Law No. 19/2012 of 8 May ("Portuguese Competition Act"), or a determination by the AdC that it has no jurisdiction to review the Acquisition, either during pre-notification contacts or by means of a decision under Article 50(1)(a) of the Portuguese Competition Act, setting out that the Acquisition is not subject to Portuguese merger control requirements'

24.
Approval by the Russian Federal Antimonopoly Service, pursuant to the relevant terms of Federal Law No. 135-FZ on the Protection of Competition dated 26 July 2006.

25.
In so far as the Acquisition triggers a mandatory filing requirement, approval by the Administrative Council of Economic Defence ("CADE"), pursuant to the relevant terms of Law No. 12,529 of 2011, and applicable regulations.

A-72


Table of Contents

26.
In so far as the competition authority of any relevant EU Member State requests referral to the European Commission pursuant to Article 22(1) of the EU Merger Regulation to review all or part of the Acquisition and such a request being accepted, or the European Commission takes jurisdiction under Article 5(4) of the EU Merger Regulation, either:

(a)
the European Commission declaring the transaction to be compatible with the internal market pursuant to Article 6(1)(b), 8(1) or 8(2) of the EU Merger Regulation applied directly or pursuant to Article 22(4) first subparagraph of the EU Merger Regulation in respect of all parts of the Acquisition which were the subject of such request; or

(b)
all parts of the Acquisition which were the subject of the request having been deemed compatible with the internal market pursuant to Article 10(6) of the EU Merger Regulation applied directly or pursuant to Article 22(4) first subparagraph of the EU Merger Regulation.

27.
In so far as the Purchaser reasonably believes that a competition authority in any other jurisdiction requires a pre-merger notification of the purchase of the Sale Securities, the approval or deemed approval of such competition authority. Any such filings shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Sellers' Representative not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

A-73


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE 11

COMPANY BOARD OF DIRECTORS

        The Company's board of directors as at the Closing Date shall consist of:

A-74


Table of Contents

EXECUTION BLOCKS TO FOLLOW        

EXECUTED AS A DEED

 

)

 

 
for and on behalf of   )    
CVC European Equity IV (AB) Limited   )    
as General Partner of   )    
CVC European Equity Partners IV (A) L.P.   )   /s/ CARL JOHN HANSEN

Director/Authorised Signatory

 

In the presence of:

     

 

Signature of witness:

 

/s/ HANNAH CULSHAW


 

 

Name of witness:

 

Hannah Culshaw


 

 

Address:

 

Waverley Place


 

 

 

St. Helier Jersey


 

 

Occupation:

 

Director


 

 

 

EXECUTED AS A DEED   )    
for and on behalf of   )    
CVC European Equity IV (AB) Limited   )    
as General Partner of   )    
CVC European Equity Partners IV (B) L.P.   )   /s/ CARL JOHN HANSEN

Director/Authorised Signatory

 

In the presence of:

     

 

Signature of witness:

 

/s/ HANNAH CULSHAW


 

 

Name of witness:

 

Hannah Culshaw


 

 

Address:

 

Waverley Place


 

 

 

St. Helier Jersey


 

 

Occupation:

 

Director


 

 


Table of Contents

EXECUTED AS A DEED   )    
for and on behalf of   )    
CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited   )    
as General Partner of   )    
CVC European Equity Partners IV (C) L.P.   )   /s/ CARL JOHN HANSEN

Director/Authorised Signatory

 

In the presence of:

     

 

Signature of witness:

 

/s/ HANNAH CULSHAW


 

 

Name of witness:

 

Hannah Culshaw


 

 

Address:

 

Waverley Place


 

 

 

St. Helier Jersey


 

 

Occupation:

 

Director


 

 

 

EXECUTED AS A DEED   )    
for and on behalf of   )    
CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited   )    
as General Partner of   )    
CVC European Equity Partners IV (D) L.P.   )   /s/ CARL JOHN HANSEN

Director/Authorised Signatory

 

In the presence of:

     

 

Signature of witness:

 

/s/ HANNAH CULSHAW


 

 

Name of witness:

 

Hannah Culshaw


 

 

Address:

 

Waverley Place


 

 

 

St. Helier Jersey


 

 

Occupation:

 

Director


 

 


Table of Contents

EXECUTED AS A DEED   )    
for and on behalf of   )    
CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited   )    
as General Partner of   )    
CVC European Equity Partners IV (E) L.P.   )   /s/ CARL JOHN HANSEN

        Director/Authorised Signatory

 

In the presence of:        

Signature of witness:

 

/s/ HANNAH CULSHAW


 

 

Name of witness:

 

Hannah Culshaw


 

 

Address:

 

Waverley Place


 

 

 

 

St. Helier Jersey


 

 

Occupation:

 

Director


 

 

Table of Contents

EXECUTED AS A DEED   )    
for and on behalf of   )    
CVC DELTA TOPCO NOMINEE   )    
LIMITED   )    
acting by its authorised representative   )   /s/ CARL JOHN HANSEN

        Director/Authorised Signatory

 

In the presence of:        

Signature of witness:

 

/s/ HANNAH CULSHAW


 

 

Name of witness:

 

Hannah Culshaw


 

 

Address:

 

Waverley Place


 

 

 

 

St. Helier Jersey


 

 

Occupation:

 

Director


 

 

Table of Contents

EXECUTED AS A DEED   )   SIGNATURE:   /s/ CHRISTOPHER MOSHER

for and on behalf of   )        
LBI GROUP INC.   )        
acting by its authorised representative   )   NAME:   /s/ CHRISTOPHER MOSHER

            Director/Authorised Signatory

 

In the presence of:        

Signature of witness:

 

/s/ BRIAN MCCARTHY


 

 

Name of witness:

 

Brian McCarthy


 

 

Address:

 

1271 Avenue of the Americas, 40th Floor


 

 

 

 

New York, NY 10020


 

 

Occupation:

 

Accountant


 

 

Table of Contents

EXECUTED AS A DEED   )    
for and on behalf of   )    
DELTA TOPCO LIMITED   )    
acting by its authorised representative   )   /s/ CARL JOHN HANSEN

        Director/Authorised Signatory

 

In the presence of:        

Signature of witness:

 

/s/ HANNAH CULSHAW


 

 

Name of witness:

 

Hannah Culshaw


 

 

Address:

 

Waverley Place


 

 

 

 

St. Helier Jersey


 

 

Occupation:

 

Director


 

 

Table of Contents

EXECUTED AS A DEED   )    
for and on behalf of   )    
LIBERTY MEDIA CORPORATION   )    
acting by its authorised representative   )   /s/ CRAIG TROYER

        Director/Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:        

Signature of witness:

 

/s/ JUSTIN BLASS


 

 

Name of witness:

 

Justin Blass


 

 

Address:

 

30 Rockefeller Plaza


 

 

 

 

New York, NY 10112


 

 

Occupation:

 

Attorney


 

 

Table of Contents

EXECUTED AS A DEED   )    
for and on behalf of   )    
LIBERTY GR CAYMAN   )    
ACQUISITION COMPANY   )    
acting by its authorised representative   )   /s/ CRAIG TROYER

        Director/Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:        

Signature of witness:

 

/s/ JUSTIN BLASS


 

 

Name of witness:

 

Justin Blass


 

 

Address:

 

30 Rockefeller Plaza


 

 

 

 

New York, NY 10112


 

 

Occupation:

 

Attorney


 

 

Table of Contents

ANNEX B

VOTING AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT

        This VOTING AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT, dated as of 7 September, 2016 (this "Agreement"), is made and entered into by and among: Liberty Media Corporation (the "Company"); CVC Delta Topco Nominee Limited ("CVC"); and each of the stockholders of the Company that are listed on Schedule A hereto (each a "Stockholder" and collectively, the "Stockholders").

RECITALS

        WHEREAS, pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company, Liberty GR Cayman Acquisition Company, an exempted company organized in the Cayman Islands and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("Buyer"), Delta Topco Limited, a Jersey corporation ("Delta Topco"), and certain of the shareholders of Delta Topco (the "First Purchase Agreement"), and the Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company, Buyer, Delta Topco, and the selling shareholders of Delta Topco (the "Selling Shareholders") specified therein (the "Second Purchase Agreement"), each dated as of the date hereof (collectively, the "Purchase Agreements"), each Selling Shareholder has agreed to sell all of the Sale Securities that it holds in Delta Topco to Buyer in exchange for consideration consisting of (i) cash, (ii) the re-characterization of a portion of the existing loan notes of Delta Topco into 2% fixed rate unsecured exchangeable redeemable loan notes via an amendment and restatement to the terms of such existing loan notes, and (iii) shares of the Company's LMG Series C Stock (the "Transaction");

        WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Second Purchase Agreement, the Company shall seek to obtain the approval of the stockholders of the Company: (i) with respect to (A) the issuance by the Company of shares of the Company's LMG Series C Stock in the Transaction to the Selling Shareholders (and potentially to certain third party investors) and (B) the potential issuance by the Company of shares of the Company's LMG Series C Stock in accordance with the terms of the Exchangeable Securities (together, the "Transaction Consideration Issuance"); and (ii) of a proposal (the "Name Change Proposal") to amend and restate the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation to change the name of the Media Group to the "Formula One Group", subject to and conditional upon the completion of the Transaction;

        WHEREAS, the Stockholders are the sole and exclusive record and Beneficial Owners of, and have sole and exclusive voting power over, the number of shares of the Company Series B Voting Stock (as defined below) set forth opposite each such Stockholder's name on Schedule A (such shares of Company Series B Voting Stock, the "Original Shares" and, together with any New Shares (as defined below), the "Subject Shares"); and

        WHEREAS, as a condition to their willingness to enter into the Purchase Agreements and the other Transaction Documents to which they are a party, CVC and the Company have requested that the Stockholders enter into this Agreement.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, each of the Stockholders, the Company and CVC hereby agrees as follows:

        SECTION 1.    Representations and Warranties of the Stockholders.    Each Stockholder hereby represents and warrants to the Company and CVC, severally and not jointly, solely with respect to itself, as follows:


Table of Contents

        SECTION 2.    Representations and Warranties of the Company.    

        The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Stockholder and CVC as follows: (i) the Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (ii) the Company has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement (and each person executing this Agreement on behalf of the Company has full power, authority, and capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of the Company and to thereby bind the Company) and to perform its obligations hereunder, and no consents, registrations, approvals, permits or authorizations are required to be obtained by the Company from any person or entity in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, and the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and (iv) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by CVC and each of the Stockholders, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar Laws

B-2


Table of Contents

affecting creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company will not violate, conflict with, or result in the breach of or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or result in a right of termination under, any material contract to which such Stockholder is bound. There is no suit, claim, action, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company at law or in equity before or by any Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder.

        SECTION 3.    Representations and Warranties of CVC.    

        CVC hereby represents and warrants to each Stockholder and to the Company as follows: (i) it is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (ii) it has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement (and each person executing this Agreement on behalf of it has full power, authority, and capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of CVC and to thereby bind CVC) and to perform its obligations hereunder, and no consents, registrations, approvals, permits or authorizations are required to be obtained by CVC from any person or entity in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by CVC, (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by it, and its performance of its obligations hereunder, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of CVC, and (v) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company and each of the Stockholders, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of CVC, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar Laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by CVC will not violate, conflict with, or result in the breach of or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would CVC a default) under, or result in a right of termination under, any material contract to which CVC is bound. There is no suit, claim, action, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of CVC, threatened against CVC at law or in equity before or by any Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to impair the ability of CVC to perform its obligations hereunder.

        SECTION 4.    Covenants of the Stockholders.    Each Stockholder covenants and agrees, severally and not jointly, solely with respect to itself, as follows:

B-3


Table of Contents

B-4


Table of Contents

        SECTION 5.    Further Assurances.    Each Stockholder shall, from time to time, execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional or further consents, documents and other instruments as the Company or CVC may reasonably request for the purpose of effectuating the matters covered by this Agreement.

        SECTION 6.    Certain Definitions.    Any capitalized term that is used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Second Purchase Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the term:

B-5


Table of Contents

        SECTION 7.    Termination.    This Agreement shall terminate upon the earliest of (a) the written agreement of the Stockholders, the Company and CVC, (b) the entry into any Material Purchase Agreement Amendment without the prior written consent of the Stockholders (such consent to be provided or withheld in accordance with the proviso to Section 8(h) below), (c) the termination of the Second Purchase Agreement in accordance with its terms, and (d) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Second Purchase Agreement in accordance with its terms; provided, that, in each case, Section 8 and Section 9 of this Agreement shall survive any such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall relieve any party from liability for any breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such termination.

        SECTION 8.    General Provisions.    

B-6


Table of Contents

Liberty Media Corporation
12300 Liberty Boulevard
Englewood, Colorado 80112
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile: 720-875-5401
Email: legalnotices@libertymedia.com
   
Baker Botts L.L.P.
30 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, NY 10112
Facsimile:   212-259-2501
Email:   frederick.mcgrath@bakerbotts.com
    renee.wilm@bakerbotts.com
Attention:   Frederick H. McGrath
    Renee L. Wilm
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10153
Facsimile:   212-310-8007
Email:   Michael.lubowitz@weil.com
    Jackie.cohen@weil.com
Attention:   Michael E. Lubowitz
    Jackie Cohen

Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP
65 Fleet Street
London EC4Y 1HT
Facsimile:   +44 20 7832 7001
Email:   Charles.hayes@freshfields.com
    Valerie.jacob@freshfields.com
Attention:   Charles Hayes
    Valerie F. Jacob
Sherman & Howard L.L.C.
633 17th Street, Suite 3000
Denver, CO 80202
Facsimile: (303) 298-0940
E-mail: smiller@shermanhoward.com
Attention: Steven D. Miller
   

B-7


Table of Contents

B-8


Table of Contents

        [Remainder of page left intentionally blank]

B-9


Table of Contents

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused this Agreement to be signed by its representative thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

  LIBERTY MEDIA CORPORATION

 

By:

 

/s/ CRAIG TROYER


      Name:   Craig Troyer

      Title:   Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Assistant Secretary

   

[Signature Page to Voting Agreement]


Table of Contents

  CVC DELTA TOPCO NOMINEE LIMITED

 

By:

 

/s/ CARL JOHN HANSEN


      Name:   Carl John Hansen

      Title:   Director

   

[Signature Page to Voting Agreement]


Table of Contents

  STOCKHOLDERS

 

/s/ JOHN C. MALONE


  John C. Malone

   

[Signature Page to Voting Agreement]


Table of Contents

  /s/ LESLIE MALONE

  Leslie Malone

   

[Signature Page to Voting Agreement]


Table of Contents

  THE JOHN C. MALONE JUNE 2003 CHARITABLE REMAINDER UNITRUST

 

By:

 

/s/ JOHN C. MALONE


      Name:   John C. Malone

      Title:   Trustee

   

[Signature Page to Voting Agreement]


Table of Contents


Schedule A

Stockholders

Stockholder
  LMCB   BATRB   LSXMB  

John C. Malone
c/o Liberty Media Corporation
12300 Liberty Boulevard
Englewood, Colorado 80112
Facsimile:
Email:

    2,156,373     862,549     8,625,493  

Leslie Malone
c/o Liberty Media Corporation
12300 Liberty Boulevard
Englewood, Colorado 80112
Facsimile:
Email:

   
57,641
   
23,056
   
230,564
 

John C. Malone June 2003 Charitable Remainder Unitrust
c/o Liberty Media Corporation
12300 Liberty Boulevard
Englewood, Colorado 80112
Facsimile:
Email:

   
122,649
   
49,059
   
490,597
 

Table of Contents

ANNEX C
FINAL FORM
Confidential

SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

by and among

LIBERTY MEDIA CORPORATION

and

THE SHAREHOLDERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE A HERETO

Dated [    ·    ], 2016


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page

ARTICLE I. REPURCHASE OFFERS AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

  C-1

Section 1.1

 

Repurchase Offers

 
C-1

Section 1.2

 

Transfer Restrictions

  C-3

Section 1.3

 

Legend

  C-4

Section 1.4

 

Restricted Period

  C-5

ARTICLE II. REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 
C-6

Section 2.1

 

Demand Registration

 
C-6

Section 2.2

 

Piggyback Registration

  C-9

Section 2.3

 

Expenses

  C-11

Section 2.4

 

Suspensions

  C-11

Section 2.5

 

Lock-Up Agreements

  C-12

Section 2.6

 

Registration Procedures

  C-14

Section 2.7

 

Suspension of Sales

  C-18

Section 2.8

 

Indemnification

  C-19

Section 2.9

 

Free Writing Prospectuses

  C-23

Section 2.10

 

Information from and obligations of Each Shareholder

  C-23

Section 2.11

 

Rule 144 Reporting

  C-24

Section 2.12

 

Termination of Registration Rights

  C-25

Section 2.13

 

Subsequent Registration Rights

  C-25

Section 2.14

 

Transfer of Registration Rights. 

  C-25

ARTICLE III. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 
C-25

Section 3.1

 

Shareholder Director

 
C-25

Section 3.2

 

Recommendation and Vote

  C-26

Section 3.3

 

Proxy or Information Statement

  C-26

Section 3.4

 

Qualification and Replacements

  C-26

Section 3.5

 

Liberty Media Group Committee

  C-27

ARTICLE IV. POWERS OF ATTORNEY; SHAREHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE

 
C-29

Section 4.1

 

Powers of Attorney

 
C-29

Section 4.2

 

Company Reliance; Shareholder Acceptance

  C-31

Section 4.3

 

Shareholder Representative Veto Right; Prohibition

  C-31

ARTICLE V. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 
C-32

Section 5.1

 

Representations and warranties of the Company

 
C-32

Section 5.2

 

Representations and warranties of the Shareholders

  C-33

ARTICLE VI. TERMINATION

 
C-33

Section 6.1

 

Termination

 
C-33

Section 6.2

 

Effect of Termination; Survival

  C-33

ARTICLE VII. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 
C-34

Section 7.1

 

Confidential Information

 
C-34

Section 7.2

 

Fees and Expenses

  C-35

Section 7.3

 

Notices

  C-35

Section 7.4

 

Definitions

  C-36

i


Table of Contents

 
   
  Page

Section 7.5

 

Interpretation

  C-45

Section 7.6

 

Headings

  C-45

Section 7.7

 

Severability

  C-45

Section 7.8

 

Entire Agreement

  C-45

Section 7.9

 

Assignment

  C-46

Section 7.10

 

Further assurances

  C-46

Section 7.11

 

Parties in Interest

  C-46

Section 7.12

 

Mutual Drafting

  C-46

Section 7.13

 

Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial by Jury

  C-46

Section 7.14

 

Counterparts

  C-47

Section 7.15

 

Specific Performance

  C-47

Section 7.16

 

Amendment

  C-47

Section 7.17

 

Waiver

  C-47

Section 7.18

 

Adjustment of Share Numbers and Prices

  C-47

SCHEDULES

 
 

Schedule A—Shareholders

 
 

Schedule B—Other Persons

 
 

EXHIBITS

 
 

Exhibit A—Joinder Agreement

 
 

ii


Table of Contents


SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

        This SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT, dated [    ·    ], 2016 (this "Agreement"), is by and among Liberty Media Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and each of the Shareholders listed on Schedule A hereto (each a "Shareholder"). Each Shareholder and the Company are referred to herein as a "Party" and together as the "Parties."


RECITALS

        WHEREAS, pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company, Liberty GR Cayman Acquisition Company, a company registered in the Cayman Islands and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company ("Buyer"), Delta Topco Limited, a Jersey corporation ("Delta Topco"), and certain of the Shareholders (the "First Purchase Agreement"), and the Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company, Buyer, Delta Topco, and the Shareholders (the "Second Purchase Agreement"), each dated September 7, 2016 (collectively, the "Purchase Agreements"), each Shareholder has agreed to sell all of the Sale Securities that it holds in Delta Topco to Buyer in exchange for consideration consisting of (i) cash (the "Cash Component"), (ii) the re-characterization of a portion of the existing loan notes of Delta Topco into 2% fixed rate unsecured exchangeable redeemable loan notes due 20[    ] via an amendment and restatement to the terms of such existing loan notes (the "Exchangeable Component") and (iii) the Shares initially set forth opposite such Shareholder's name in Schedule A hereto;

        WHEREAS, the Parties are entering into this Agreement to set forth certain rights and restrictions with respect to the Shares Beneficially Owned by the Shareholders;

        WHEREAS, this Agreement is the Shareholders Agreement referred to in the Second Purchase Agreement; and

        WHEREAS, capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Second Purchase Agreement.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.
REPURCHASE OFFERS AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

        Section 1.1    Repurchase Offers.    

C-1


Table of Contents

C-2


Table of Contents

        Section 1.2    Transfer Restrictions.    

   


1
Insert date 30 months from Closing.

C-3


Table of Contents

        Section 1.3    Legend.    

C-4


Table of Contents

        Section 1.4    Restricted Period.    

C-5


Table of Contents

ARTICLE II.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS

        Section 2.1    Demand Registration.    

C-6


Table of Contents

   


2
The [            ] Shares to be put on the Transaction Shelf Registration Statement will include all Shares issued at Closing and the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the Exchangeable Notes (and assuming that all interest is paid in cash). Shares issuable under PIK notes will either be included or be added via amendment to the Transaction Shelf Registration Statement, to the extent necessary.

C-7


Table of Contents

C-8


Table of Contents

        Section 2.2    Piggyback Registration.    

C-9


Table of Contents

C-10


Table of Contents

C-11


Table of Contents

        Section 2.5    Lock-Up Agreements.    

C-12


Table of Contents

C-13


Table of Contents

C-14


Table of Contents

C-15


Table of Contents

C-16


Table of Contents

C-17


Table of Contents

        For purposes of this Article II, the period of distribution of Registrable Securities in a firm commitment Public Offering shall be deemed to extend until each underwriter participating in the offering has completed the distribution of all securities purchased by it, and the period of distribution of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement (including any Shelf Registration Statement) for any other manner of distribution shall be deemed to extend until the later of the sale of all Registrable Securities covered thereby and ninety (90) days after the effective date thereof (such period, including any extension pursuant to Section 2.4 or Section 2.7 of this Agreement, the "Effectiveness Period").

        Section 2.7    Suspension of Sales.    Upon receipt of notice by the Shareholder Representative (or, following the Representative Period, each Shareholder) from the Company pursuant to Section 2.6(k), each Shareholder shall immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement and Prospectus relating thereto until the Shareholder Representative on behalf of such Shareholder (or, following the Representative Period, such Shareholder) (a) has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus or prospectus supplement pursuant to Section 2.6(k) or (b) is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus and, if applicable, prospectus supplement may be resumed, and, if so directed by the Company, each Shareholder shall deliver to the Shareholder Representative, and the Shareholder Representative on behalf of each such Shareholder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) (or, following the Representative Period, each Shareholder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company's

C-18


Table of Contents

expense)) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in any Shareholder's possession, of the Prospectus and, if applicable, prospectus supplement covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall give such notice with regard to any Registration Statement requested pursuant to Section 2.1, the Effectiveness Period in respect of such Registration Statement shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date such notice is given by the Company to the date when the Company shall have (x) made available to the Shareholder Representative on behalf of each Participating Holder (or, following the Representative Period, each Participating Holder) a supplemented or amended Prospectus or prospectus supplement pursuant to Section 2.6(k) or (y) advised the Shareholder Representative on behalf of each Participating Holder (or, following the Representative Period, each Participating Holder) in writing that the use of the Prospectus and, if applicable, prospectus supplement may be resumed. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the period of suspension required by this Section 2.7 is as short as possible, but no more than, when combined with any Suspension Period under Section 2.4, ninety (90) consecutive days or one hundred twenty (120) days in the aggregate in any twelve (12) month period.

        Section 2.8    Indemnification.    

C-19


Table of Contents

C-20


Table of Contents

C-21


Table of Contents

C-22


Table of Contents

        Section 2.9    Free Writing Prospectuses.    Except for a Prospectus relating to Registrable Securities included in a Registration Statement, an "issuer free writing prospectus" (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) prepared by the Company or other materials prepared by Company, each Shareholder represents and agrees that it (a) will not make any offer relating to the Registrable Securities that would constitute an issuer free writing prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a Free Writing Prospectus and (b) will not distribute any written materials in connection with the offer or sale pursuant to a Registration Statement of Registrable Securities, in each case, without the prior written consent of the Company and, in connection with any Public Offering, the underwriters.

        Section 2.10    Information from and obligations of Each Shareholder.    The Company's obligation to include any Shareholder's Registrable Securities in any Registration Statement or related prospectus is contingent upon each Shareholder (or, where applicable, the Shareholder Representative on behalf of such Shareholder):

C-23


Table of Contents

C-24


Table of Contents

ARTICLE III.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

        Section 3.1    Shareholder Director.    

   


3
Individual to be named at signing of this Agreement.

C-25


Table of Contents

        Section 3.2    Recommendation and Vote.    To the extent that, prior to the Expiration Date, the Shareholder Director must stand for reelection to the Company Board in connection with any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Company at which Directors are to be elected (each such annual or special meeting, an "Election Meeting"), the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to, and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company Board and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee to, cause the election of the Shareholder Director to the Company Board at each Election Meeting (including nominating and recommending that the Company's stockholders vote in favor of the election of the Shareholder Director and otherwise supporting the Shareholder Director for election in a manner no less rigorous and favorable than the manner in which the Company supports its other nominees). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no later than forty (40) Trading Days prior to the proposed date of an Election Meeting, the current Shareholder Representative shall provide written notice to the Company specifying (a) that such Shareholder Representative Beneficially Owns the greatest number of Shares of all the Shareholders and (b) if the Shareholder Director then-in office is unable or unwilling to stand for reelection at the Election Meeting, a replacement candidate for such Shareholder Director meeting the qualifications set forth in Section 3.1(a). To the extent a Shareholder Representative provides in such written notice for a replacement Shareholder Director candidate as set forth in clause (b) above, the Company's obligations under this Section 3.2 shall be made with respect to the Shareholder Director candidate set forth in such notice.

        Section 3.3    Proxy or Information Statement.    Within a reasonable time prior to the filing with the SEC of the Company's proxy statement or information statement with respect to any Election Meeting, the Company shall, to the extent the Shareholders are then entitled to representation on the Company Board in accordance with this Agreement, provide the Shareholder Representative with the opportunity to review and comment on the information contained in such proxy or information statement applicable to the Shareholder Director (and all reasonable comments shall be taken into account).

        Section 3.4    Qualification and Replacements.    

C-26


Table of Contents

        Section 3.5    Liberty Media Group Committee.    

C-27


Table of Contents

C-28


Table of Contents

ARTICLE IV.
POWERS OF ATTORNEY; SHAREHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE

        Section 4.1    Powers of Attorney.    

C-29


Table of Contents

   


4
To be the date that is one year plus 90 days from the Closing Date.

C-30


Table of Contents

        Section 4.2    Company Reliance; Shareholder Acceptance.    

        Section 4.3    Shareholder Representative Veto Right; Prohibition.    

C-31


Table of Contents

ARTICLE V.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

        Section 5.1    Representations and warranties of the Company.    The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Shareholders that:

C-32


Table of Contents

        Section 5.2    Representations and warranties of the Shareholders.    Each Shareholder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

ARTICLE VI.
TERMINATION

        Section 6.1    Termination.    Subject to Section 6.2 and other than the termination provisions applicable to particular Sections of this Agreement that are specifically provided elsewhere in this Agreement, this Agreement may only be terminated upon the occurrence of any of the following:

        Section 6.2    Effect of Termination; Survival.    In the event of any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.1, this Agreement shall be terminated, and there shall be no further liability or obligation hereunder on the part of any Party hereto; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement (including this Section 6.2) shall relieve a Party from liability for any breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement or occurring prior to such termination. Upon the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.1, this

C-33


Table of Contents

Agreement shall thereafter be null and void, except that, in the event that such termination occurs in accordance with:

ARTICLE VII.
GENERAL PROVISIONS

        Section 7.1    Confidential Information.    Each Shareholder will hold, and cause its Shareholder Affiliates and each will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause their respective Representatives to hold, in strict confidence, and will not disclose to any Person, unless and to the extent disclosure is required by judicial or administrative process or by other requirement of Law or the applicable requirements of any regulatory agency or relevant stock exchange, all non-public records, books, contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and information (collectively, "Confidential Information") concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries furnished to it by Company or its Representatives pursuant to this Agreement (except (a) to the extent such Confidential Information can be shown to have been (i) previously known by a Shareholder or its Shareholder Affiliates on a non-confidential basis, (ii) in the public domain through no fault of the Shareholder or its Shareholder Affiliates or (iii) later lawfully acquired from other sources by the party (which includes such party's Affiliates) to which it was furnished, and (b) the Confidential Information may be disclosed (i) to each Shareholder or its Shareholder Affiliates (including, for the avoidance of doubt, for so long as CVC Fund IV or its Shareholder Affiliates remain a Shareholder, CVC Capital Partners Limited and its Affiliates and CVC Capital Partners SICAV-FIS S.A. and its Subsidiaries) and its and their respective officers, directors, employees, partners, accountants, lawyers and other professional advisors for use relating solely to management of the investment or administrative purposes with respect to such Shareholder or Shareholder Affiliate thereof or any offering of Shares under Article II or (ii) to each Shareholder's or its Affiliate's direct or indirect partners, members or investors, or potential partners, members or investors and their respective advisors, or to potential transferees with respect to the Shares, provided that such Shareholder or such applicable Affiliate informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to use such information only for purpose of assisting in determining whether to invest in, or monitoring, modifying or exiting its investment in, the Company (or a Shareholder, Affiliate of a Shareholder or a direct or indirect owner of a Shareholder). If disclosure is required by judicial or administrative process or by any other requirement of Law, the Shareholder will provide the Company with prompt written notice, together with a copy of any material proposed to be disclosed, so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or other appropriate relief (and such Shareholder shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Company, at the Company's expense, to obtain such order or relief) or, if the Company so elects, waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 7.1. Each Shareholder acknowledges that such Confidential Information may include material non-public information relating to the Company and such Shareholder agrees not to, and to cause its Shareholder Affiliates and any recipient of Confidential Information pursuant to this Section 7.1 not to, trade or effect other transactions in the securities of the Company in violation of the Securities Act or other applicable Law.

C-34


Table of Contents

        Section 7.2    Fees and Expenses.    Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the Purchase Agreements, all expenses incurred by the Parties in connection with the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement will be borne solely and entirely by the Party incurring such expenses.

        Section 7.3    Notices.    Any notices or other communications required or permitted under, or otherwise in connection with this Agreement, shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered in person, (b) upon transmission by electronic mail or facsimile transmission as evidenced by confirmation of transmission to the sender (but only if followed by transmittal of a copy thereof by (i) national overnight courier or (ii) hand delivery with receipt, in each case, for delivery by the second (2nd) Business Day following such electronic mail or facsimile transmission), (c) on receipt after dispatch by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and addressed, or (d) on the next Business Day if transmitted by national overnight courier, in each case as follows:

        If to the Company, the Company Board or any LMG Committee Member, addressed to it at:

Liberty Media Corporation
12300 Liberty Boulevard
Englewood, CO 80112
Facsimile:   (720) 875-5401
Attention:   Richard N. Baer
E-Mail:   legalnotices@libertymedia.com
Baker Botts L.L.P.
30 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, New York 10112
Facsimile:   (212) 259-2500
Attention:   Frederick H. McGrath
Renee L. Wilm
E-mail:   frederick.mcgrath@bakerbotts.com
renee.wilm@bakerbotts.com

        If to a Shareholder or to the Shareholder Representative, addressed to it at the contact information provided for such Shareholder in Schedule A, with a copy to:

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10153
Facsimile:   (212) 310-8007
Attention:   Michael E. Lubowitz
Jackie Cohen
E-mail:   michael.lubowitz@weil.com
jackie.cohen@weil.com

Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP
65 Fleet Street
London EC4Y 1HT
Facsimile:   +44 20 7832 7001
Attention:   Charles Hayes
Valerie F. Jacob
E-mail:   charles.hayes@freshfields.com
valerie.jacob@freshfields.com

C-35


Table of Contents

        Section 7.4    Definitions.    For purposes of this Agreement, the term:

C-36


Table of Contents

C-37


Table of Contents

C-38


Table of Contents

C-39


Table of Contents

C-40


Table of Contents

C-41


Table of Contents

C-42


Table of Contents

C-43


Table of Contents

C-44


Table of Contents

        Section 7.5    Interpretation.    When a reference is made in this Agreement to Articles, Sections, Schedules or Exhibits, such reference is to an Article of, Section of, Schedule to or Exhibit to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The words "include", "includes" and "including" when used herein are deemed in each case to be followed by the words "without limitation." The words "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" and words of like import used in this Agreement refers to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The words "date hereof" shall refer to the date of this Agreement. Any reference to "days" means calendar days unless Business Days or Trading Days are expressly specified. When calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period will be excluded and if the last day of such period is not a Business Day, the period shall end at 5:00 p.m. New York, New York time on the next succeeding Business Day. The term "or" is not exclusive and means "and/or" unless the context in which such phrase is used shall dictate otherwise. Terms defined in the singular in this Agreement also include the plural and vice versa. The word "extent" in the phrase "to the extent" means the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase does not mean simply "if" unless the context in which such phrase is used dictates otherwise. The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. Any reference in this Agreement to a person shall be deemed to be a reference to such Person and any successor (by merger, consolidation, transfer or otherwise) to all or substantially all of its assets.

        Section 7.6    Headings.    The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and do not affect in any way the meaning, construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

        Section 7.7    Severability.    If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement will nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.

        Section 7.8    Entire Agreement.    This Agreement (together with the Purchase Agreements and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, all schedules and exhibits to each of the foregoing) constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties and supersede all prior

C-45


Table of Contents

agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

        Section 7.9    Assignment.    Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement will be assigned, in whole or in part, by (a) any Shareholder without the prior written consent of the Company or (b) the Company without the prior written consent of the Shareholder Representative. Any purported assignment without such prior written consent will be void.

        Section 7.10    Further assurances.    Each Party shall cooperate and take such action as may be reasonably requested by any other Party in order to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; provided, however, that no Party shall be obligated to take any actions or omit to take any actions that would be inconsistent with applicable Law.

        Section 7.11    Parties in Interest.    This Agreement will be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each Party and their respective successors and assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or will confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement; provided, that, any Reg Rights Indemnified Person will be deemed a third party beneficiary of the Reg Rights Indemnifying Person's obligations under Section 2.8 hereof and will be entitled to enforce its rights thereunder directly against such Reg Rights Indemnifying Person. The representations and warranties in this Agreement are the product of negotiations between the Parties and are for the sole benefit of the Parties. The representations and warranties in this Agreement may represent an allocation between the Parties of risks associated with particular matters regardless of the knowledge of either Party. Accordingly, Persons other than the Parties may not rely upon the representations and warranties in this Agreement as characterizations of actual facts or circumstances as of the date of this Agreement or as of any other date.

        Section 7.12    Mutual Drafting.    Each Party has participated in the drafting of this Agreement, which each Party acknowledges is the result of extensive negotiations between the Parties and this Agreement shall not be construed against any Party as the principal draftsperson hereof.

        Section 7.13    Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial by Jury.    This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to Laws that may be applicable under conflicts of Laws principles (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery or, in the event (but only in the event) that such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such action or proceeding, of any other State Court of the State of Delaware or any Federal Court of the United States of America sitting in the State of Delaware (collectively, the "Delaware Courts"), in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement and of the documents referred to in this Agreement, and in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby, and hereby waive, and agree not to assert, as a defense in any action, suit or proceeding for the interpretation or enforcement hereof or of any such document, that it is not subject thereto or that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in the Delaware Courts, or that this Agreement or any such document may not be enforced in or by such courts, and the Parties irrevocably agree that all claims with respect to such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in the Delaware Courts. The Parties hereby consent to and grant the Delaware Courts jurisdiction over the person of such parties and, to the extent permitted by Law, over the subject matter of such dispute and agree that mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 7.3 or in such other manner as may be permitted by Law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

C-46


Table of Contents

        Section 7.14    Counterparts.    This Agreement may be executed via facsimile or ..pdf and in two (2) or more counterparts, and by the different Parties in separate counterparts, each of which when executed will be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

        Section 7.15    Specific Performance.    The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur if any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties will be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches or threatened breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at Law or in equity and it is agreed by the Parties that the remedy at Law, including monetary damages, for breach of any such provision will be inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense or objection in any action for specific performance or injunctive relief for which a remedy at Law would be adequate is waived.

        Section 7.16    Amendment.    This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the Shareholder Representative.

        Section 7.17    Waiver.    At any time, either the Company or the Shareholder Representative, on behalf of itself and each other Shareholder, may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the other contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto and (c) waive compliance by the other with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any such extension or waiver will be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the Party making such waiver, but such extension or waiver or failure to insist on strict compliance with an obligation, covenant, agreement or condition will not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure or for any other period not specifically provided in the waiver.

        Section 7.18    Adjustment of Share Numbers and Prices.    If, after the effective time of this Agreement, there is a subdivision, split, stock dividend, combination, reclassification or similar event with respect to any of the shares of LMG Series C Stock referred to in this Agreement, then, in any such event, the numbers and types of shares of such LMG Series C Stock referred to in this Agreement and, if applicable, the prices of such shares, shall be adjusted to the number and types of shares of such LMG Series C Stock that a holder of such number of shares of such LMG Series C Stock would own or be entitled to receive as a result of such event if such holder had held such number of shares immediately prior to the record date for, or effectiveness of, such event, and the prices for such shares shall be similarly adjusted.

[Signature Page Follows]

C-47


Table of Contents

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed, as of the date first written above, by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

    COMPANY:

 

 

LIBERTY MEDIA CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

 

        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS:

 

 

[·]

 

 

By:

 

  

        Name:    
        Title:    

Table of Contents

ANNEX D
AGREED FORM

DATED [            ]




DELTA TOPCO LIMITED

EXCHANGEABLE REDEEMABLE LOAN NOTE INSTRUMENT



These Notes are being offered pursuant to an exemption under the U.S. federal
securities laws. No offer or solicitation to buy any Notes is being made in any
jurisdiction where any such offer or solicitation is not permitted.


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.

 

INTERPRETATION

    D-1  


2.


 


AMOUNT AND DESCRIPTION


 

 


D-10

 


3.


 


STATUS


 

 


D-10

 


4.


 


REPAYMENT


 

 


D-11

 


5.


 


INTEREST


 

 


D-11

 


6.


 


CERTIFICATES


 

 


D-11

 


7.


 


THE REGISTER


 

 


D-12

 


8.


 


SET-OFF


 

 


D-13

 


9.


 


TAXES


 

 


D-13

 


10.


 


NO LISTING


 

 


D-13

 


11.


 


VARIATION


 

 


D-13

 


12.


 


ENFORCEMENT


 

 


D-14

 


13.


 


AGREEMENTS


 

 


D-14

 


14.


 


NOTICES


 

 


D-14

 


15.


 


GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION


 

 


D-14

 


SCHEDULE 1 CERTIFICATE


 

 

 

 


SCHEDULE 2 THE CONDITIONS


 

 


D-15

 

1.

 

Interest

   
D-15
 

2.

 

Payment in kind

   
D-15
 

3.

 

Redemption

   
D-16
 

4.

 

Transfers and transmission

   
D-16
 

5.

 

Transfer Purchase Option and Transfer Exchange Option

   
D-17
 

6.

 

Exchange at the option of the Noteholder

   
D-18
 

7.

 

Exchange at the option of the Company

   
D-19
 

8.

 

Process for exchange of Notes for LMG Series C Stock

   
D-19
 

9.

 

Payments

   
D-20
 

10.

 

Notices

   
D-21
 

11.

 

Holder Representative Veto Rights

   
D-23
 

12.

 

Board Appointment Rights

   
D-25
 

13.

 

IC Committee

   
D-27
 


SCHEDULE 3 THE IC COMMITTEE


 

 


D-29

 


SCHEDULE 4


 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

        THIS INSTRUMENT is made by way of deed poll the [    ] day of [    ] 20[    ]

        BY:

        WHEREAS:

        NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES as follows:

1.  INTERPRETATION

1.1
In this Instrument the following definitions shall apply unless the context requires otherwise:

   


1
To be updated immediately prior to execution.

D-1


Table of Contents

D-2


Table of Contents

D-3


Table of Contents

D-4


Table of Contents

D-5


Table of Contents

   


2
Date that is 30 months following the Second Closing.

D-6


Table of Contents

   


3
The date of Second Closing.

D-7


Table of Contents

1.2
In this Instrument, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)
references to a person shall, save where otherwise expressly defined, be construed so as to include any individual, firm, body corporate (wherever incorporated), government, state or agency of a state or any joint venture, association, partnership, works council or employee representative body (whether or not having separate legal personality);

   


4
To be confirmed immediately prior to Second Closing.

D-8


Table of Contents

1.3
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Instrument, any express reference to an enactment (which includes any legislation in any jurisdiction) includes references to:

(a)
that enactment as amended, extended or applied by or under any other enactment before or after the date of this Instrument;

(b)
any enactment which that enactment re-enacts (with or without modification); and

(c)
any subordinate legislation (including regulations) made (before or after the date of this Instrument) under that enactment, as re-enacted, amended, extended or applied as described in clause 1.3(a), or under any enactment referred to in clause 1.3(b).

1.4
References to clauses and Schedules are to the clauses of and Schedules to this Instrument and references to paragraphs are to paragraphs of the relevant Schedule.

1.5
The Schedules (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Conditions) comprise schedules to this Instrument and form part of this Instrument. Any reference to this Instrument includes the Schedules and the Conditions.

D-9


Table of Contents

1.6
A reference to this Instrument or to any other agreement or document referred to in this Instrument is a reference to this Instrument or such other agreement or document as varied or novated in accordance with their terms from time to time.

1.7
A reference to a company shall include any company, corporation or other body corporate, wherever and however incorporated or established.

1.8
A reference in this Instrument to:

(a)
any Notes being outstanding means such Notes as are in issue, not redeemed, not exchanged and not cancelled at the relevant time;

(b)
the assets of any person shall be construed as a reference to all or any part of its business, undertaking, property, assets, revenues (including any right to receive revenues) and uncalled capital;

(c)
indebtedness shall be construed as a reference to any obligation for the payment or repayment of money, whether as principal or as surety and whether present or future, actual or contingent;

(d)
repayment includes redemption and vice versa and the words "repay", "redeem", "repayable", "redeemed" and "repaid" shall be construed accordingly; and

(e)
tax shall be construed so as to include any present and future tax, levy, impost, deduction, withholding, duty or other charge of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

1.9
Unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to the Notes includes a reference to all and/or any of the Notes.

2.  AMOUNT AND DESCRIPTION

2.1
The total principal amount of the Notes is limited to US$350,639,389. PIK Notes may only be issued to satisfy interest payable in respect of the Notes and to the holder of the Notes in accordance with the terms hereof. Subject to that, there is no limit on the Total PIK Principal Sum.

2.2
The Notes shall be known as 2% fixed rate unsecured exchangeable redeemable loan notes 20[    ] and shall be issued by the Company in integral multiples of US$1.

3.  STATUS

3.1
The Notes when issued shall rank pari passu equally and ratably with each other without discrimination or preference and as an unsecured obligation of the Company.

3.2
This Instrument is a deed poll. The Notes shall be issued and held subject to and with the benefit of the provisions of this Instrument. All such provisions shall be binding on the Company and the Noteholders and all persons claiming through or under them respectively and shall enure for the benefit of all Noteholders and may be enforced by any Noteholder even if such Noteholder is not in existence at the time this Instrument is executed.

3.3
A copy of this Instrument and the Liberty Media Letter Agreement shall be kept at the Company's registered office. A Noteholder (and any person authorised by a Noteholder) may inspect that copy of the Instrument and the Liberty Media Letter Agreement at all reasonable times during office hours.

3.4
The Notes when issued shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Company's outstanding indebtedness for borrowed money, including the Backstop Loan Facility, whether outstanding as of

D-10


Table of Contents

4.  REPAYMENT

4.1
The Company agrees that the Company is indebted to each Noteholder for the outstanding principal amount of the Notes held by that Noteholder plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

4.2
The principal amount of the Notes (including any PIK Notes) plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon shall be repaid in cash in U.S. dollars on the Maturity Date in accordance with Condition 2.1 if not already repaid in accordance with Condition 5.1, 6.2, or 7.2(b).

4.3
All Notes repaid pursuant to any of the provisions hereof shall be cancelled and shall not be re-issued.

5.  INTEREST

6.  CERTIFICATES

6.1
The Notes are constituted by this Instrument and the registration of Noteholders as holders of Notes in the Register. Title to them is conclusively evidenced for all purposes by the registration of Noteholders as holders of them in the Register. The Notes may only be transferred in accordance with the terms of the Conditions.

6.2
Each Noteholder (or the joint holders of any Notes) shall be entitled to receive, without charge, one Certificate for the Notes registered in his (or its) names.

6.3
The Certificates shall be issued and executed by the Company as a deed and shall be in the form or substantially the form set out in Schedule 1, shall refer to this Instrument and bear a denoting

D-11


Table of Contents

6.4
The Company shall not be bound to register more than four persons as the joint holders of any Notes and such joint holders shall be entitled to only one Certificate in respect of the Notes held jointly by them and the Certificate will be delivered to the joint holder who is first named in the Register or to such persons as the joint holders may direct in writing. Delivery of a Certificate to any such person shall be sufficient delivery to all.

6.5
In the case of repayment or transfer of part only of a Noteholder's Notes, the Certificate(s) in respect of such Notes shall be either:

(a)
endorsed with a memorandum of the nominal amount of the Notes so redeemed or transferred and the date of such repayment or transfer; or

(b)
cancelled and (without charge) replaced by a new Certificate for the balance of the principal amount of the Notes not then repaid or transferred, in which case the Register shall be updated to reflect the new Certificate issued.

6.6
Where the Company pays the interest due under this Instrument by issuing PIK Notes to a Noteholder, the Company shall on the relevant Interest Date execute a Certificate for the PIK Notes issued at that time and deliver it to the relevant Noteholder. The Company shall update the Register to reflect any issuance of PIK Notes to a Noteholder.

6.7
If any Certificate is worn out or defaced then, on production of it to the Company, the Company may cancel it and issue a fresh Certificate in lieu thereof. If any Certificate is lost or destroyed it may be replaced on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity as the Company may reasonably require. An entry recording the issue of the new Certificate and indemnity (if any) shall be made in the Register.

7.  THE REGISTER

7.1
The Company shall keep and maintain the Register at the registered office of the Company or at such other place as the Company may from time to time appoint for this purpose and notify to the Noteholders.

7.2
There shall be entered in the Register:

(a)
the names and addresses of the Noteholders from time to time;

(b)
the principal amount of the Notes held by each Noteholder;

(c)
the date of issue of each of the Notes and the date on which the name of each Noteholder is entered in the Register in respect of the Notes registered in his name;

(d)
the serial number of each Certificate issued and the date of its issue;

(e)
the date(s) of all transfers and changes of ownership of any of the Notes; and

(f)
the information required under clauses 5, 6.6, and 6.7 of this Instrument (as applicable).

7.3
The Company shall promptly, and in any event within three (3) Business Days of being notified in writing of the same, amend the Register to record any change to the name or address of a Noteholder, any Permitted Transfer of any Note, any Noteholder Transfer, any issuances or Permitted Transfer of PIK Notes or any repurchases of Notes in accordance with this Instrument.

7.4
The Noteholders or any of them, or any person authorised by a Noteholder, shall be at liberty at all reasonable times during office hours to inspect the Register and to take copies of or extracts from it or any part of it.

D-12


Table of Contents

7.5
Every Noteholder shall be recognised by the Company as entitled to his Notes and any payments payable in respect of them free from any equity, set-off or cross-claim against it, the original or an intermediate holder of such Notes.

7.6
The initial Holder Representative shall be                        . If the identity of the Holder Representative changes, the Company shall promptly (but no later than five (5) Business Days after it receives notice of such change) notify the Noteholders of the name, address and contact information of the new Holder Representative.

8.  SET-OFF

9.  TAXES

9.1
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Instrument, the Company and any of its paying agents shall be entitled to make any deduction or withholding for taxes required by applicable Law with respect to any payment made by the Company or its paying agents to the Noteholders pursuant to this Instrument, including upon an exchange of the Notes, any payment made by delivery of LMG Series C Stock or any other securities or property.

9.2
The Company shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharge, before the same shall become delinquent, all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or for which it is otherwise liable, or upon the income, profits or property of the Company, as the case may be, provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such material tax, assessment or charge whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Company), are being maintained in accordance with applicable accounting standards or where the failure to effect such payment would not be disadvantageous to the Noteholders.

10.  NO LISTING

11.  VARIATION

11.1
All or any of the rights for the time being attached to the Notes or other provisions of this Instrument may from time to time be altered or abrogated by the Company only with the prior written consent of the Holder Representative. Any such alteration or abrogation shall be effected by way of deed poll executed by the Company and expressed to be supplemental to this Instrument.

11.2
Modifications to this Instrument which are of a minor nature or made to correct a manifest error and which do not adversely affect the rights of the Holders may be effected by way of deed poll executed by the Company and expressed to be supplemental to this Instrument.

11.3
The Company shall, within 20 Business Days of any variation to this Instrument pursuant to this clause 11, send to each Noteholder (or, in the case of joint holders, to the Noteholder named first in the Register) a copy of the deed poll (or other document) effecting the variation.

D-13


Table of Contents

11.4
Any modification, alteration or abrogation made pursuant to clause 11.1 or clause 11.2 shall be binding on all the Noteholders.

12.  ENFORCEMENT

12.1
From and after the date of this Instrument, and for so long as any Notes are outstanding or any amount is payable or repayable by the Company in respect of the Notes, the Company undertakes to duly perform and observe its obligations under this Instrument.

12.2
Except as expressly provided in clause 12.3, a person who is not a party to this Instrument shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Instrument.

12.3
This Instrument shall operate for the benefit of all Noteholders and each Noteholder shall be entitled to sue for the performance or observance of the provisions of this Instrument in his own right so far as his own holding of Notes is concerned and even if it is not in existence at the time this Instrument is executed.

13.  AGREEMENTS

13.1
The Company agrees that, so long as any Note remains outstanding, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence.

13.2
The Company shall deliver to the Holder Representative, on behalf of the Noteholders, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year end, an officer's certificate stating whether or not, to the actual knowledge of the signers thereof, the Company has complied with all of its obligations contained in this Instrument and, if not, the certificate shall describe the noncompliance, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The first certificate to be delivered pursuant to this provision shall be with respect to the first fiscal- year-end following the date of execution of this Instrument.

13.3
The Company shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further acts as the Holder Representative may reasonably request in order to carry out the purpose of this Instrument.

14.  NOTICES

15.  GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

15.1
This Instrument and the Notes and any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with any of them or their subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims) shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English Law.

15.2
The courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes (including claims for set-off and counterclaims) which may arise in connection with the creation, validity, effect, interpretation or performance, or the legal relationships established by, this Instrument or the Notes or otherwise arising in connection with this Instrument or the Notes, and for such purposes the Company and the Noteholders irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the English courts.

D-14


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE 2
THE CONDITIONS

GENERAL CONDITIONS

1.  Interest

1.1
Until such time as the Notes are repaid in full in cash in U.S. dollars (and/or shares of LMG Series C Stock) in accordance with the provisions of the Instrument, the Company will pay to the Noteholders interest (less any taxes required to be withheld or deducted under applicable Law) on the principal amount of the Notes twice yearly in arrears on [            ] and [            ] (each an "Interest Date") in each year in respect of the six months beginning on and including an Interest Date and ending on but excluding the next following Interest Date (an "Interest Period") calculated on the basis and at the rate provided in Condition 1.3 by either:

(a)
issuing PIK Notes on that Interest Date to the Noteholders (on the basis of US$1 of PIK Notes for each US$1 of interest due, rounded to the nearest whole US$1); or

(b)
paying in cash in U.S. dollars the amount of interest due,
1.2
The first interest payment shall be made on the first Interest Date which falls after the date of issue of the relevant Notes in respect of the period to that date and shall be calculated from and including such date of issue up to (but excluding) such Interest Date. For the purposes of the Conditions the date of issue of any Notes shall be the date shown on the first Certificate representing such Notes.

1.3
Interest on the Notes will be calculated on the basis of a 365 day year by reference to the number of days in the relevant Interest Period, or where relevant in any shorter period, and will be payable at 2% per annum.

1.4
Whenever any payment hereunder shall become due on a day which is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next Business Day, but no adjustment shall be made to the amount of interest payable or to the relevant Interest Period.

2.  Payment in kind

2.1
The Company may satisfy its obligation to pay interest under Condition 1 in respect of the Notes by issuing PIK Notes in respect of the cash interest due on each Interest Date. If applicable, on each such Interest Date, the Company shall issue to each Noteholder a PIK Note or PIK Notes (dated the date of such Interest Date) in a principal amount equal to the amount of cash interest due on such Interest Date. Such PIK Note (or PIK Notes) will have a maturity date, will bear interest and will be subject to terms and conditions identical to the Note in respect of which it was (or they were) issued. Each issue of PIK Notes will constitute full payment of the cash interest due to the extent of the principal amount of the PIK Notes issued and any amount withheld or deducted for or on account of tax. With respect to any Interest Period, the Company must pay interest either all in cash or all in the form of PIK Notes, but not partly in cash and partly in the form of PIK Notes, and all Noteholders in any Interest Period will receive interest in the same form (cash or PIK Notes). The principal amount of each PIK Note will be added to the principal

D-15


Table of Contents

3.  Redemption

3.1
Unless previously exchanged or redeemed as hereinafter provided, any Notes then outstanding (including PIK Notes) will be repaid in cash in U.S. dollars at par together with all accrued and unpaid interest (less any taxes required to be withheld or deducted under applicable Law) on the Maturity Date.

3.2
Interest on any Notes becoming liable to redemption shall cease to accrue as from the date of redemption of such Notes.

4.  Transfers and transmission

4.1
If any Noteholder proposes to Transfer any Notes which it owns to any other person (including any other member of (or person who would become a member following such Transfer of) the applicable Noteholder Group) (a "Buyer"), such Noteholder shall promptly, but in any case not later than 5 Business Days prior to the proposed date of closing of any Transfer, give notice in writing substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the "Transfer Notice") to the Company (with copies to Liberty Media and the Holder Representative). The Transfer Notice shall describe in reasonable detail the proposed Transfer, including the number of Notes to be Transferred, the date on which the purported Transfer is to occur and the name and address of the Buyer and shall be accompanied by the Certificate in respect of such Notes or an indemnity in respect thereof.

4.2
The Notes are only transferable by a Noteholder to an Affiliate of such Noteholder (a "Permitted Transfer"), to another Noteholder (a "Noteholder Transfer") or to the Company.

4.3
In the event that any Noteholder to which Notes were transferred pursuant to Condition 4.2 on the basis that such transferee was an Affiliate ceases to be an Affiliate of the original transferor of such Notes, such Noteholder shall promptly notify the Company (with a copy to the Holder Representative) and the Noteholder shall transfer such Notes back to the original transferor or to such other person if any (designated by such original transferor) to whom a transfer by such original transferor would constitute a Permitted Transfer.

4.4
The Notes are transferable in accordance with this Condition 4 in integral multiples of US$1.00.

4.5
Each Transfer Notice shall be signed by the transferor and the transferee, and the transferor shall be deemed to remain the owner of the Notes to be transferred until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register.

4.6
Each Transfer Notice shall be sent to, or left for registration at, the registered office of the Company for the time being, and shall be accompanied by the Certificate(s) for the Notes to be transferred and any other evidence that the Company may require to prove the title of the transferor or his right to transfer the Notes (and, if such instrument is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person to do so) and, where relevant, the status of the transferee as a Noteholder or an Affiliate of the Noteholder. All Transfer Notices that are registered may be retained by the Company.

4.7
No Transfer of Notes shall be registered:

(a)
if the transferring Noteholder has not then delivered a Transfer Notice and the relevant Certificate or an indemnity in respect thereof in accordance with Condition 4.1; or

D-16


Table of Contents

4.8
No fee will be charged by the Company in respect of the registration of any instrument of transfer or other document relating to or affecting the title to any Notes or otherwise for making any entry in the Register affecting title to any Notes; provided, however, that the Noteholder shall be responsible for paying any transfer or similar taxes to the appropriate governmental entity in connection with any such Transfer.

4.9
Upon the entry of the details for the transferee in the Register in respect of the Notes specified in the Transfer Notice:

(a)
the Notes specified in the Transfer Notice shall be transferred from the specified transferor to the specified transferee;

(b)
the transferor shall cease to have the rights of a Noteholder in respect of the Notes so transferred by it;

(c)
save to the extent that any Notes acquired pursuant to a Noteholder Transfer are expressly excluded herein, the transferee shall have the rights of a Noteholder in respect of the Notes so transferred to it as if the transferee had always been a Noteholder in respect of those Notes; and

(d)
the Company must update the Register.

5.  Transfer Purchase Option and Transfer Exchange Option

5.1
In connection with any purported Transfer (other than a Permitted Transfer or a Noteholder Transfer) the Company will have the option (the "Transfer Purchase Option") to redeem such Notes at a price, payable in cash in US dollars, equal to:

(a)
the principal amount of the Notes to be Transferred plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon divided by the Exchange Price;
5.2
Within four (4) Business Days of the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, the Company shall notify the applicable Noteholder, with a copy to the Holder Representative, if it wishes to exercise the Transfer Purchase Option.

5.3
If the Company exercises the Transfer Purchase Option, such redemption and payment shall occur no later than three (3) Business Days after the Company's notice to the Noteholder that it is exercising the Transfer Purchase Option.

5.4
If the Company does not duly notify the Noteholder within four (4) Business Days of the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice that it wishes to exercise the Transfer Purchase Option, then the Notes to be Transferred shall be exchanged with the Company in accordance with the terms of this

D-17


Table of Contents

        (the "Transfer Exchange Option").

6.  Exchange at the option of the Noteholder

6.1
At any time any Noteholder has the right to deliver an Exchange Notice to the Company (with a copy to the Holder Representative) to require the exchange of any or all of the Notes held by such Noteholder for a number of fully paid shares of LMG Series C Stock equal to:

(a)
the principal amount of the Notes being exchanged, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon;
6.2
Within three (3) Business Days of receipt of an Exchange Notice, the Company will have the right to redeem the Notes that are the subject of the Exchange Notice by paying to or for the benefit of the relevant Noteholder an amount in cash in US dollars equal to:

(a)
the number of shares of LMG Series C Stock calculated in accordance with Condition 6.1;
6.3
If the Company does not duly exercise the Exchange Cash Election within three (3) Business Days of receipt of an Exchange Notice, the exchange process set out in Condition 8 shall apply.

6.4
Notwithstanding Sections 5, 6.1 - 6.3 and 7 herein, any Noteholder or group of Noteholders may provide notice in writing to the Company of its intention to sell some or all of the LMG Series C Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes specified in such notice in an underwritten offering (an "Offering Exchange Notice") and requesting that the Company waive its right to redeem such Notes pursuant to an Exchange Cash Election, Transfer Purchase Option or Mandatory Redemption Notice, if applicable. The Company shall within three (3) Business Days inform such Noteholder(s) in writing whether it elects to provide such a waiver. If the Company provides a waiver, such Noteholder(s) may within thirty (30) Business Days of the date of the waiver provide an Exchange Notice to the Company in connection with an underwritten offering which includes the LMG Series C Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes specified in the Offering Exchange Notice, and in the event of any such underwritten offering the Company shall cause such LMG Series C Stock in respect of such Notes to be issued by no later than the Exchange Date in order to facilitate the timely consummation of such offering.

D-18


Table of Contents

7.  Exchange at the option of the Company

7.1
At any time when the total principal amount of the Notes (including PIK Notes and excluding any Notes acquired pursuant to a Noteholder Transfer) Owned by a Noteholder (and its Affiliates) is less than the total principal amount of Notes first issued to that Noteholder (and the other members of its Noteholder Group) (whether as a result of any Transfer of the relevant Notes or following the delivery of an Exchange Notice in respect of the relevant Notes or following exercise of the Transfer Purchase Option in respect of the relevant Notes), the Company shall have the right to deliver a notice to that Noteholder (with a copy to the Holder Representative) under Condition 7.2.

7.2
The notice shall either:

(a)
require the Noteholder to exchange any or all of the Notes held by such Noteholder with the Company for a number of fully paid shares of LMG Series C Stock equal to:

(i)
the principal amount of the Notes being exchanged plus accrued and unpaid interest;

8.  Process for exchange of Notes for LMG Series C Stock

8.1
On the Exchange Date:

(a)
the Company shall redeem the principal amount of the Notes (together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon) referred to in the Exchange Notice, Mandatory Exchange Notice or the Transfer Notice, as the case may be; and

(b)
a number of new fully paid and non-assessable shares of LMG Series C Stock shall be issued in accordance with this Instrument and the Liberty Media Letter Agreement:

(i)
calculated in accordance with Condition 5.4 following delivery of a Transfer Notice that results in the Transfer Exchange Option being applicable;

(ii)
calculated in accordance with Condition 6.1 following delivery of an Exchange Notice; or

(iii)
calculated in accordance with Condition 7.2(a) following delivery of a Mandatory Exchange Notice.

8.2
LMG Series C Stock to be delivered to any Noteholder by the Company upon an exchange of Notes shall be issued by Liberty Media to the Company immediately prior to the delivery of such LMG Series C Stock on the Exchange Date in accordance with the Liberty Media Letter Agreement.

8.3
The shares of LMG Series C Stock delivered to any Noteholder in accordance with this Instrument and the Liberty Media Letter Agreement upon an exchange of Notes shall be fully paid and non-assessable and rank pari passu with the shares of LMG Series C Stock of the same class on

D-19


Table of Contents

8.4
If, after the Date of this Instrument, Liberty Media (a) subdivides the shares of LMG Series C Stock into a greater number of shares of LMG Series C Stock (by stock dividend, stock split, reclassification, or otherwise), (b) combines the outstanding shares of LMG Series C Stock into a smaller number of shares of LMG Series C Stock (by reverse stock split, reclassification, or otherwise) or (c) if the IC Committee determines, in good faith, that any stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, distribution, reclassification, recapitalization, reorganization, stock redemption, split-up, spin-off, merger, consolidation, binding share exchange, combination, exchange of shares, warrants, options or rights offering to purchase LMG Series C Stock, tender offer, exchange offer or other similar corporate event affects the LMG Series C Stock such that an adjustment is required to preserve the economic benefit intended to be made available to Noteholders with respect to an exchange of Notes, then, in each case, the IC Committee shall make such adjustments (on a customary weighted average anti-dilutive basis, where applicable) to the Exchange Price, in such manner as the IC Committee, in its good faith discretion, deems equitable and appropriate.

8.5
Except as otherwise provided in Condition 8.4, the Exchange Price will not be adjusted for the issuance of shares of LMG Series C Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for LMG Series C Stock or carrying the right to purchase any of the foregoing, or for the repurchase of LMG Series C Stock.

8.6
After any adjustment to the Exchange Price is made pursuant to Condition 8.4, any subsequent event resulting in an adjustment under Condition 8.4 shall cause an adjustment to such Exchange Price as so adjusted.

8.7
The entitlement of each Noteholder to a fraction of a share of LMG Series C Stock shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of shares of LMG Series C Stock which result from the exchange of the Notes.

9.  Payments

9.1
Subject to Condition 9.2, all payments due to a Noteholder from the Company in respect of Notes shall be made by bank transfer to an account nominated for the purpose to the Company in writing by, the registered Noteholder or, in the case of joint registered Noteholders, to the Noteholder who is first-named on the Register. Payment into such bank account by the Company shall be deemed for all the purposes of the Conditions to be a payment to such Noteholder or Noteholders, as the case may be, and the Company shall thereby be discharged from all obligations in connection with such payment.

9.2
If any Noteholder any of whose Notes are liable to be repaid under the Conditions shall fail or refuse to:

(a)
deliver the Certificate for his Notes to the Company at its registered office before or within five (5) Business Days of the redemption thereof; or

(b)
accept payment in respect of his Notes; or

(c)
provide details of a bank account for the payment of any amount due to that Noteholder from the Company in respect of his Notes,

D-20


Table of Contents

9.3
If the Company shall fail to pay to the Noteholders any amount due hereunder on the date on which such amount is expressed to be due and payable pursuant to the Conditions the Company shall (without prejudice to all other rights and remedies of the Noteholders in respect of such failure) pay to the Noteholders interest at a rate equal to 1.5% per annum on such overdue amount from the date of such failure up to the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) calculated on a day to day basis for so long as such amount remains unpaid.

9.4
Subject to Condition 1.4, whenever any payment hereunder shall become due on a day which is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next Business Day.

9.5
Following a Transfer as the result of the death or bankruptcy of a Noteholder, the Company shall pay the redemption moneys in accordance with Condition 9.2 or to the bank account of a person becoming entitled to the relevant Notes in consequence of such death and bankruptcy, upon such person producing such evidence confirming his title to the Notes as is satisfactory to the Company.

10.  Notices

10.1
The delivery of an Exchange Notice, Mandatory Exchange Notice, Mandatory Redemption Notice or Transfer Notice shall be irrevocable. The Company shall forward to Liberty Media a copy of any notice delivered by or to the Company pursuant to this Instrument that, in whole or in part, relates to the exchange, or possible exchange, of Notes for LMG Series C Stock.

10.2
Any notice or other communication to be given under, or in connection with, this Instrument shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the party giving it. It shall be served by delivering it by hand, by electronic mail, by facsimile or sending it by recognised international courier to the relevant address or facsimile number set out in Condition 10.3 and in each case marked for the attention of the relevant party set out in Condition 10.3 (or as otherwise notified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of Condition 10.5). Any notice so served by hand, by electronic mail, by facsimile or by courier shall be deemed to have been duly given:

(a)
in the case of delivery by hand, when delivered;

(b)
in the case of delivery by electronic mail or by facsimile, when delivered (provided, that, such notice or other communication delivered by electronic mail or by facsimile is followed by prompt delivery of a hard copy by courier);

(c)
in the case of delivery by courier, at 10am on the second Business Day following the date of posting,

D-21


Table of Contents

10.3
The addresses and fax numbers of the parties for the purpose of Condition 10.2 are:

(a)
a Noteholder: the address and electronic mail address set out in the Register; or

(b)
the Company: the address below.
  6 Princes Gate
Knightsbridge
London
SW7 1QJ
England
Facsimile:
Attn: General Counsel of the F1 Group
   
  Baker Botts L.L.P.
30 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, NY 10112
  Facsimile:   212-259-2501
  Email:   frederick.mcgrath@bakerbotts.com
renee.wilm@bakerbotts.com
  Attention:   Frederick H. McGrath
Renee L. Wilm
  Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP
65 Fleet Street
London EC4Y 1HT
Facsimile: +44 20 7832 7001
  Email:   Charles.hayes@freshfields.com
Valerie.jacob@freshfields.com
  Attention:   Charles Hayes
Valerie F. Jacob
  Liberty Media Corporation
12300 Liberty Boulevard
Englewood, Colorado 80112
  Facsimile:   720-875-5401
  Email:   legalnotices@libertymedia.com
  Attention:   Chief Legal Officer
10.4
In the case of joint Noteholders, a notice given to, or document served on, the Noteholder whose name stands first in the register in respect of such Notes shall be sufficient notice to, or service on, all the joint holders.

10.5
A Noteholder may notify the Company and the Company may notify the Noteholders of a change to its name, relevant addressee or address or fax number for the purposes of this Condition 10, provided that such notice shall only be effective on:

(a)
the date specified in the notice as the date on which the change is to take place; or

D-22


Table of Contents

10.6
In proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing such notice was properly addressed and delivered either to the address shown thereon or into the custody of the courier.

10.7
All notices, demands, requests, statements or other documents or communications under or in connection with this Instrument shall be in the English language or, if in any other language, accompanied by a translation into English. In the event of any conflict between the English text and the text in any other language, the English text shall prevail.

10.8
Any notice or other document delivered to any Noteholder in accordance with Condition 10.2 shall, notwithstanding that such Noteholder is then dead or bankrupt or in liquidation, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death or bankruptcy or liquidation, be deemed to have been duly served or delivered in respect of any Notes registered in the name of such Noteholder as sole or first-named joint holder unless his name shall at the time of the service of the notice or document have been removed from the Register as the holder of the Notes, and such service shall for all purposes be deemed sufficient service of such notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the Notes.

GOVERNANCE CONDITIONS

11.  Holder Representative Veto Rights

11.1
The Company undertakes that until the earlier of:

(a)
the Maturity Date; and

(b)
the date on which the Noteholders (and each member of their Noteholder Group) collectively cease to Own Notes (including PIK Notes) representing at least 30% in principal amount of the total principal amount of the Notes issued on the Closing Date in accordance with the Purchase Agreement,
11.2
The actions referred to in Condition 11.1 are:

(a)
the termination of the appointment of the Executive Chairman or CEO of the Company (or other officer with the responsibilities customarily associated with Executive Chairman or CEO regardless of the title of such officer;

(b)
material changes to or deviations from the 5-year Business Plan;

(c)
the voluntary liquidation, dissolution, absorption, merger or winding up of the Company or any other Group Company or any other equivalent procedure under the laws of any jurisdiction;

D-23


Table of Contents

D-24


Table of Contents

11.3
The Articles provide that until the Veto Termination Date any purported grant of a security interest in the equity securities of the Company or sale or transfer of equity securities of the Company other than:

(a)
the Notes and any PIK Notes;

(b)
in connection with obtaining or maintaining financing, the proceeds of which are used exclusively for the benefit of one or more Group Companies; or

(c)
in connection with acquisitions of assets or businesses by one or more Group Companies not otherwise subject to consideration by the Holder Representative under this Condition 11,
11.4
The veto rights under Condition 11.1 will terminate on the Veto Termination Date.

12.  Board Appointment Rights

12.1
The Noteholders have the board appointment rights set forth in the Articles (as amended on the date hereof), which provide in pertinent part as follows:

(a)
any Noteholder which (together with any member of its Noteholder Group) Owns Notes (including PIK Notes and excluding any Notes acquired pursuant to a Noteholder Transfer) representing 15% or more in principal amount of the total principal amount of the Notes issued on the Original Issue Date, together with the total principal amount of PIK Notes, will have the right by notice to the Company to (i) designate one person to be a director of the Company for a term expiring upon the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date and

D-25


Table of Contents

12.2
The Articles provide that at the time:

(a)
the term of appointment of all Director Designees designated by a Noteholder under Condition 12.1(a) expires; or

(b)
no group of Noteholders is entitled to designate a Director Designee under Condition 12.1(b),

D-26


Table of Contents

12.3
The Articles provide that the Company shall have the right to remove a Director Designee on the death, retirement or incapacity of that Director Designee, or for "cause" under applicable Law.

12.4
The Articles provide that to the extent a Director Designee designated pursuant to Condition 12.1(a) is removed in accordance with Condition 12.3 or otherwise, then the replacement Director Designee shall be from (and in accordance with the order of priority set out in) the list of alternate Director Designees nominated by the applicable Noteholder Group and referred to in Condition 12.1(a)(ii), to the extent such person(s) remain willing and able to act as a Director Designee (and if such person(s) are not so willing and able, the next replacement set forth in such list of alternative Director Designees).

12.5
The Articles provide that until CVC Fund IV ceases to Own (together with the other members of its Noteholder Group) Notes (including PIK Notes and excluding any Notes acquired pursuant to a Noteholder Transfer) representing at least 15% in principal amount of the total principal amount of the Notes issued on the Original Issue Date, together with the total principal amount of PIK Notes (or if sooner, the Maturity Date), CVC Fund IV will have joint rights of selection and approval with the subsidiary undertaking(s) of Liberty Media that own(s) the ordinary shares in the Company over the appointment of the Independent Directors.

12.6
The Articles provide that until the Maturity Date the following transactions or actions will be reviewed by the Board before the taking of any action with respect thereto:

(a)
the incurrence of additional debt, or changes to financing strategy, provided that the foregoing will not be applicable to the incurrence of intercompany debt between (i) Liberty Media and/or any subsidiary undertakings of Liberty Media (other than the Company and the Group Companies) and (ii) the Company or any other Group Company (as long as any such transactions are in accordance with the 5-year Business Plan);

(b)
the commencement or settlement of material litigation by the Company or any other Group Company; and

(c)
any licencing agreements by the Company or any other Group Company outside the normal course of current business.

12.7
The Articles provide that:

(a)
none of (i) the Director Designees, (ii) any directors of the Company designated by or on behalf of Liberty Media, and (iii) any executive directors of the Company, shall be entitled to any compensation or be eligible for any equity-based incentives or compensation by virtue of their service on the Board (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, executive directors whose compensation shall be governed by the terms of an employment agreement with the relevant Group Company);

(b)
the compensation of the independent directors of the Company shall be determined by the Board; and

(c)
the compensation of any Team Directors (as defined in the relevant Team Agreement) shall be determined in accordance with the relevant Team Agreement.

13.  IC Committee

13.1
On the Original Issue Date, the Board established the Independent Conflict Committee (the "IC Committee") of the Board with the constituency and remit set out in Schedule 3 and the Articles.

D-27


Table of Contents

13.2
The Articles provide that the IC Committee will continue in place and with the constituency and remit set out in Schedule 3 until the first to occur of (i) the Maturity Date, or (ii) the first date on which both:

(a)
no Noteholder (together with all members of its Noteholder Group) Owns Notes (including PIK Notes and excluding any Notes acquired pursuant to a Noteholder Transfer) representing 15% or more in principal amount of the total principal amount of the Notes issued on the Original Issue Date, together with the total principal amount of PIK Notes; and

(b)
those Noteholders which (together with all members of its Noteholder Group) do not individually Own Notes (including PIK Notes and excluding any Notes acquired pursuant to a Noteholder Transfer) representing 15% or more in principal amount of the total principal amount of the Notes issued on the Original Issue Date, together with the total principal amount of PIK Notes, but (together with the members of its Noteholder Group) collectively Own Notes (including PIK Notes and excluding any Notes acquired pursuant to a Noteholder Transfer, other than Notes acquired from any such Noteholder who is part of such group owning at least 25%) representing at least 25% in principal amount of the total principal amount of the Notes issued on the Original Issue Date, together with the total principal amount of PIK Notes, cease to so Own such 25% threshold principal amount.

D-28


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE 3
THE IC COMMITTEE

1.
The IC Committee is a standing committee of the Board which comprises the Chairman of the Company and the two Independent Directors.

2.
The IC Committee shall make decisions by a majority of members, and the I Directors may not take action to override decisions of the IC Committee.

3.
The IC Committee will review the matters specified below and, unless approved by the IC Committee, the Company and the other Group Companies will not (and the Company will procure that the other Group Companies will not) enter into any agreements in respect of, or otherwise engage in, such referenced actions or transactions:

(a)
Transactions between the Company or any other Group Company:

(i)
and entities attributed to tracking stock groups of Liberty Media other than LMG;

(ii)
and those persons listed on Schedule 4;

(iii)
that constitute related party transactions, as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K as prescribed under the US Securities Act of 1933;

(iv)
that constitute "Related Party Direct Leakage" or "Related Party Indirect Leakage"' for the purposes of Appendix B to Schedule 10 to the 2009 Concorde Agreement; and/or

(v)
and any other person (provided that such transaction is evidenced by an oral or written agreement with such other person, or such transaction requires the taking by any Group Company of any affirmative action (or the failure to take any action) pursuant to any contractual entitlement of such other person), the primary purpose of which is to provide a benefit to an entity or entities which, or a majority of Liberty Media's interest in which, are attributed to a tracking stock group of Liberty Media other than LMG.

4.
The Company shall send to each member of the IC Committee:

(a)
at least five (5) Trading Days' advance notice of each meeting of the IC Committee, such notice to be accompanied by a written agenda specifying the business to be transacted at such meeting and, at least three (3) calendar days prior to the meeting, all papers to be circulated or presented to the same (save that the Executive Chairman may call a meeting on no less than 24 hours' notice if he determines there is an urgent reason to do so, such notice to be accompanied by a written agenda specifying the business to be transacted); and

(b)
as soon as practicable after each meeting of the IC Committee a copy of the minutes thereof.

D-29